Physiology Flashcards

1
Q

What is the definition of osmosis?

A

The diffusion of solvent molecules into a region in which there is a higher concentration of solute to which the membrane is permeable

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

What is the definition of osmotic pressure?

A

The excess pressure required to maintain an osmotic equilibrium between a solution and the pure solvent seperated only to the solvent

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

What does the Van’t Hoff equation describe?

A

Osmotic Pressure

P = (nRT) / V

P - osmotic pressure
n - number of particles into which the substance dissociates
R - universal gas content, which is 0.082
T - absolute temperature
V - volume

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

In terms of proportionality, what does the Van’t Hoff equation mean?

A

Osmotic pressure is directly proportional to it’s absolute temperature, and at a constant temperature, it is directly proportional to the solute concentration

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

What is osmolarity?

A

The number of osmoles of solute per litre of solution.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

What affects the osmolarity?

A

It depends on the volume of the solution, and therefore on the temperature and pressure of the solution

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

What is osmolality?

A

The number of osmoles of solute per kilogram of solvent

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

What affects osmolality?

A

Osmolality depends on the mass of the solvent which is independent of temperature and pressure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

What is an osmole?

A

The amount of substance which must be dissolved in order to produce Avogadro’s number of particles (6.0221 x 10^23)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

What is tonicity?

A

The osmotic pressure between two compartments, and is related to the difference in the concentration of ‘effective’ osmoles between them

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

What are effective osmoles?

A

Those substances which are unable to penetrate the membrane between compartments and therefore they are effective in their contribution to osmotic pressure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

What are ineffective osmoles?

A

Substances which are able to equilibrate between compartments, and that are therefore unable to contribute to the osmotic pressure gradient

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

What is the reflective coefficient?

A

A measure of how permeable a membrane is to a given solute, where it equals 0 for a perfectly permeable membrane and 1 for a membrane which is perfectively selective

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

What is an isotonic solution?

A

Solution separated by a membrane that have equal osmolality on either side so there is no osmotic pressure and they are therefore isotonic

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

Describe how the movement of fluid between capillaries and tissues is governed by the balance of the hydrostatic pressure and the orthostatic pressure

A
  • If the capillary hydrostatic pressure and blood oncotic pressure are equal, no net fluid movement occurs
  • When capillary hydrostatic pressure is higher than oncotic pressure, blood is ultrafiltered out of the capillary and into the tissues
  • When oncotic pressure is higher than intravascular hydrostatic pressure, tissue oedema fluid should be attracted back into the circulation
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

What is the Starling principle?

A

Hydrostatic pressure is higher than oncotic pressure in the post-arteriolar capillary segments, but as the pressure in the capillary decreases along its length, oncotic pressure ‘wins’ and attracts some of the ultrafiltered water back into the capillaries

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

On a basic general level, how are body water compartments measured?

A

Using indicator diluting techniques
Following equilibrium of the indicator into the compartment of interest, the blood level of the indicator can be measured
The volume of distribution of the indicator can then be calculated:
Volume of the compartment = dose of marker / concentration of marker

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

What are the features that make an ideal indictator to measure body water compartments?

A
  • Safe
  • Not metabolised or rapidly excreted
  • confined to the compartment of interest
  • not prone to changing the distribution of fluids within the compartment
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

What indicators can be used to measure
1. Total body water
2. Extracellular fluid
3. Plasma volume
4. Blood volume

A
  1. TBW - radioactive tritium
  2. ECF - bromine-82 or mannitol
  3. Plasma - albumin tagged with evans blue
  4. Blood - 53Cr labelled red cells
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

What is the volume of total body water and percentage of this of total body mass?

A

42L (60% of total body mass in men, 50% in women)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

How does the total body water change in obesity?

A

The total body water is larger but the proportion of total body mass in less as adipose tissue is only 10-20% water

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

What is the volume of intracellular fluid and precentage of total body mass?

A

23.1L (33% total body mass)

This volume is regulated by the movement of free water

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

What is the volume of extracellular fluid and percentage of total body mass?

A

18.9L (27% total body mass)

This volume is regulated by the movement of sodium

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

What makes up extracellular fluid?

A
  • plasma volume (2.8L)
  • interstitial and lymph fluid
  • dense connective tissue and bones
  • adipose tissue
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

Intravascular Fluid
1. % of total body mass
2. % of total fluid
3. volume

A

Intravascular Fluid
* 4.5% total body mass
* 7.5% total fluid
* 3.15L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

Blood Volume
1. % of body mass
2. % of total fluid
3. volume

A

Blood Volume
* 7% of total body mass
* 12% of total fluid
* 5L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

Interstitial Fluid
1. % of body mass
2. % of total fluid
3. volume

A

Interstitial Fluid
* 12% of total body mass
* 20% of total fluid
* 8.4L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

What is the volume of transcellular fluid and percentage of total body mass?

A

1050ml (1.5% total body mass)

Fluid formed by the secretory activity of cells

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

What makes up transcellular fluid?

A
  • synovial fluid
  • CSF
  • aqueous humour
  • bile
  • bowel contents
  • peritoneal fluid
  • pleural fluid
  • urine in the bladder
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

What is Fick’s Law of Diffusion?

A

The rate of diffusion is proportional to concentration and surface area

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

How come water can diffuse across the lipid bilayer despite it being very hydrophobic?

A
  • The surface area of all the cells that interfere with the extracellular fluid is huge
  • The concentration of water molecules is very high
  • The lipid bilayer in very thin
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

Why does the thinness of the lipid bilayer affect diffusion?

A

Because diffusion rate in inversely proportional to the thickness of the membrane

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

What affects the water permeability of cell membranes?

A

The presence of embedded proteins and lipids which change the membrane properties (aquaporins)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

What is the main mechanism that determines the balance of volume between the intracellular and extracellular compartments?

A

The equilibrium of osmolality of the compartments, therefore the most important osmotic agent is extracellular sodium, which is under tight regulation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

Why is intracellular water important?

A
  • it acts as a solvent
  • its presence is essential for enzyme function
  • it acts as a reagant itself
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

How is the volume of intracellular water determined?

A
  • The first Gibbs-Donnan effect (passive), which is established by the equilibration of diffusable and non-diffusable solvents on either side of the cell membrane
  • The second Gibbs-Donnan effect (active), which is maintained by the actions of the Na+/K+ATPase
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

What does the Gibbs-Donnan effect describe?

A

The unequal distribution of permeant charged ions of either side of a semi-permeable membrane, which occurs in the presence of impermeant charged ions

Equilibrium - both sides of the membrane will have equal charged ions

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

What is the concentration of total body sodium and how is it distributed?

A

60mmol/Kg
70kg man - 4200mmol
ECF - 50% total sodium
ICF - 5% total sodium

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

How does sodium move between the intravascular and interstitial fluid?

A

Due to the Gibbs-Donnan effect

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

How is sodium concentration inside the cell kept artificially low?

A

By the action of the Na+/K+ATPase, which exchanged 3 sodium atoms for every two potassium

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

What is the concentration of total body potassium and how is it distributed?

A

40mmol/Kg
70kg man - 2800mmol
ICF - 90%
ECF - 2%
Bone - 8%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

How does potassium move between intravascular, interstital and intercellular fluid?

A
  • It moves freely between intravascular and interstitial fluid due to low concentrations
  • Na+/K+ATPase exchanges three sodium ions out of the cell and two potassium ions into the cell
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

What is the concentration of total body calcium and how is it distributed?

A

360mmol/kg
70kg man - 25mol
>99% is stored in bone
ECF - 30mmol
Intracellular calcium is minimal but it is an important secondary messenger

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

How does calcium move between intravascular, interstital and intercellular fluid?

A
  • it moves freely between interstital and intravascular fluid
  • it is actively transported by ATP-powered pumps, which is important because it is a second messenger
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

What is the concentration of total body magnesium and how is it distributed?

A

15mmol/Kg
70kg male - 1050mmol
60% is in bone
39% is intracellular
1% is ECF

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

How does magnesium move between intravascular, interstital and intercellular fluid?

A
  • magnesium moves freely between ECF
  • magnesium enters cells freely
  • intracellular magnesium is bound to ATP, cell wall lipids and many various enzymes
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

What is the resting membrane potential?

A

The voltage (charge) difference between the extracellular and intracellular fluid when the cell is at rest

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

What are the mechanisms responsible for the resting membrane potential?

A
  • chemical gradients created by ion transport pumps eg potassium, sodium, calcium
  • selective membrane permeability - volatage-gated ion pumps
  • electrical gradients - generated because potassium leak (via K2P channels) from the intracellular fluid creates a negative intracellular charge, attracting potassium back into cells (opposite to chemical gradient)
  • electrochemical equilibrium develops when chemical and electrical gradients are equal (Nernst equation)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q

What is the Nernst potential for each ion?

A

The transmembrane potential difference generated when that ion is at electrochemical equilibrium

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

What value is the normal resting potential?

A

The net charge of the intracellular side of the cell is -70 - -90mV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

What is the Nernst equation?

A

If you account the below as constants you will get:
Vk = -60mV log10 x (Kin - Kout)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

What is the Nernst potential for:
K+
Cl-
Na+
Ca2+

A

K+ -94mV
Cl- -80mV
Na+ +60mV
Ca2+ +130mV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

What is the Goldman-Hodgkin-Katz equation?

A

Most things are pretty constant so it basically equals out as the Nernst equation (just potassium)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

What is the threshold potential of a neuronal membrane?

A

The transmembrane potential required to produce depolarisation of the membrane =

-55mV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q

What is the all-or-nothing effect?

A

The finding that a subthreshold stimulus will produce no response, whereas a suprathreshold stimuli will produce an identical and maximal response.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q

What cell process occurs during depolarisation?

A

Depolarisation occurs as the result of voltage-gated sodium channels opening when the threshold potential is reached
- The result is an influx of sodium ions into the cell
- This rapidly depolarises the membrane (.5-1.0msec)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q

What cell process occurs during repolarisation?

A

Repolarisation occurs due to potassium channel opening and sodium channels closing
* Sodium channels enter a refractory period and cannot be activated again
* Potassium channels permit an outward potassium current, repolarising the cell

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q

How does propagation of the action potential along a neuron occur?

A

Because the current generated locally by depolarization changes the transmembrane potential in adjacent areas of membrane, also depolarizing it

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q

What are the factors which affect neuronal conduction?

A
  • Myelination - myelinated fibres conduct faster
  • Thickness of the fibre - thicker fibres conduct faster
  • Properties of the membrane - the lower the capacitance and resistance the faster the conduction
  • Properties of the extra-axonal environment e.g. electrolyte derangement (hyponatraemia, hypermagneseamia, acidosis and hypothermia all decrease the velocity of nerve conduction
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q

What is ‘undershoot’ or afterhyperpolarisation?

Why does it happen?

A

It describes the post-spike negative dip in transmembrane potential, which transiently falls below the normal resting membrane potential.

It happens because of persistent calcium-activated potassium channel activity, which are opened by the intracellular influx of calcium during the action potential

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q

What is an axons capacitance?

A

The ability of the membrane to store charge; the greater the capacitance the more charge needs to be displaced by the local circuit and therefore the greater the current required in that local circuit.
In short, for faster conduction, you want a low-capacitance membrane that carries barely any charge

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q

What is axial resistance?

A

The resistance to ion flow along the axon, measured between two flat cut ends of the axon.
Ion flow requires substrate to flow through, and therefore more axoplasm usually means better conduction

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q

What is saltatory conduction?

A
  • Most of an axon is covered in myelin sheath, not much action potential propagation happens over the myelinated length
  • The sodium channels are concentrated at the unmyelinated regions between myelin segments (nodes of Ranvier)
  • The action potential can propagate from one node to another
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q

What is synaptic neurotransmission?

A

The phenomenon where the action potential of one neuron, through an intermediate signal molecule, facilitates a change in the state of another neuron, to which it is connected by a synapse.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q

What is a synapse?

A

A narrow (20-30nm) junction between two neurons

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q

What are neurotransmitters and what are some of their shared properties?

A

They are molecules used for synaptic signalling. Some shared properties are:
* released from a presynaptic terminal in response to calcium-dependent depolarisation
* received by specific receptors on the postsynaptic neuron
* subsequently reabsorbed into the presynaptic neuron or glia, or metabolised into an inactive form by enzymes to terminate the stimulation
* a single neurotransmitter tends to be dominant in any given neuron (Dale’s principle), although this is not always true

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q

What are some excitatory neurotransmitters?

A

Glutamate
Dopamine
Noradrenaline
Acetylcholine (nicotinic receptors)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q

What are some inhibitory neurotransmitters?

A

GABA
Serotonin
Acetylcholine (muscarinic receptors)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q

Describe synaptic neurotransmission on a basic level

A
  • A nerve impulse is conducted to the presynaptic endplate of the neuron
  • At the endplate, the neurotransmitter substance is stored in vesicles
  • The arrival of an action potential and the depolarisation of the presynaptic membrane causes the release of the neurotransmitters into the synaptic cleft
  • The release is generally mediated by intracellular calcium entry acting as a secondary messenger
  • The released neurotransmitters cross the cleft and bind to their receptors
  • The either alters the threshold potential or directly produces depolarisation
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q

What are the proteins that calcium targets in synaptic neurotransmission? what are the responsible for?

A

They are broadly referred to as the SNARE family

  • synaptotagmin
  • synaptobrevin
  • syntaxin

They are responsible for mediating the fusion of vesicles with the presynaptic membrane, and the exocytosis of vesicle contents

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q

What are the two main things neurotransmitters do in the synapse?

A
  • Bind to the post-synaptic receptors, producing some change in the other neuron
  • Bind to the pre-synaptic receptors on the same neuron which had just released it, and therefore exerting some soft of feedback effect
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q

How is the neurotransmitter cleared from the synaptic cleft?

A

Usually, by the action of various reuptake pumps or more rarely by the activity of a high-affinity enzyme that destroys the neuotransmitted molecule, like acetylcholinesterase

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q

What is the mechanism of contraction of skeletal vs smooth vs cardiac muscle?

A

Skeletal and cardiac muscle
calcium-induced conformational change of tropomyosin and troponin, leading to exposure of actin sites
Smooth muscle
calcium induces calmodulin to activate MLCK, which phosphorylates myosin light chains

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q

What is the mechanism of relaxation of skeletal vs smooth vs cardiac muscle?

A

Skeletal and cardiac muscle
calcium dissociation away from tropomyosin and troponin
Smooth muscle
dephosphorylation of myosin light chains by myosin light chain phosphatase

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q

What is the role of calmodulin in skeletal vs smooth vs cardiac muscle?

A

Skeletal muscle
minor
Smooth muscle
central
Cardiac muscle
regulatory

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q

What is a sarcoplasmic reticulum?

A

A specially organised organelle that mainly plays the role in coordinating calcium traffic

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q

What is a motor unit of muscle?

A

It consists of a large anterior horn cell, its motor axon, and the skeletal muscle fibres innervated by that axon

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q

How does smooth muscle contract?

A
  • Intracellular calcium binds to calmodulin (there is no troponin)
  • Calmodulin activates myosin light chain kinase
  • Myosin light chain kinase phosphrylates the head of myosin
  • Only phosphorylated myosin heads can participate in cross-bridge cycling
  • Contraction then occurs via actin-myosin bridge formation
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q

How does smooth muscle relax?

A
  • When calcium concentration decreases, myosin light chain phosphatase dephosphorylates the myosin light chain kinase and puts an end to the contraction
  • Myosin light chain phosphatase is activated by cGMP-dependent protein kinase, and is therefore responsive to nitric oxide
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q

What does the reflex arc consist of?

A

A sense organ, an afferent neuron, one of more synapses of a central integrating system, an efferent neuron and an effector

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q

Where do the afferent and efferent fibres travel through the spinal cord?

A

The afferent neurons enter via the dorsal roots or cranial nerves and have their cell bodies in the dorsal root ganglia or in the homologous ganglia of the cranial nerves.
The efferent fibres leave via the ventral route or corresponding motor cranial nerves.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q

What are the types of potentials created in the reflex arc.

A
  • The sense organ generates a receptor potential whose magnitude is proportional to the strength of the stimulus
  • The afferent nerve generates an all or nothing action potential, the number being proportional to the receptor potential
  • In the CNS, the responses are graded in terms of excitatory post-synpaptic potentials (EPSPs) and inhibitory post-synaptic potentials (IPSPs) at synaptic juntions
  • The efferent nerve is all or nothing potential
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q

What is an adequate stimulus?

A

The stimulus that triggers a reflex. It is often very precise

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q

What type of neurons are the efferent nerves in the reflex arc?

A

alpha motor neurons

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q

What is the final common pathway?

A

All neural influences affecting muscular contraction ultimately funnel through the alpha motor neurons to the muscles, and they are therefore called the final common pathway.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q

What are monosynaptic and polysynaptic reflexes?

A

The simplest reflex arc is one with a single synapse between the afferent and efferent neurons, these are called monosynaptic reflexes.

Reflex arcs in which there interneurons are interposed between the afferent and efferent neurons are called polysynaptic reflexes

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q

What is the stretch or myotactic reflex?

A

When a skeletal muscle with an intact nerve supply is stretched, it contracts. This response is called the stretch reflex.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q

What is the following in the stretch reflex:

  • stimulus
  • response
  • sense organ
  • neurotransmitter
  • give an example of the stretch reflex
A
  • Stimulus - stretch of the muscle
  • Response - contraction of the muscle
  • Sense organ - a small encapsulated spinkle-like structure called the muscle spindle
  • Neurotransmitter - glutamate
  • Example - knee jerk reflex
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q

What are the three essential parts of a muscle spindle?

A
  1. A group of specialised intrafusal muscle fibres with contractile polar ends and a non-contractile centre
  2. Large diameter myelinated afferent nerves originating in the central portion of the intrafusal fibres
  3. Small diameter myelinated efferent nerves supplying the polar contractile regions of the intrafusal fibres
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q

How are muscle spindles linked with proprioception?

A

Changes in muscle length are associated with changes in joint angle; thus muscle spindles provide information on position - proprioception

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q

Where will you find muscle spindles?

A

The intrafusal muscles fibres are found parallel to the extrafusal muscle fibres (the regular contractile units of the muscle) with the ends of the spindle capsule attached to the tendons at each end of the muscle

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q

What are the two types of intrafusal muscle fibres? Tell me a little bit about them

A
  • Nuclear bag fibre contains many nuclei in a dilated central area. There are two types dynamic and static
  • Nuclear chain fibre is thinner and shorter and lacks a definite bag.

Typically a muscle spindle has 2-3 bag fibres and 5 chain fibres

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q

What are the two kinds of sensory endings in each spindle? What do they measure?

A
  • A single primary (Ia) ending, which is very sensitive to the velocity of the change in muscle length during a stretch (dynamic response)
  • Up to 8 secondary (II) endings, which provide information on the steady state length of the muscle (static response)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q

What nerves supply muscle spindles?

A

Gamma - motor neurons

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q

How do the afferent nerves of the muscle spindles connect to the muscle they move?

A

Ia fibres end directly on motor neurons supplying the extrafusal fibres of the same muscle

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q

In reflexes, what is the reaction time and the central delay? Give values for both

A

Reaction time is the time between the application of the stimulus and the response. Knee jerk - 19-24ms
Central delay is the time taken for the reflex activity to traverse the spinal cord. Knee jerk is 0.6-0.9ms

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q

What scenario takes place that stops the muscle spindles from firing?

A

They stop firing when the muscle is made to contract by electrical stimulation of the alpha motor neurons to the extrafusal fibres because the muscle shortens when the spindle is unloaded.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q

What is the difference between alpha motor neuron and gamma motor neuron stimulation?

A

Stimulation of the gamma motor neuron does not lead directly to detectable contraction of the muscles because the intrafusal fibers are not strong enough. However, it does stretch the nucleur bag portion of the spindles, deforming the endings and initiating impulses to the Ia fibres. This can in turn lead to reflex contraction of the muscle.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q

How are the gamma motor neurons regulated?

A

From descending tracts from a number of areas of the brain that also control alpha motor neurons

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q

What is reciprocal innervation?

A

When a stretch reflex occurs, the muscles that antagonise the muscle involved relax. This is called reciprocal innervation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q

How does reciprocal innervation take place?

A

Impulses in the Ia fibres from the muscle spindles on the protagonist muscle cause postsynaptic inhibition of the motor neurons to the antagonists.

A collateral from each Ia fibre passes in the spinal cord to an inhibitory interneuron that synapses on a motor neuron supplying the antagonist muscles

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q

What is the inverse stretch reflex?

A

Up to a point, the harder a muscle is stretched, the stronger the reflex contraction. However, when the tension becomes great enough, contraction suddenly ceases and the muscle relaxes.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q

What is the receptor for the inverse stretch reflex?
How does it work?

A

The Golgi tendon organ.
The fibres from the Golgi tendon organ make up the Ib group of myelinated, rapidly conducting sensory nerve fibers. Stimulation of these leads to production of IPSPs on the motor neurons from which the fibres arise. The Ib fibres end on the spinal cord on inhibitory interneurons that in turn directly terminate on the motor neurons. They also make excitatory connection with the antagonist muscle motor neurons.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q

What is muscle tone?
What does it mean if the muscle is:
* flaccid/hypotonic
* hypertonic

A

Muscle tone - the resistance of a muscle to stretch
Flaccid/Hypotonic - the muscle offers very little resistance
Hypertonic - the resistance to stretch is high because of hyperactive stretch reflexes

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q

What is the clasp-knife effect, otherwise known as lengthening reaction?

A

When the muscles are hypertonic, the sequence of moderate stretch -> muscle contraction, strong stretch -> muscle relaxation.
For example, passive flexion of the elbow meets immediate resistance as a result of the stretch receptor in the triceps muscle. Further stretch activates the inverse stretch reflex. The resistance to flexion suddenly stops and the arm flexes. Continued passive flexion stretches the muscle again and the sequence may be repeated

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q

How are polysynaptic reflex different from monosynaptic reflexes?

A

Because of the synaptic delay at each synapse, activity in the branches with fewer synapses reaches the motor neuron first, followed by activity in the longer pathways. This causes prolonged bombardment of the motor neurons from a single stimulus and consequently prolonged responses.
Furthermore, some of the branch pathways turn back on themselves, permitting activity to reverberate until it becomes unable to propogated transsynaptic response and dies out.

This is a reverberating circuit

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q

What is the withdrawal reaction?

A

A typical polysynaptic reflex that occurs in response to a noxious stimulus to the skin or the subcutaneous tissue or muscles.
The response is flexor muscle contraction and inhibition of the extensor muscles, so that the body part stimulated is flexed and withdrawn from the stimulus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q

What is the crossed extensor response?

A

When a strong stimulus is applied to a limb, the response includes not only flexion and withdrawal of that limb but also extension of the opposite limb.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q

What is irradiation of the stimulus?

A

The spread of excitatory impulses up and down the spinal cord to more and more motor neurons

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q

Withdrawal reflexes are prepotent, what does this mean?

A

They preemt the spinal pathways from any other reflex activity taking place at that moment

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q

What is after-discharge with reflexes?

A

A weak stimulus generates one quick flexion movement; a strong stimulus causes prolonged flexion and sometimes a series of flexion movements.
This prolonged response is due to prolonged, repeated firing of the motor neurons. This is called after-discharge

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q

What is the sensory pathway of vision?

A
  • The axons of the ganglion cells pass caudally in the optic nerve and optic tract to end in the lateral geniculate body in the thalamus.
  • The fibers from each nasal hemiretina decussate in the optic chiasm.
  • In the geniculate body, the fibres from the nasal half of one retina and the temporal half of the other synapse on the cells who axons form the geniculocalcarine tract. This tract passes to the occipital lobe of the cerebral cortex.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q

What is the pathway that mediates the pupillary light reflex and eye movements?

A

Some ganglion cell axons bypass the lateral geniculate to project directly to the pretactal area.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q

How does the retina transmit information to the lateral geniculate body? How does this link with the structure of the lateral geniculate body?

A

The axons of retinal ganglion cells project a detailed spatial representation of the retina on the lateral geniculate body.
Each geniculate body has six well-defined layers (layers 1,4,6 from contralateral eye, 2,3,5 from ipsilateral eye). In each layer there is a point for point representation of the retina.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

Where does the lateral geniculate nucleus get its information from?

A

Approx 10-20% from the retina. Major inputs also come from the visual cortex and other brain regions

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

What are the cell types in the retinal ganglion cells and where do they get their information from?

A
  • M cells - large ganglion cells, which add responses from different kinds of cones and are concerned with movement and stereopsis
  • P cells - small ganglion cells, which subtract input of one type of cone from input from another, they are concerned with colour, texture and shape
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

What are the two pathways from the lateral geniculate pathway to the primary visual cortex? Which P cells and M cells travel in each pathway?

A
  • The M ganglion cells project to the magnocellular portion of the lateral geniculate, whereas the P ganglion cells project to the parvocellular portion.
  • The magnocellular pathway, from layers 1 and 2, carries signals for detection of movement, depth and flicker.
  • The parvocellular pathway, from layers 3-6. carries signals for colour vision, texture, shape and fine detail
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

What are the following lesions called and where is the lesion?

A
  • A - A lesion that interrupts one optic nerve causes blindness in that eye
  • B - Heteronomous (opposite sides of the visual fields) hemianopia - a lesion in the optic chiasm
  • C - Homonomous (same side of the visual fields) hemianopia - a lesion in one optic tract
  • D - Occipital lesions may spare the fibers from the macula because of seperation in the brain of these fibres from the other subserving vision
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

Label where these areas of the occipital region get their sensory nerves from

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

What does the reticular formation include?

A

The cell bodies and fibres of many of the serotonergic, noradrenergic, and cholinergic system.
It also contains many of the areas concerned with regulation of heart rate, blood pressure, and respiration.
It plays an important role in determining the level of arousal so is called the ascending reticular activation system

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

What is the reticular activating system?

A

A complex polysynaptic pathway arising from the brainstem reticular formation and hypothalamus with projections to the intralaminar and reticular nuclei of the thalamus which, in turn, project diffusely and non-specifically to wide regions of the cortex.
Collaterals funnel into it from the long ascending sensory tracts and the trigeminal, auditory, visual and olfactory systems

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

Why is the reticular activating system non-specific?

A

The complexity of the neuron net and the degree of convergence in it abolish modality specificity, and most reticular neurons are activated with equal facility by different sensory stimuli. Therefore the system is non-specific

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

Are the principal afferent and efferent neural pathways to and from the hypothalamus myelinated or unmyelinated?

A

Unmyelinated

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

What are some important connections to and from the hypothalamus?

A

TO
* Norepinephrine-secreting neurons with their cell bodies in the hindbrain end in different parts of the hypothalamus
* Paraventricular neurons that secrete oxytocin and vasopressin project in turn to the hindbrain and the spinal cord
* Epinephrine-secreting neurons have their cell bodies in the hindbrain and end in the ventral hypothalamus
* Serotonin-secreting neurons project to the hypothalamus from the raphe nuclei
FROM
* An intrahypothalamic system composed of dompine-secreting neurons have their cell bodies in the arcuate nucleus and end on or near the capillaries in the median eminence.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

What are the principal hypothalamic regulatory mechanisms?

A
  • Temperature regulation
  • Neuroendocrine regulation
    * Catecholamines
    * Vasopressin
    * Oxytocin
    * TSH
    * ACTH
    * FSH and LH
    * Prolactin
  • Appetitive behaviour
    * Thirst
    * Hunger
    * Sexual behaviour
  • Defensive reactions - fear and rage
  • Control of body rhythms
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

For temperature regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from temperature receptors in the skin, deep tissues, spinal cord, hypothalamus and other parts of the brain
2) Integrating areas include: Anterior hypothalamus responds to heat. Posterior hypothalamus responds to cold

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

For catecholamine regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from limbic areas concerned with emotion
2) Integrating areas are dorsal and posterior hypothalamus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

For vasopressin regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from osmoreceptors and ‘volume receptors’
2) Integrating areas are supraoptic and paraventricular nuclei

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

For oxytocin regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from touch receptors in breast, uterus, genitalia
2) Integrating areas are supraoptic and paraventricular nuclei

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

For TSH regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from temperature receptors in infants and others
2) Integrating areas include paraventricular nuclei and other neighbouring areas

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

For ACTH regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents are from limbic system (emotional stimuli); reticular formation (systemic stimuli); hypothalamic and anterior pituitary cells sensitive to circulating blood cortisol levels; suprachiasmatic nuclei (diurnal rhythm)
2) Integrating areas are paraventricular nuclei

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

For FSH and LH regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents are from hypothalamic cells sensitive to oestrogens, eyes, touch receptors in skin and genitalia of reflex ovulating species
2) Integrating areas are preoptic area and others

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

For prolactin regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from touch receptors in breasts
2) Integrating areas include arcuate nucleus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

For thirst regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents are from osmoreceptors and angiotensin II uptake
2) Integrating areas include lateral superior hypothalamus and subfornical organ

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

For hunger regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from glucostat cells sensitive to rate glucose utilisation; leptin receptors
2) Integrating areas are the ventromedial, arcuate and paravertebral nuclai and the lateral hypothalamus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

For sexual behaviour regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from cells sensitive to circulating oestrogen and androgen
2) Integrating areas from anterior ventral hypothalamus plus in the male, piriform cortex

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

For defense reactions regulation, where are the
1) afferents from
2) integrating areas

A

1) Afferents from sense organs and neocortex
2) Integrating areas are diffuse, in limbic system and hypothalamus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

Where is vasopressin and oxytocin released from?

A

Posterior pituitary

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

What are the ascending spinal tracts?

A

The neural pathways by which sensory information from the peripheral nerves is transmitted to the cerebral cortex.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q
A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

What sensory modality does the dorsal column-medial lemniscal pathway carry?

A

Fine touch, vibration and proprioception
In the spinal cord it travels in the dorsal column, in the brainstem it is transmitted through the medial lemniscus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

There are three types of neuron in the dorsal column-medial lemniscal pathway. What are they?

A
  1. First order neurons - carry sensory information regarding touch, vibration and proprioception from the peripheral nerves to the medulla oblongata
  2. Second order neurons begin in the cuneate nucleus or gracilis - they decussate in the medulla oblongata and travel in the contralateral medial lemniscus to reach the thalamus
  3. Third order neurons transmit the signals from the thalamus to the ipsilateral primary sensory cortex
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

There are two types of first order neurons in the DCML pathway, what are they?

A
  • Signals from the upper limb (T6 and above) - travel in the fasciculus cuneatus (lateral part of the dorsal column) - they then synapse in the nucleus cuneatus
  • Signals from the lower limb (T6 and below) - travel in the fascilulus gracilis (medial part of the dorsal column) - they then synapse in the nucleus gracilis
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

What are the tracts that make up the anterolateral (or ventrolateral) spinothalamic tracts?

A
  • Anterior spinothalamic tract - crude touch and pressure
  • Lateral spinothalamtic tract - pain and temperature
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q

What are the three neurons that make up the anterolateral spinothalamic tract and what are their paths?

A
  • First order neurons arise from sensory receptors in the periphery, enter the spinal cord, ascend 1-2 vertebral levels, and synapse at the tip of the dorsal horn (the substantia gelatinosa)
  • Second order neurons then decussate within the spinal cord and split to travel to the thalamus in two different pathways - the anterior and lateral spinothalamic tracts
  • Third order neurons carry the signals from the ventral posterolateral nucleus in the thalamus to the ipsilateral primary sensory cortex of the brain
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

What are the spinocerebellar tracts?

A

The tracts that carry unconscious proprioceptive.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

If there is a lesion in the spinal cord of the dorsal column-medial lamniscus tract, what will the symptoms be?

A

Loss of proprioception and fine touch on the ipsilateral side as it decussates in the medulla

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

What is Brown-Sequard syndrome and what are the symptoms?

A

A hemisection of the spinal cord
DSML pathway - loss of ipsilateral proprioception and find touch
Anterolateral system - contralateral loss of pain and temperature sensation
It will also involve the motor tracts, causing a ipsilateral hemiparesis

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

The descending motor tracts can be functionally split into two groups. What are they and what do they do?

A
  • Pyramidal tracts originate in the cerebral cortex, carrying motor fibres to the spinal cord and brainstem. They are resposible for the voluntary control of the musculature of the body and the face
  • Extra-pyramidal tracts originate in the brainstem, carrying motor fibres to the spinal cord. They are responsible for the involuntary and autonomic control of all musculature, such as muscle tone, balance, posture and locomotion
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

What are upper vs lower motor neurons?

A

There are no synapses within the descending pathways. At the termination of the descending tracts, the neurons synapse with a lower motor neurone. Thus, all the neurons within the descending tract are called as upper motor neurons. Their cell bodies are found within the cerebral cortex of the brain stem, with their axons remaining in the CNS

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

What are the two pyramidal tracts?

A
  • Corticospinal tract - supplies the musculature of the body
  • Corticobulbar tract - supplies the musculature of the head and neck
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

Tell me about the journey of the corticospinal tract before it reaches the medulla?

A

It begins in the cerebral cortex, receiving input from the primary motor cortex, the premotor cortex and the supplementary motor area.
After originating from the cortex, the neurons converge, and descend through the internal capsule, the crus cerebri of the midbrain, the pons and into the medulla

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

Once the corticospinal tract reaches the medulla, it splits into two branches. What are these and what do they do?

A
  • The lateral corticospinal tract decussates in the medulla, then descends into the spinal cord, terminating at the ventral horn. From the ventral horn, the lower motor neurons go on to supply the muscles of the body
  • The medial corticospinal tract remains ipsilateral, descending into the spinal cord. They then decussate and terminate in the ventral horn of the cervical and upper thoracic segmental levels
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

What is the path of the corticobulbar tract?

A

The corticobulbar tracts arise from the lateral aspect of the primary motor cortex. They receive the same inputs as the corticospinal tracts. The fibres converge and pass through the internal capsule to the brainstem.
The neurons terminate on the motor nuclei of the cranial nerves. Here, they synapse with lower motor neurons, which carry the signals to the muscles of the face and neck.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

Do the corticobulbar tracts innervate the motor neurons ispilaterally, contralaterally or bilaterally?

A

Bilaterally
Except for upper motor neurons for the facial nerve (CN VII) have contralateral innervation below the eyes and the upper motor neurons for the hypoglossal nerve (CN XII) only provide contralateral innervation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

What are the extrapyramidal tracts responsible for and what are the four tracts?

A

They originate in the brainstem, carrying motor fibres to the spinal cord. They are responsible for involuntary and autonomic control of all musculature, such as muscle tone, balance, posture and locomotion.
The four tracts are: vestibulospinal, reticulospinal, rubrospinal and tectospinal

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

Do all of the four extrapyramidal tracts decussate?

A

The vestibulospinal and reticulospinal tracts do not decussate, providing ipsilateral innervation.
The rubrospinal and tectospinal tracts decussate, therefore provide contralateral innervation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

Tell me about the vestibulospinal tracts…

How many are there? Where do they come from? What do they control?

A

There are two vestibulospinal tracts; medial and lateral. They arise from the vestibular nuclei, which receive input from the organs of balance.
The tracts convey this balance information to the spinal cord, where it remains ipsilateral.
Fibres in this pathway control balance and posture by innervating the ‘anti-gravity’ muscles (flexors of the arms, extensors of the legs) via the lower motor neurons

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

Tell me about the reticulospinal tracts…

How many are there? What are their functions?

A

There are two:

  • The medial reticulospinal tract arises from the pons. It facilitates voluntary movements and increases muscle tone
  • The lateral reticulospinal tract arises from the medulla. It inhibits voluntary movements, and reduces muscle tone
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q

What is the path of the rubrospinal tract and what is it’s function?

A

The rubrospinal tract originates from the red nucleus, a midbrain structure. As the fibres emerge, they decussate and descend into the spinal cord. Thus, they have contralateral innervation.
It’s exact function is unclear, but it is thought to play a role in fine hand movements

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q

What is the pathway of the tectospinal tract and what is it’s function?

A

The tectospinal tract begins at the superior collilculus of the midbrain. The superior collilculus receives input from the optic nerves. The neurons then quickly decussate and enter the spinal cord. They terminate at the cervical levels of the spinal cord.
It coordinates movements of the head in relation to visual stimuli

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

If there is a unilateral lesion of the right or left anterior corticospinal tract, symptoms will occur on which side of the body? What would the symptoms be?

A

Symptoms would occur on the contralateral side of the body.
Symptoms include hypertonia, hyperreflexia, clonus, Babinski’s sign, muscle weakness

The anterior corticospinal tract remains ipsilateral, descending into the spinal cord. They then decussate and terminate in the ventral horn of the cervical and upper thoracic segmental levels

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

What is Babinski’s sign?

A

Extension of the hallux in response to blunt stimulation of the sole of the foot

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

A unilateral lesion to the hypoglossal nerve (CN XII) will lead to what symptoms in upper motor neuron and lower motor neuron location?

A
  • Upper motor neuron - spastic paralysis of the contralateral genioglossus. Deviation of the tongue to the contralateral side.
  • Lower motor neuron - deviation of the tongue towards the damaged side
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

What is the difference between upper motor neuron and lower motor neuron damage in the facial nerve (CN V)?

A
  • A lesion in the upper motor neuron is forehead sparing
  • A lesion in the lower motor neuron includes the forehead
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

Label the tracts of the spinal cord

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

Where is the SA and the AV node?

A
  • The SA node is at the junction of the superior vena cava with the right atria
  • The AV node is located in the right posterior portion of the interatrial septum.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

How many bundles of atrial fibres that contain Purkinje-type fibres and connect the SA and AV node are there? What are they called?

A

There are three:

  • Anterior
  • Middle (tract of Wenckebach)
  • Posterior (tract of Thorel)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

The AV node connects to the Bundle of His. What are the branches of the Bundle of His, where do they come off and where do they go?

A
  • The Bundle of His gives off a left bundle branch at the top of the interventricular septum, and continues as the right bundle branch.
  • The left bundle branch divides into an anterior fascicle and a posterior fascicle.
  • The branches and fascicles run subendocardially down either side of the septum and come into contact with the Purkinje system, whose fibres spread to all parts of the ventricular myocardium.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

What is the histology of Purkinje cells, SA node and AV node?

A
  • Purkinje fibres, specialised conducting cells, are large with fewer mitochondria and striations and distinctly different from a myocyte specialised for contraction.
  • Compared with Purkinje fibres, cells within the SA node and, to a lesser extent, the AV nodes are smaller and sparsely striated and are less conductive due to their higher internal resistance.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

How does the heart ensure conduction only travels down the Bundle of His rather than directly from the atria to the ventricles?

A

The atrial muscle fibres are separated from those of the ventricles by a fibrous tissue ring, and normally the only conducting tissue between the atria and the ventricles is the Bundle of His.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

Which side vagus nerve stimulates the SA and AV node? Why?

A

The SA node develops from the structures on the right side of the embryo and the AV node from structures on the left. This is why in the adult the right vagus is distributed mainly to the SA node and the left vagus mainly to the AV node.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q

Connections exist for reciprocal inhibitory effects of the sympathetic and parasympathetic innervation of the heart on each other. What are they?

A

Acetylcholine acts presynaptically to reduce noradrenaline release from the sympathetic nerves and conversely, neuropeptide Y released from neuroadrenergic endings may inhibit the release of acetylcholine.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

What property allows individual cardiac fibres to spread depolarisation rapidly?

A

The individual fibres are separated by membranes, but depolarisation spreads rapidly through them as if they were syncytium because of the presence of gap junctions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

What are the stages of the cardiac cycle in terms of repolarisation and ion channels? What happens in each one

A
  • Phase 0 - the transmembrane action potential of single cardiac muscle cells is characterised by rapid depolarisation - rapid influx sodium through open sodium channels
  • Phase 1 - an initial rapid repolarisation - inactivation of sodium channels
  • Phase 2 - a plateau phase - slow influx of calcium through slower opening calcium channels
  • Phase 3 - a slow repolarisation phase - slow potassium efflux
  • Phase 4 - return to the resting membrane potential
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q

What is the conduction rate in the following areas of the heart?

  • SA node
  • atrial pathways
  • AV node
  • Bundle of His
  • Purkinje system
  • Ventricular muscle
A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q

What is the pre-potential or pacemaker potential of cardiac rhythmically discharging cells?

A

Rhythmically discharging cells have a membrane potential that after each impulse, declines to the firing level. Thus, this pre-potential triggers the next impulse.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q

think ion changes and channels

What brings about the pacemaker potentials in rhythmically discharging cells in the heart?

A
  • At the peak of each impulse, Ik begins and brings about repolarisation.
  • Ik then declines, and a channel permeable to both sodium and potassium is activated. Because this channel is activated following hyperpolarisation, it is referred to as an ‘h’ channel.
  • As Ih increases, the membrane begins to depolarise, forming the first part of the pre-potential.
  • Calcium channels then open - the action potentials in the SA and AV node are largely due to calcium, with no contribution of sodium influx.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q

What are the different types of calcium channels that control the pacemaker potentials in cardiac cells?

A

There are two types of calcium channels in the heart.

  • T (transient) channels - the calcium current (ICa) due to opening of the T channels completes the prepotential.
  • L (long-lasting) channels - the calcium current (ICa) due to opening of the L channels produces the impulse
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q

How is the action potential graph of rhythmically discharging cells different from the other parts of the conducting system? and why?

A

There is no sharp, rapid, depolarising spike before the plataeu, as there is in other parts of the conducting system and in the atrial and ventricular fibres.
In addition, pre-potentials are normally prominent only in the SA or AV nodes, unless the muscle fibres are abnormal or damaged.

A is normal cells. B is AV and SA node cells
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q

What happens to the SA and AV node when the cholinergic vagal fibres to nodal tissues are stimulated?

A
  • The membrane becomes hyperpolarised and the slope of the prepotentials is decreased because the acetylcholine released at the nerve endings increases the K+ conductance of the nodal tissues.
  • This action is mediated by M2 muscarinic receptors, which, via the βγ subunit of a G protein, open a special set of K+ channels. The resulting IKAch slows the depolarising effect if Ih.
  • In addition, activation of the M2 receptors decreases cAMP in the cells, and this slows the opening of Ca2+ channels.
  • The result is a decrease in firing rate.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q

What happens to the SA and AV node when the sympathetic cardiac nerves are stimulated?

A
  • It speeds the depolarising effect of Ih, and the rate of spontaneous dicharge increases.
  • Noradrenaline secreted by the sympathetic endings binds to the β1 receptors and the resulting increase in intracellular cAMP facilitates the opening of the L channels, increasing ICa and the rapidity of the depolarisation phase of the impulse
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q

What is the spread of excitation through the heart?

A
  • Depolarisation initiated in the SA node spreads radially through the atria, then converges on the AV node.
  • From the top of the septum, the wave of depolarisation spreads rapidly in the conducting Purkinje fibres to all parts of the ventricles.
  • Depolarisation of the the ventricular muscle starts at the left side of the interventricular septum and moves to the right across the mid-portion of the septum
  • It then spreads down the septum to the apex of the heart and returns along the ventricular walls to the AV groove, proceeding from the endocardial to epicardial surface
  • The last parts of the heart to be depolarised are the posterobasal portion of the left ventricle, the pulmonary conus, and the uppermost part of the septum.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q

Because conduction of the AV node is slow, there is an AV nodal delay before excitation spreads to the ventricles. How long is this delay?

A

0.1 seconds

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q

How long does it take for the wave of depolarisation to spread from the top of the septum to all parts of the ventricles through the speedy Purkinje fibres?

A

0.08 - 0.1 seconds

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q

What are the different types of electrode recordings you can have in an ECG?

A

The ECG may be recorded by using an active or exploring electrode connected to an indifferent electrode at zero potential (unipolar recording) or by using two active electrodes (bilpolar recording).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q

What is the Einthoven triangle?

A

In a volume conductor, the sum of the potentials at the points of an equilateral triangle with a current source in the centre is zero at all times.
A triangle (Einthoven’s), with the heart at the centre can be approximated by placing electrodes on both arms and the left leg. These are the three standard leads of an ECG.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q

How does depolarisation and repolarisation of each electrode affect an ECG?

A

Depolarisation moving toward an active electrode in a volume conductor produces a positive deflection, whereas depolarisation moving in the opposite direction produces a negative deflection.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q

What action creates the following waves in an ECG?
* P wave
* QRS complex
* T wave
* U wave

A
  • P wave - atrial depolarisation
  • QRS complex - ventricular depolarisation
  • T wave - ventricular repolarisation
  • U wave - an inconsistent finding that may be due to ventricular myocytes with long action potentials
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q

What are the bipolar leads of an ECG? What do they represent?

A

The standard limb leads each measure the differences in potential between two limbs.

  • In Lead I, the electrodes are connected so that an upward deflection is inscribed when the left arm becomes positive relative to the right (left arm positive).
  • In Lead II, the electrodes are on the right arm and the left leg, with the leg postivity.
  • In Lead III, the electrodes are on the left arm and left leg with the leg positive
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q

What are the durations and events that occur during the following intervals in an ECG?
* PR interval
* QRS duration
* QT interval
* ST interval

A
  • PR interval - 0.12-0.20 - AV conduction
  • QRS duration - 0.08 - 0.10 - Ventricular depolarisation
  • QT interval - 0.40 - 0.43 - Ventricular action potential
  • ST interval - 0.32 - plateau portion of the ventricular action potential
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q

What are the unipolar leads of an ECG?

Inclduing what an augmented limb lead is pls

A

Leads that record the potential difference between an exploring electrode and an indifferent electrode.

  • There are six unipolar chest leads V1-V6 and three unipolar limb leads: VR (right arm), VL (left arm) and VF (left foot)
  • Augmented limb leads put a before the above things, aVR, aVL and aVF. They are recording between the one, augmented limb and the other two limbs.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q

Where can unipolar leads be placed apart from the classic places?

A

They can be placed at the tips of catheters and inserted into the oesophagus or the heart

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q

What aspects of the heart does aVR look at and therefore what should its normal pattern be?

A

aVR looks at the cavities of the ventricles and all waves should have negative deflections because all the pathways lead away from it

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q

What aspects of the heart does aVL and aVF look at and therefore what should its normal pattern be?

A

aVL and aVF look at the ventricles and the deflections are either positive or biphasic because the pathways lead towards them

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q

What aspects of the heart does V1 and V2 look at and therefore what should its normal pattern be?

A
  • V1 and V2 should not have a Q wave and only has a small positive inflection at the start of the QRS, because ventricular depolarisation moves across the septum from left to right toward the exploring electrode.
  • The wave of excitation then moves down the septum and into the left ventricle away from the electrode, producing a large S wave.
  • Finally, it moves back along the ventricular wall toward the electrode, producing the return to the isoelectric line.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

What aspects of the heart does V4-V6 look at and therefore what should its normal pattern be?

A

In the left ventricular leads, there may be a small Q wave (left to right septal depolarisation) and there is a large R wave (septal and left ventricular depolarisation) followed in V4 and V5 by a moderate S wave (late depolarisation of the ventricular walls moving back towards the AV junction)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
198
Q

What is the cardiac axis?

A

Because the standard limb leads are records of the potential differences between two points, the deflection in each lead at any instant indicates the magnitude and direction of the electromotive forces generated in the heart in the axis of the lead. This is the cardiac axis.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
199
Q

How can the cardiac axis be calculated from two limb leads?

A

If it is assumed that the heart lies in the centre of the triangle, an approximate mean QRS vector is often plotted by using the average QRS deflection in each lead.
They can be approximated by measuring the net differences between the positive and negative peaks of the QRS.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
200
Q

What is the normal direction of the mean QRS axis? What is left and right axis deviation?

A

-30 to +110 degrees is normal.
Left or right axis deviation is said to be present if the axis falls to the left of -30 or to the right of +110

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
201
Q

Why does your heart beat faster in inspiration and slower in expiration?

A

During inspiration, impulses in the vagi from the stretch receptors in the lungs inhibit the cardio-inhibitory area in the medulla oblongata. The tonic vagal discharge that keeps the heart rate slow decreases and the heart rate rises.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
202
Q

What is complete heart block? What are the two areas where there may be disease that causes this?

A

When conduction from the atria to the ventricles is completely interrupted and the ventricles beat at a slow rate and independently of the atria.
The block may be in the AV node (AV nodal block) or in the conducting system below the node (infranodal block)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
203
Q

What is the average heart rate for patients with 1) AV nodal heart block and 2) Infranodal heart block. Why?

A
  1. In patients with AV nodal block, the remaining nodal tissue becomes the pacemaker and the rate of the idioventricular rhythm is approx 45 bpm.
  2. In patients with infranodal heart block, the ventricular pacemaker is located more peripherally in the conduction system and the ventricular rate is slower, approx 30 bpm but can go down to 15bpm. The resultant cerebral ischaemia causes dizziness and fainting (Stokes-Adams syndrome)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
204
Q

What are the types of incomplete heart block?

A
  • First-degree heart block is where all the atrial impulses reach the ventricles but the PR interval is abnormally long.
  • Second-degree heart block is where not all the atrial impulses are conducted to the ventricles.
  • Mobitz type 1 is where a ventricular beat may follow every second or third atrial beat (2:1 or 3:1 block)
  • Mobitz type 2 - Wenckebach is where there are repeated sequences of beats in which the PR interval lengthens progressively until a ventricular beat is dropped.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
205
Q

What happens in bundle branch block?

A

Excitation passes normally down the bundle on the intact side and then sweeps back through the muscle to activate the ventricle on the blocked side.
The ventricular rate is therefore normal but the QRS wave looked deformed and prolonged

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
206
Q

What are the types of left bundle branch block?

A
  • Block can occur in the anterior or posterior fascicle of the left bundle branch, producing a hemiblock/fascicular block.
  • Left anterior hemiblock produces abnormal left axis deviation in the ECG, whereas left posterior hemiblock produces abnormal right axis deviation.
  • It is not uncommon to find combinations of fascicular and branch blocks - bifascicular and trifascicular blocks
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
207
Q

What is increased automaticity of the heart?

A

Normally, myocardial cells do not discharge spontaneously, and the possibilty of spontaneous discharge of the His bundle and Purkinje fibres is low because the pacemaker discharge of the SA node is more rapid than their rate of spontaneous discharge.
However, in abnormal conditions, the His-Purkinje fibres or the myocardial fibres may discharge spontaneously.
In these conditions, increased automaticity is said to be present.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
208
Q

What happens if an irritable ectopic focus discharges?

A

If it discharges once, the result is a beat that occurs before the expected next normal beat and transiently disrupts the cardiac rhythm (atrial, nodal or ventricular extrasystole or premature beat)
If the focus discharges more than repetitively at a rate higher than the that of the SA node, it produces rapid, regular tachycardia (atrial, ventricular, or nodal paroxysmal tachycardia or atrial flutter)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
209
Q

What happens during re-entry pathways?

A

A defect in conduction that permits a wave of excitation to propagate continuously within a closed circuit.
If the re-entry is in the AV node, the re-entrant activity depolarises the atrium, and the resulting atrial beat is called an echo beat. In addition, the re-entrant activity propogates down to the ventricle, producing paroxysmal nodal tachycardia

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
210
Q

What is the atrial rate in atrial flutter? How does it normally happen?

A

250-300/min
In the most common form, there is a large counterclockwise circus movement in the right atrium.
It is normally associated with at least 2:1 block because the ventricles can’t beat that fast.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
211
Q

What are the consequences of atrial arrhythmias?

A

In paroxysmal atrial tachycardia and flutter, the ventricular rate may be so high that diastole is too short for adequate filling of ventricles with blood between contractions.
Consequently, cardiac output is reduced and symptoms of heart failure occur.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
212
Q

What changes do you see on an ECG in ventricular arrhythmias?

A
  • Premature beats that originate in an ectopic ventricular focus usually have bizarre shaped prolonged QRS complexes because of the slow spread of the impulse from the focus through the ventricular muscle to the rest of the ventricle.
  • They are usually incapable of exciting the bundle of His, and retrograde conduction to the atria therefore does not occur. Meanwhile, the next succeeding normal SA node impulse depolarises the atria. Therefore, the P wave is usually buried in the QRS.
  • If the normal impulse reaches the ventricles, they are still in the refractory period.
  • However, the second succeeding impulse from the SA node produces a normal beat. Thus, ventricular premature beats are followed by a compensatory pause that is often longer than the pause after an atrial ectopic.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
213
Q

What is Torsades de Pointes?

A

A form of ventricular tachycardia where the QRS morphology varies

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
214
Q

What happens to the electrical activity in the heart in VF?

A

The ventricular muscles contract in a totally irregular and ineffective way because of the very rapid discharge of multiple ventricular ectopic foci or a circus movement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
215
Q

What is the vulnerable period for VF?

A

The vulnerable period coincides in time with the midportion of the T wave; that is, it occurs at a time when some of the ventricular myocardium is depolarised, some is incompletely repolarised and some is completely repolarised.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
216
Q

Why is long QT syndrome important?

A

An indication of vulnerability of the heart during repolarisation is the fact that in patients in whom the QT interval is prolonged, cardiac repolarisation is irregular and the incidence of ventricular arrhythmias and sudden death increases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
217
Q

What can cause long QT syndrome? Roughly, how do genetics cause it?

A

It can be caused by different drugs, electrolyte abnormalities, and myocardial ischaemia.
It can also be genetic, often causing reduced function of the potassium channels by alterations in their structure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
218
Q

What is Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome?

A

It is accelerated AV conduction.
Normally, the only conducting pathway between the atria and the ventricles in the AV node. Individuals with WPW syndrome have an additional aberrant muscular or nodal tissue connection (bundle of Kent) between the atria and ventricles. This conducts quicker than the slowly conducting AV node, and one ventricle is excited early.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
219
Q

What does the ECG look like in WPW?

A

The manifestations of the Bundle of Kent activation merge with the normal QRS pattern, producing a short PR interval and a prolonged QRS deflection slurred on the upstroke, with a normal interval between the start of the P wave and the end of the QRS complex.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
220
Q

Why do the paroxysmal atrial tachycardias happen in WPW?

A

They often follow an atrial premature beat.
This beat conducts normally down the AV node but spreads to the ventricular end of the aberrant bundle, and the impulse is transmitted retrograde to the atrium, forming a circus movement

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
221
Q

What are the genetic changes that cause WPW?

A

There is a mutation in a gene that codes for AMP-activated protein kinase

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
222
Q

What is Lown-Ganong-Levine syndrome?

A

Individuals with short PR intervals and normal QRS complexes.
In this condition, depolarisation presumably passes from the atria to the ventricles via an aberrant bundle that bypasses the AV node but enters the intraventricular conducting system distal to the node.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
223
Q

What happens in the cardiac cycle in terms of filling, volume and pressure?

A
  1. Atrial systole
  2. Isovolumetric ventricular contraction
  3. Ventricular ejection
  4. Isovolumetric ventricular relaxation
  5. Ventricular filling
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
224
Q

What happens late in diastole during ventricular filling?

A

The mitral and tricuspid valves are open and the aortic and pulmonary valves are closed.
Blood flows into the heart throughout diastole, filling the atria and ventricles. The rate of the filling decreases as the ventricles become distended and, especially when the heart rate is low, the cusps of the AV valve drift toward the closed position.
The pressure in the ventricles remains low.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
225
Q

How much of the ventricular filling occurs during diastole?

A

Around 70%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
226
Q

What happens during atrial systole?

A
  • Contraction of the atria propels some additional blood into the ventricles
  • Contraction of the atrial muscle narrows the orifices of the superior and inferior vena cava and pulmonary veins, and the inertia of the blood moving towards the heart tends to keep blood in it. However, despite these inhibitory influences, there is some regurgitation of blood into the veins.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
227
Q

What happens during isovolumetric ventricular contraction?

A
  • The AV valves close.
  • Ventricular muscle initially shortens relatively little, but intra-ventricular pressure rises sharply as the myocardium presses on the blood in the ventricle.
  • During isovolumetric contraction, the AV valves bulge into the atria, causing a small but sharp rise in atrial pressure.
  • The end of isovolumetric ventricular contracion is when he pressure in the ventricles excees the pressure in the aorta and pulmonary artery and the aortic and pulmonary valves open.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
228
Q

What happens during ventricular ejection?

A
  • Ejection is rapid at first, slowing down as systole progresses.
  • The intraventricular pressure rises to a maximum and then declines somewhat before ventricular systole ends.
  • Late in systole, pressure in the aorta actually exceeds that in the left ventricle, but for a short period momentum keeps the blood flowing forward.
  • The AV valves are pulled down by the contractions of the ventricular muscle, and atrial pressure drops.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
229
Q

How long does isovolumetric ventricular contraction last for?

A

0.05 seconds

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
230
Q

What are the pressures in the aorta and pulmonary veins?
What are the peak pressures in the left and right ventricles?

A

Aorta - 80mmHg, 10.6kPa
Pulmonary artery - 10mmHg
Left ventricle - 120mmHg
Right ventricle - 25mmHg

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
231
Q

What is the volume of blood ejected by each ventricle per stroke at rest?
What is the end-diastolic ventricular volume and therefore the end-systolic ventricular volume.

A

Volume of blood ejected - 70-90mL
End-diastolic ventricular volume - 130mL
End-systolic ventricular volume - 50ml

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
232
Q

What is the ejection fraction?

A

The percentage of the end-diastolic ventricular volume that is ejected with each stroke, approx 65%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
233
Q

What happens during protodiastole? How long does it last?

A
  • Once the ventricular muscle is fully contracted, the already falling ventricular pressures drop more rapidly.
  • It lasts for about 0.04 seconds
  • It ends when the momentum of the ejected blood is overcome and the aortic and pulmonary valves close, setting up transient vibrations in the blood and blood vessel walls.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
234
Q

What happens during isovolumetric ventricular relaxation?

A

After the aortic and pulmonary valves close, pressure continues to drop rapidly during the period of isovolumetric volumetric relaxation.
Isovolumetric relaxation ends when the ventricular pressure falls below the atrial pressure and the AV valves open, permitting the ventricles to fill.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
235
Q

Which side of the heart contracts first?

A

Although events on two sides of the heart are similar, they are somewhat asynchronous. Right atrial systole precedes left atrial systole, and contraction of the right ventricle starts after that of the left.
However, since the pulmonary artery pressure is lower than aortic pressure, right ventricular ejection begins before that of the left.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
236
Q

How does inspiration and expiration affect the timing of the valve closures?

A

During expiration, the pulmonary and aortic valves close at the same time; but during inspiration, the aortic valve closes slightly before the pulmonary valve.
The slower closure of the pulmonary valve is due to lower impedence of the pulmonary vascular tree.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
237
Q

How does the length of systole and diastole change during tachycardia?

A

The duration of systole can decrease from 0.27 seconds at 65bpm to 0.16 seconds at 200 bpm.
However, the duration of systole is much more fixed than diastole, and when the heart rate is increased, diastole is shortened to a much greater degree.
The duration of diastole can decrease from 0.62 seconds and 65bpm to 0.14 seconds at 200bpm

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
238
Q

Why is the length of diastole important?

A

It is during diastole that coronary blood flow to the subendocardial portions of the left ventricle occurs and this is when most of the ventricular filling occurs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
239
Q

What is the total electromechanical systole (QS2)?

A

It is the period from the onset of the QRS complex to the closure of the aortic valves, as determined by the second heart sound.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
240
Q

What is the left ventricular ejection time (LVET)?

A

The period from the beginning of the carotid pressure rise to the dicrotic notch (a small oscillation of the falling phase of the pulse wave caused by vibrations set up when the aortic valve snaps shut, is visible if the pressure wave is recorded but is not palpable at the rest.)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
241
Q

What is the preejection period (PEP)?

A

PEP is the difference between QS2 and LVET and represents the time for the electrical as well as the mechanical events that precede systolic ejection.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
242
Q

In young adults, what speed does the pulse wave travel through:

  • the aorta
  • the large arteries
  • small arteries
A
  • Aorta - 4m/s
  • Large arteries - 8m/s
  • Small arteries - 16m/s
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
243
Q

What is the Corrigan or water-hammer pulse a sign of? Why does it happen?

A

When the aortic valve is incompetent (aortic regurgitation), the pulse is particularly strong, and the force of systolic ejection may be sufficient to make the head nod with each heartbeat.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
244
Q

What happens from points a-d in this normal pressure-volume loop of the left ventricle?

A
  • During diastole, the ventricle fills and pressure increases from d to a
  • Pressure then rises sharply from a to b during isovolumetric contraction and from b to c during ventricular ejection
  • At c, the aortic valves close and pressure falls during isovolumetric relaxation from c back to d.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
245
Q

In recording of jugular pressure, what is the a wave, c wave and v wave?

A
  • The a wave is due to atrial systole - some blood regurgitates back into the great veins and the resultant rise in JVP contributes to the a wave
  • The c wave is the transmitted manifestation of the rise in atrial pressure produced by the bulging of the tricuspid valve into the atria during isovolumetric contraction
  • The v wave mirrors the rise in atrial pressure before the tricuspid valve opens during diastole
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
246
Q

What happens to the JVP during inspiration?

A

Venous pressure falls during inspiration as a result of the increased negative intrathoracic pressure and rises again during expiration.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
247
Q

What causes the first, second, third and fourth(!) heart sound?

A
  • The first sound is caused by vibrations set up by the sudden closure of the AV valves at the start of ventricular systole
  • The second sound is caused by vibrations associated with the closure of the aortic and pulmonary valves just after the end of ventricular systole.
  • The third sound coincides with the period of rapid ventricular filling and is probably due to vibrations set up by the inrush of the blood - occurs in about 1/3 of young people through diastole.
  • A fourth sound can sometimes be heard immediately before the first sound when atrial pressure is high or the ventricle is stiff in conditions such as ventricular hypertrophy. It is due to ventricular fillings and is largely pathological.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
248
Q

What is the length and frequency of the first, second and third heart sounds?

A
  • First sound - duration 0.15 seconds, 25-45Hz - it is soft in bradycardia
  • Second sound - duration 0.12 seconds, 50Hz - it is loud and sharp when the diastolic pressure in the aorta or pulmonary artery is elevated
  • Third sound - when present duration 0.1 seconds
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
249
Q

When would you hear a murmur in aortic stenosis or pulmonary regurgitation?

A

Systolic murmurs occur in aortic stenosis and pulmonary regurgitation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
250
Q

When would you hear a murmur in aortic regurgitation or pulmonary stenosis?

A

During diastole

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
251
Q

How do you calculate flow? How is this related to the vascular system and the effective perfusion pressure?

A

Flow = Pressure/Resistance
Therefore, flow in any portion of the vascular system is therefore equal to the effective perfusion pressure/resistance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
252
Q

What is the effective perfusion pressure?

A

The mean intraluminal pressure at the arterial end minus the mean pressure at the venous end

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
253
Q

What are the units of resistance?

A

Pressure/flow = dyne.s/cm^5.
To avoid dealing with such complex units, resistance in the CVS is sometimes expressed in R unit, which are obtained by dividing pressure in mmHg by flow in mL/s
For exampled, when the mean aortic pressure is 90mmHg and the left ventricular output is 90mL/s, the total peripheral resistance is 1 R unit.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
254
Q

How can you measure blood flow?

A

Usually with Doppler flow meters

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
255
Q

What is laminar blood flow?

A

The flow of blood in straight blood vessels, is normally laminar. Within the blood vessels, an infinitely thin layer of blood in contact with the wall of the vessel does not move.
The next layer within the vessel has a low velocity, the next a higher velocity and so forth, velocity being greatest in the centre of the stream. Laminar flow occurs at velocities up to a certain critical velocity. At or above this velocity, blood flow is turbulent

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
256
Q

What is Reynold’s number?

A

The probability of turbulent blood flow is related to velocity of blood flow but also the diameter of the vessel and the viscosity of the blood. This probability can be expressed by the ratio of inertial to viscous forces as follows:
Re = pDV/n.
p is the Density of the fluid; D is the diameter of the tube; V is the velocity of the flow and n is the viscosity of the fluid

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
257
Q

Above what Reynolds number is blood flow usually turbulent?

A

Flow is usually not turbulent if Re is less than 2000.
When Re is more than 3000, turbulence is almost always present

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
258
Q

What is the difference between velocity and flow? and what is their relationship between each other and the area of a conduit?

A

Velocity is displacement per unit time
Flow is volume per unit time
Velocity (V) is proportional to flow (Q) divided by the area of the conduit (A).
Therefore Q = A x V so if flow stays constant then velocity increases in direct proportion to any decrease in A.
The average velocity of fluid movement at any point in a system of tubes in parallel is inversely proportional to the total cross-sectional area at that point.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
259
Q

What is the Poiseuille-Hagen Formula?

A

The relationship between the flow in a long narrow tube, the viscosity of the fluid and the radius of the tube is expressed mathematically in the Poiseuille-Hagen formula:

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
260
Q

How does flow vary with the radius of a vessel? How does the radius need to change to double flow

A

Flow varies directly with the fourth power of the radius.
Flow through a vessel is doubled by an increase of only 19% in it’s radius

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
261
Q

How does resistance vary with radius? What happens to the resistance when the radius is doubled?

A

Resistance is inversely proportional with the fourth power of the radius.
When the radius is doubled, resistance is reduced to 6% of its previous value

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
262
Q

How does the viscosity of plasma and whole blood compare to water?

A

Plasma is about 1.8 times as viscous as water, whereas whole blood is 3-4 times as viscous as water.
Thus, viscosity depends for the most part on the haematocrit

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
263
Q

What is the Fahraeus-Lindqvist effect?

A

In large vessels, increases in haematocrit causes appreciable increases in viscosity. However, in vessels smaller than 100μm in diameter the viscosity change per unit change in haematocrit is muss less than it is in large-bore vessels. This is due to a difference in the nature of flow though the small vessels, known as the Fahraeus-Lindqvist effect.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
264
Q

Why does the Fahraeus-Lindqvist effect work?

A

In small vessels, erythrocytes move to the center of the vessel, leaving cell-free plasma at the vessel wall.
Therefore, the net change in viscosity per unit change in haematocrit is considerably smaller in the body than it is in vitro. This is why haematocrit changes have relatively little effect on the peripheral resistance except when the changes are large.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
265
Q

What is the critical closing pressure?

A

When the pressure in a small blood vessel is reduced, a point is reached at which no blood flows, even though the pressure is not zero, the intralumincal pressure falls below the pressure exerted by neighbouring tissues.
The pressure at which flow ceases if called the critical closing pressure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
266
Q

What is Laplace’s Law?

A

The law states than tension in the wall of a cylinder (T) is equal to the product of the transmural pressure (P) and the radius (r) divided by the wall thickness (w)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
267
Q

How does Laplace’s law effect blood vessels?

A

In a cylinder such as a blood vessel, one radius is infinite to P = T/r.
Consequently, the smaller the radius of a blood vessel, the lower the tension in the wall necessary to balance the distending pressure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
268
Q

How is Laplace’s law linked with aneurysms and dilated cardiomyopathy?

A

Aneuryms - the increased radius means at the same pressure there will be a higher tension and more stress therefore a higher risk of perforation
Dilated cardiomyopathy - the increased radius of the cardiac chamber means a greater tension must be developed in the myocardium to produce any given pressure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
269
Q

Why are veins capitance vessels?

A

A large amount of blood can be added to the venous sytem before the veins become distended to the point where further increments in volume produce a large rise in venous pressure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
269
Q

What is autoregulation?

A

The capacity of tissues to regulate their own blood flow is referred to as autoregulation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
270
Q

At rest, what percentage of the circulating blood volume is in:

  • the systemic veins
  • the heart cavities
  • low-pressure pulmonary circulation
  • the aorta
  • the arteries
  • arterioles
  • capillaries
A

Systemic veins - 50%
Heart cavities - 12%
Low pressure pulmonary circulation - 18%
Aorta - 2%
Arteries - 8%
Arterioles - 1%
Capillaries - 5%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
271
Q

What is the myogenic theory of autoregulation?

A

The intrinsic contractile response of smooth muscle to stretch. As the pressure rises, the blood vessels are distended and the vascular smooth muscle fibers that surround the vessels contract.
Possibly, the muscle could response to the tension in the vessel wall, so as the pressure increased, the radius would need to decrease in order to keep the same tension

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
272
Q

What is the metabolic theory of autoregulation?

A

Vasodilator substances tend to accumulate in active tissues, and these ‘metabolites’ also contribute to autoregulation.
When blood flow decreases, they accumulate and the vessels dilate; when blood flow increases, they tend to be washed away

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
273
Q

What are the metabolic changes that produce vasodilation?

A

In most tissues, decreases in O2 tension and pH.
These changes cause relaxation of the arterioles and precapillary sphincters

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
274
Q

How does a fall in O2 tension produce vasodilation?

A

It can initiate a program of vasodilatory gene expression secondary to production of hypoxia-inducible factor-1α (HIF-1α), a transcription factor with multiple targets

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
275
Q

How do increases in temperature dilate the vessels?

A

It exerts a direct vasodilator effect, and the temperature rise in active tissues (due to the heat of metabolism) may contribute to vasodilation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
276
Q

How does hyperkalaemia cause vasodilation?

A

It accumulates locally, and has demonstrated dilator activity secondary to the hyperpolarisation of vascular smooth muscle cells.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
277
Q

How is NO synthesised?

A

From argnine in a reaction catalysed by nitric oxide synthase (NOS)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
278
Q

What are the three isoforms of NO synthase (NOS) and where are they found?

A

NOS 1 in the nervous system
NOS 2 in macrophages and other immune cells
NOS 3 found in endothelial cells

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
279
Q

What activates NOS 1, NOS 2 and NOS 3?

A

NOS 1 and NOS 3 are activated by agents that increase intracellular calcium concentrations, including the vasodilators acetylcholine and bradykinin.
NOS 2 is not activated by calcium but is induced by cytokines

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
280
Q

What local factors act independently and dependently on the epithelium to cause vasodilation?

A

Independently
* Adenosine
* ANP
* Histamine via H2 receptors

Act on endothelium
* Acetylcholine
* Histamine via H1 receptors
* Bradykini
* Vasoative intestinal peptide (VIP)
* Substance P

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
281
Q

What causes the release of NO for physiological vasodilation?

A
  • When flow to a tissue is suddenly increased by arteriolar dilation, the large arteries to the tissue also dilate. The flow-induced dilation is due to local release of NO.
  • Products of platelet aggregation also cause release of NO, and the resulting vasodilation helps keep bloods with an intact endothelium patent.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
282
Q

What is the function of Endothelin-1?

A

It is a potent vasoconstrictor.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
283
Q

How many endothelins are there? Where are they found?

A
  • Endothelin-1 is found in the brain and kidneys as well as the endothelial cells
  • Endothelin-2 is produced primarily in the kidneys and intestine
  • Endothelin-3 is present in the blood and is found in high concentrations in the brain. It is also found in the kidneys and GI tract.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
284
Q

How is endothelin-1 secreted?

A

Small amounts are secreted into the blood, but for the most part, they are secreted locally and act in a paracrine fashion

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
285
Q

What are the two different endothelin receptors? What do they mediate?

A

The ETA receptor, which is specific for endothelin-1, is found in many tissues, and mediates the vasoconstriction produced by endothelin-1
The ETB receptor responds to all three endothelins, and is coupled to Gi. It may mediate vasodilation, and it appears to mediate the developmental effects of the endothelins.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
286
Q

What neurohumoral agents affect systemic regulation?

A
  • The vasodilator regulators include kinins, VIP, and ANP
  • Circulating vasoconstrictor hormones include vasopressin, noradrenaline, adrenaline and angiotensin II
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
287
Q

What are the two related kinins and how are they related?

A

Kallidin can be converted to bradykinin by aminopeptidase.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
288
Q

How are both kinins metabolised and inactivated?

A

Both peptides are metabolised to forms that are active at the type 1 bradykinin receptor by kininase 1, a carboxypeptidase that removed the carboxyl terminal arginine (Arg).
In addition, the dipeptidycarboxypeptidase kininase II inactivates bradykinin and kallidin by removing from (Phe-Arg) from the carboxyl termal.
Kininase II is the same enzyme as angiotensin-converting enzyme

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
289
Q

What precursor proteins are the kinins formed from? Which proteases cause this happen?

A
  • Proteases called kallikreins release the kinins from their precursors - high-molecular-weight-kininogen and low-molecular-weight-kininogen
  • Plasma kallikrien, circulates in an inactive form that, when activated by active factor XII in the clotting cascade, acts on HMW-kininogen to form bradykinin
  • Tissue kallikrien forms bradykinin from HMW-kininogen and kallidin from LMW-kininogen
  • HMW-kininogen and activated plasma kallikrien activate factor XII in a positive feedback loop, which is kept in check by the C1-esterase inhibitor (C1INH)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
290
Q

What are the actions of the kinins?

A

They resemble histamine.
* They cause contraction of visceral smooth muscle, but they relax vascular smooth muscle via NO, lowering BP.
* They significantly increase vascular permeability resulting in oedema, attract leukocytes, and cause pain upon injection under the skin.
* They are formed during active secretion in sweat glands, salivary glands, and the exocrine portion of the pancreas, and they are probably responsible for the increase in blood flow

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
291
Q

What are baroreceptors and where are they?

A

They are stretch receptors in the walls of the heart and the blood vessels.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
292
Q

Where are the baroreceptors that monitor the arterial circulation?

A

The carotid sinus and the adventitia of the aortic arch

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
293
Q

The receptors in the low-pressure part of the circulation are referred to collectively as the cardiopulmonary receptors. Where are they?

A

They are located in the walls of the right and left atria at the entrance of the superior and inferior venae cavae and the pulmonary veins, as well as in the pulmonary circulation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
294
Q

What and where is the carotid sinus?

A

It is a small dilatation of the internal carotid artery just above the bifurcation of the common carotid into external and internal carotid branches

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
295
Q

Where do the afferent nerve fibers from the carotid sinus and the aortic arch go?

A
  • The afferent nerve fibres from the carotid sinus form a distinct branch of the glossopharangeal nerve, the carotid sinus nerve.
  • The afferent nerve fibres from the aortic arch form a branch of the vagus nerve, the aortic depressor nerve
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
296
Q

What stimulates baroreceptors and what is the path of the nerves once they’re stimulated?

A

They are stimulated by distention of the structures in which they are located, and so they discharge at an increased rate when the pressure rises.

  • Their afferent fibres pass via the glossopharyngeal and vagus nerves to the medulla.
  • Most of them end in the nucleus of the tractus solitarius (NTS).
  • The excitatory transmitter they secrete is glutamate.
  • Excitatory (glutamate) projections extend from the NTS to the caudal ventrolateral medulla (CVLM), where they stimulate GABA-secreting inhibitory neurons that project to the RVLM.
  • Excitatory projections also extend from the NTS to the vagal motor neurons in the nucleus anbiguus and dorsal motor nucleus.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
297
Q

What does increased baroreceptor discharge inhibit and excited and what is the result of this?

A
  • Increased baroreceptor discharge inhibits the tonic discharge of sympathetic nerves and excited the vagal innervation of the heart.
  • These neural changes produce vasodilation, venodilation, hypotension, bradycardia, and a decrease in cardiac output.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
298
Q

Are baroreceptors more sensitive to pulsatile pressure or constant pressure? What does this mean?

A
  • Baroreceptors are more sensitive to pulsatile pressure than to constant pressure.
  • A decline in pulse pressure without any change in mean pressure decreases the rate of baroreceptor discharge and provokes a rise in systemic blood pressure and tachycardia.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
299
Q

At normal BP levels, how does baroreceptor firing change during systole and diastole?

A

During systole, a burst of action potentials appear in a single baroreceptor fibre
There are few action potentials in early diastole

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
300
Q

How does baroreceptor firing change at lower blood pressures?

A

The overall firing rate is considerably reduced.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
301
Q

What is the threshold for eliciting baroreceptor activity in the carotid sinus nerve? At what pressure does maximal activity of baroreceptors occur?

A

The threshold for eliciting activity in the carotid sinus nerve is approx 50mmHg
Maximal activity occurs at approximately 200mmHg

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
302
Q

What is baroreceptor resetting and when does it occur?

A

In chronic HTN, the baroreceptor reflex mechanism is ‘reset’ to maintain an elevated rather than a normal blood pressure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
303
Q

Baroreceptors are very important in short-term control of arterial pressure. What does this allow us to do?

A

Activation of the reflex allows for rapid adjustments in blood pressure in response to abrupt changes in posture, blood volume, cardiac output, or peripheral resistance during exercise.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
304
Q

What is neurogenic HTN?

A

A long-term change in blood pressure resulting from loss of baroreceptor reflex control is called neurogenic HTN

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
305
Q

What are the two types of stretch receptors in the atria?

A
  • Type A - those that discharge primarily during atrial systole
  • Type B - those that discharge primarily in late diastole, at the time of peak atrial filling
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
306
Q

What increases and decreases the discharge of type B baroreceptors in the atria?

A

It is increased when venous return is increased and decreased by positive-pressure breathing, indicating that these baroreceptors respond primarily to distension of the atrial walls.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
307
Q

What are the systemic outcomes of activation of the Type B atrial stretch receptors?

A

Vasodilation and a fall in blood pressure. However, the heart rate is increased rather than decreased

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
308
Q

When are baroreceptors in the endocardial surfaces of the ventricles activated and what is the result of this?

A

They are activated during ventricular distension.
The response is a vagal bradycardia and hypotension, comparable to a baroreceptor reflex.
Left ventricular stretch receptors may play a role in the maintenance of vagal tone that keeps the heart rate low at rest.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
309
Q

What is a Valsava maneuver? What are some examples?

A

It is forced expiration against a closed glottis.
Valsava maneuvers occur regularly during cough, defecation and heavy lifting.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
310
Q

What happens to the blood pressure and baroreceptors during a Valsalva maneuvre?

A
  • The blood pressure rises at the onset of straining because the increase in intrathoracic pressure is added to the pressure of the blood in the aorta.
  • It then falls because the high intrathoracic pressure compresses the veins, decreasing venous return and cardiac output.
  • The decreases in arterial pressure and pulse pressure inhibit the baroreceptors, causing tachycardia and a rise in peripheral resistance.
  • When the glottis is opened and the intrathoracic pressure returns to normal, cardiac output is restored but the peripheral vessels are constricted.
  • The blood pressure therefore rises above normal, and this stimulates the baroreceptors, causing bradycardia and a drop in pressure to normal levels.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
311
Q

What is the Bezold-Jarisch reflex?

A

Activation of chemosensitive vagal C fibres in the cardiopulmonary region (juxtacapillary region of alveoli, ventricles, atria, great veins and pulmonary artery) causes profound bradycardia, hypotension and a brief period of apnoea following by rapid shallow breathing

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
312
Q

Where are peripheral arterial chemoreceptors and what are they activated by?

A

Peripheral arterial chemoreceptors in the carotid and aortic bodies have very high rates of blood flow.
These receptors are primarly activated by a reduction in partial pressure of oxygen (PaO2), but they also respond to an increase in the partial pressure of carbon dioxide (PaCO2) and pH.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
313
Q

Where do chemoreceptors exert their main effects?

A

They exert their main effects on respiration; however, their activation also leads to vasoconstriction.
Heart rate changes are variable and depend on various factors, including changes in respiration.
A direct effect of chemoreceptor activation is to increase vagal nerve activity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
314
Q

How does hypoxia add to the effect of chemoreceptor activation?

A

Hypoxia also produces hyperpnea and increased catecholamine secretion from the adrenal medulla, both of which produce tachycardia and an increase in cardiac output.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
315
Q

How does haemorrhage cause chemoreceptor stimulation?

A

It decreases blood flow to the chemoreceptor stimulation due to decreased blood flow to the chemoreceptors and consequent stagnant anoxia of these organs

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
316
Q

What are Mayer waves and Traube-Hering waves? Which one is associated with chemoreceptor discharge?

A
  • Traube-Hering waves are fluctuations in BP synchronised with respiration
  • Mayer waves are slow, regular oscillations in arterial pressure that occur at the rate of about one per 20-40 seconds during hypotention. Under these conditions, hypoxia stimulates the chemoreceptors.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
317
Q

How does moderate hyperventilation affect the vessels and CO2 in the blood?

A

Moderate hyperventilation, which significantly lowers the CO2 tension of the blood, causes cutaneous and cerebral vasoconstriction in humans, but there is little change in BP

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
318
Q

How does a rise in arterial pCO2 affect the body via baroreceptors and chemoreceptors?

A

It stimulates the chemoreceptors and baroreceptors, causing a reflex decrease in heart rate.
BUT
The direct peripheral effect of hypercapnia is vasodilation.
Therefore, the peripheral and central actions tend to cancel each other out.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
319
Q

Exposure to high concentrations of CO2 affects the vessels and BP how?

A

There is marked cutaneous and cerebral vasodilation, but vasoconstriction occurs elsewhere and usually there is a slow rise in BP.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
320
Q

What is renin? What is it’s action?

A

An acid protease secreted by the kidney into the bloodstream.
The enzyme acts in concert with ACE to form angiotenin II

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
321
Q

What is the chemical make up of renin?

A

It is a glycoprotein, made up of two lobules or domains, between which the active site of the enzyme is located in a deep cleft.
Two aspartic acid residues are juxtaposed in the cleft and are essential for activity. Thus, renin is an aspartyl protease.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
322
Q

Like other hormones, renin is synthesised as a large pre-prohormone. What is the pre-prohormone?

A

Preprorenin.
The prorenin that remains after removal of an amino acid sequence has little, if any, biologic activity.
After removal of the pro sequence from the amino terminal of prorenin, renin is left.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
323
Q

Where is prorenin secreted and converted to renin?

A
  • Some prorenin is converted to renin in the kidneys, some is secreted.
  • Prorenin is also secreted by other organs, including the ovaries.
  • Very little prorenin is converted to renin in the circulation, and active renin is a product primarly, if not exclusively, of the kidneys
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
324
Q

What is the half-life of renin in the circulation?

A

80 minutes or less

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
325
Q

Where is angiotensinogen synthesised?

A

It is synthesised in the liver with a 32-amino-acid signal sequence that is removed in the endoplasmic reticulum.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
326
Q

What increases the circulating angiotensinogen level?

A

Glucocorticoids
Thyroid hormones
Oestrogens
Several cytokines
Angiotensin II

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
327
Q

What is angiotensin converting enzyme and what does it do?

A
  • It is a dipeptidyl carboxypeptidase that splits off histidyl-leucine from the physiologically inactive angiotensin I, forming the octapeptide angiotensin II.
  • It also inactivates bradykinin, with kinins causing the cough associated with ACE-inhibitors
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
328
Q

Where is ACE found and where does the conversion from angiotensin I to angiotensin II take place?

A
  • Most of the ACE in the circulation is located in endothelial cells.
  • Much of the conversion occurs as the blood passes through the lungs, but conversion also occurs in many other parts of the body.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
329
Q

ACE is an ectoenyme that exists in two forms. What are they? What is the difference?

A
  • A somatic form found throughout the body
  • A germinal form found solely in postmeiotic spermatogenic cells and spermatozoe.

Somatic ACE has two homogolous extracellular domains, each containing an active side.
Germinal ACE has only one extracellular domain and active site.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
330
Q

How is angiotensin II metabolised? Is it quick?

A

Angiotensin II is metabolised rapidly; its half-life in the circulation in humans is 1-2 minutes.
It is metabolised by various peptidases.
It appears to be removed from the circulation by some sort of trapping mechanism in the vascular beds of tissues other than the lungs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
331
Q

What is the function of angiotensin I?

A

It appears only to function solely as the precursor of angiotensin II and does not have any other established action

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
332
Q

What is the function of angiotensin II?

A
  • Produces arteriolar constriction and a rise in systolic and diastolic BP
  • Acts directly on the adrenal cortex to increase the secretion of aldosterone, and the RAA system is a major regulator of aldosterone secretion.
  • Facilitation of the release of noradrenaline by a direct action on postganglionic sympathetic neurons, contraction of mesangial cells with a resulant decrease in GFR, and a direct effect on the renal tubules to increase Na reabsorption
  • Acts on the brain to decrease the sensitivity of the baroreflex of the baroreceptor (potentiating the pressor effect). Also increases water intake and increases the secretion of vasopressin and ACTH
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
333
Q

Does angiotensin II cross the blood brain barrier?

A

No, it triggers the brain responses by acting on the circumventricular organs, four small structures in the brain that are outside the blood-brain barrier.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
334
Q

In addition to the system that generates circulating angiotensin II, many different tissues contain independent renin-angiotensin systems, apparently generating angiotensin II for local use. Tell me about these.

A
  • Components of the RAA system are found in the walls of blood vessels and in the uterus, the placenta and the fetal membranes.
  • Amniotic fluid has a high concentration of prorenin
  • In addition, at least several components of the RAA system are present in the eyes, exocrine portion of the pancreas, heart, fat, adrenal cortex, testis, ovary, anterior and intermediate lobes of the pituitary, pineal, and brain
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
335
Q

There are at least two classes of angiotensin II receptors. Tell me about them.

A
  • AT1 receptors are receptors coupled by a G-protein to phospholipase C, and angiotensin II increases the cytosolic free Ca level. It also activates numerous tyrosine kinases.
  • AT2 receptors act via a G-protein to activate various phosphatases, which is turn antagonise growth effects and open K+ channels. In addition, activation increases the production of NO and therefore cGMP.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
336
Q

AT1 receptors in the arterioles and the AT1 receptors in the adrenal cortex are regulated in opposite ways. What are these?

A

As excess of angiotensin II down-regulates the vascular receptors, but it up-regulates the adrenocortical receptors, making the gland more sensitive to the aldosterone-stimulating effect of the peptide.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
337
Q

The renin in the kidney extracts and the bloodstream is produced by what cells? Where are they? and where is renin found inside them?

A
  • The renin in kidney extracts and the bloodstream is produced by the juxtaglomerular cells.
  • These epitheliod cells are located in the media of the afferent arterioles as they enter the glomeruli.
  • The membrane-lined secretory granules in them have been shown to contain renin.
  • Renin is also found in agranular lacis cells that are located in the junction between the afferent and efferent arterioles
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
338
Q

Where is the macula densa in the kidney? What is it and what does it mark?

A

At the point where the afferent arteriole enters the glomerulus and the efferent arteriole leaves it, the tubule of the nephron touches the arterioles of the glomerulus from which it arose. At this location which marks the start of the distal convolution, is called the macula densa

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
339
Q

What constitutes the juxtaglomerular apparatus?

A

The lacis cells, the JG cells and the macula densa consistute the juxtaglomerular apparatus.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
340
Q

What are the stimulatory and inhibitory factors that affect renin secretion?

A

Stimulatory

  • increased sympathetic activity via renal nerves
  • increased circulating catcholamines acting on β1-adrenergic receptors on the juxtaglomerular cells
  • prostaglandins

Inhibitory

  • increased Na+ and Cl- reabsorption across macula densa
  • increased afferent arteriolar pressure via intra-renal baroreceptors
  • angiotensin II via the juxtaglomerular cells
  • vasopressin
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
341
Q

What the principal conditions that increase renin secretion?

A

Hyponatraemia
Diuretics
Hypotension
Haemorrhage
Upright posture
Dehydration
Cardiac failure
Cirrhosis
Renal artery constriction

Most of these decrease central venous pressure, triggering an increase in sympathetic activity and some also decrease renal arteriolar pressure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
342
Q

What are the three methods of measuring cardiac output?

A
  • Doppler combined with echo
  • Direct Fick’s method
  • Indicator dilution method
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
343
Q

What is the Fick’s principle in relation to cardiac output? How can we use it to work out the output?

A

The amount of a substance taken up by an organ per unit of time is equal to the arterial level of the substance minus the venous level times the blood flow.
Arterial O2 content can be measured at any point because it has the same content in all parts of the body. A sample of venous blood in the pulmonary artery is obtained by means of a cardiac catheter

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
344
Q

How can the indicator dilution technique be used to measure cardiac output?

A

A known amount of a substance such as a dye, or a radioactive isotope is injected into an arm vein and the concentration of the indicator in serial samples of arterial blood is determined.
The output of the heart is equal to the amount of indicator injected divided by its average concentration in arterial blood after a single circulation through the heart.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
345
Q

A popular indicator dilution technique is thermodilution. How does this work?

A

The indicator used is cold saline. The saline is injected into the right atrium through one channel of a double-lumen catheter, and the temperature change in the blood is recorded in the pulmonary artery.
The temperature change is inversely proportional to the amount of blood flowing through the pulmonary artery

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
346
Q

What is the stroke volume in a resting man of average size in the supine position?

A

The amount of blood pumped out of the heart per beat (stroke volume) is about 70mL from each ventricle.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
347
Q

What is the cardiac output in a resting supine man?

A

The output of the heart per unit of time (cardiac output) is about 5L/minute

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
348
Q

What is the cardiac index? What is its average volume?

A

The output per minute per square meter of body surface averages 3.2L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
349
Q

Name some factors that have no change on cardiac output?

A

Sleep
Moderate changes in environmental temperature

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
350
Q

Name some situations that increase cardiac output?

A

Anxiety and excitement (50-100%)
Eating (30%)
Exercise (up to 700%)
High environmental temperature
Pregnancy
Adrenaline

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
351
Q

Name some factors that decrease cardiac output?

A

Sitting or standing from lying position (20-30%)
Rapid arrythmias
Heart disease

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
352
Q

Predictably, changes in cardiac output that are called for by physiologic condition can be produced by changes in cardiac rate, or stroke volume, or both. What are these things primarily controlled by?

A
  • The cardiac rate is controlled primarily by the autonomic nerves, with sympathetic stimulation increasing it and parasympathetic stimulation decreasing it.
  • Stroke volume is also determined in part by neural input, with sympathetic stimuli making the myocardial muscle fibres contract with greater strength and parasympathetic stimuli having the opposite effect, with more and less blood being pumped respectively.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
353
Q

What is chronotropic vs inotropic action?

A
  • The cardiac accelerator action of the catecholamines liberated by sympathetic stimulation is referred to as their chronotropic action
  • Their effect on the strength of cardiac contraction is called inotropic action
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
354
Q

The force of contraction of cardiac muscles depends on its preloading and afterloading. Explain why?

A
  • The initial phase of the contraction is isometric; the elastic component in series with the contractile element is stretched, and tension increases until it is sufficient to lift the load.
  • The tension at which the load is lifted is the afterload.
  • The muscle then contracts isotonically without developing further tension.
  • In vivo, the preload is the degree to which the myocardium is stretched before it contracts and the afterload is the resistance against which blood is expelled
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
355
Q

The length-tension relationship in cardiac muscle is similar to that in skeletal muscle. What is this?

A

When the muscle is stretched, the developed tension increases to a maximum and then declines as stretch becomes more extreme. For the heart, the length of the muscle fibres (extent of the preload) is proportional to the end-diastolic volume.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
356
Q

What is Starling’s law of the heart and the Frank-Starling curve?

A

‘The energy of contraction is proportional to the initial length of the cardiac muscle fiber.’
The relation between ventricular stroke volume and end-diastolic volume is called the Frank-Starling curve

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
357
Q

What is heterometric regulation and homometric regulation?

A
  • When cardiac output is regulated by changes in cardiac muscle fiber length, this is referred to as heterometric regulation
  • Regulation due to changes in contractility independent of length is sometimes called homometric regulation
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
358
Q

What limits the extent to which a ventricle can fill?

A
  • An increase in pericardial pressure as a result of infection or pressure from a tumour
  • A decrease in ventricular compliance ie. an increase in ventricular stiffness produced by MI, infiltrative disease and other abnormalities
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
359
Q

What things increase venous return?

A
  • An increase in total blood volume
  • Constriction of the veins reduces the size of the venous reservoirs, decreasing venous pooling and thus increasing venous return
  • An increase in the normal negative intrathoracic pressure increases the pressure gradient along which blood flows to the heart
  • Muscular activity increases it as a result of the pumping action of skeletal muscle
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
360
Q

How does the Frank-Starling curve shift when the sympathetic nerves to the heart are stimulated?

A

Upwards and to the left

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
361
Q

Changes in cardiac rate and rhythm affect myocardial contractility? What is this know as and what happens?

A

It is known as the force-frequency relation. Ventricular extrasystoles condition the myocardium in such a way that the next succeeding contraction is stronger than the preceding normal contraction.
This is called the postextrasystolic potentiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
362
Q

How does the postextrasystolic potentiation happen?

A
  • It is independent of ventricular filling, since it occurs in isolated cardiac muscle and is due to increased availability of intracellular calcium.
  • A sustained increment in contractility can be produced therapeutically by delivering paired electrical stimuli to the heart in such as way that the second stimulus is delivered shortly after the refractory period of the first
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
363
Q

What effect do catecholamies have on the heart and how do they exert it?

A

They exert their inotropic effect via an action on cardiac β1-adrenergic receptors and Gs, with resultant activation of adenylyl cyclase and increased intracellular cAMP.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
364
Q

What effect do Xanthines and caffiene have on the heart and how do they exert it?

A

They inhibit the breakdown of cAMP and are predictably positively inotropic.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
365
Q

What effect does digoxin have on the heart and how does it exert it?

A

The positively inotropic effect of digoxin is due to its inhibitory effect on the Na/K+ATPase in the myocardium, and a subsequent decrease in calcium removal from the cytosol by Na/Ca exchange

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
366
Q

What things depress myocardial contractility?

A

Hypercapnia
Hypoxia
Acidosis
Drugs such as procainamide and barbiturates
Heart failure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
367
Q

What are the cardiac differences between untrained individuals and trained athletes?

A

Athletes have lower heart rates, greater end-systolic ventricular volumes and greater stroke volumes at rest.
Therefore, they can potentially achieve a given increase in cardiac output by further increases in stroke volume without increasing their heart rate to as a great a degree as an untrained individual.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
368
Q

What is the basal O2 consumption by the myocardium and how is that compared to that of resting skeletal muscle and to that by the beating heart?

A

The basal rate is about 2ml/100g/min and 9ml/100g/min when beating
This value is considerably higher than that of resting skeletal muscle

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
369
Q

What increases oxygen consumption by the heart?

A

Increases occur during exercise and a number of different states.
Cardiac venous O2 tension is low, and little additional O2 can be extracted from the blood in the coronaries so increases in O2 consumption require increases in coronary blood flow.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
370
Q

What is O2 consumption by the heart primarily determined by?

A

The intramyocardial tension, the contractile state of the myocardium and the heart rate.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
371
Q

How do you work out ventricular work?

A

Ventricular work per beat correlates with O2 consumption.
The work is the product of stroke volume and mean arterial pressure in the pulmonary artery or the aorta (for the right and left ventricle respectively).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
372
Q

How are the stroke works of the left ventricle and right ventricle different? why?

A

Because aortic pressure is seven times greater than pulmonary artery pressure, the stroke work of the left ventricle is approx seven times the stroke work of the right.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
373
Q

How do pressure work and volume work cause different changes in O2 consumption? What does this mean in terms of afterload and preload?

A
  • Pressure work produces a greater increase in O2 consumption than volume work.
  • In other words, an increase in afterload causes a greater increase in cardiac O2 consumption than does an increase in preload.
  • This is why angina due to deficient delivery of O2 to the myocardium is more common in AS than in AR. In AS, intraventricular pressure must be increased to force blood through the stenotic valves, whereas in AR, an increase in stroke volume with little change in aortic impedence ocurs.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
374
Q

The principal arterial inflow to the brain is via four arteries. What are they?

A

Two internal carotid arteries and two vertebral arteries.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
375
Q

The two vertebral arteries unite to form what?

A

The basilar artery

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
376
Q

What arteries form the circle of Willis? Where is it?

A

The basilar artery and the carotids form the circle of Willis below the hypothalamus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
377
Q

Substances distributed into one carotid artery are distributed where?

A

Almost exclusively to the cerebral hemisphere on that side.
Normally no crossing over occurs, probably because the pressure is equal on both sides.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
378
Q

On a generic basis, how does venous drainage of the brain happen?

A

From the brain by way of the deep veins and dural sinuses empties principally into the internal jugular veins, although a small amount of venous blood drains through the ophthalmic and pterygoid venous plexus, through emissary veins to the scalp, and down the system of paravertebral veins in the spinal canal

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
379
Q

What is the blood flow of the:

  • liver
  • kidneys
  • brain
  • skin
  • skeletal muscle
  • heart muscle
  • whole body
A

Organ - mL/min - ml/100g/min
* Liver - 1500mL/min - 57.7ml/100g/min
* Kidneys - 1260mL/min - 420ml/100g/min
* Brain - 750mL/min - 54ml/100g/min
* Skin - 462mL/min - 12.8ml/100g/min
* Skeletal muscle 840mL/min - 2.7ml/100g/min
* Heart muscle 250mL/min - 84ml/100g/min
* Whole body - 5400mL/min - 8.6ml/100g/min

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
380
Q

What is the cardiac output as a percentage of whole body of the following:

  • liver
  • kidneys
  • brain
  • skin
  • skeletal muscle
  • heart muscle
A
  • Liver - 27.8%
  • Kidneys - 23.3%
  • Brain - 13.9%
  • Skin - 8.6%
  • Skeletal muscle - 15.6%
  • Heart muscle - 4.7%
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
381
Q

What is the oxygen consumption as a percentage of whole body of the following:

  • liver
  • kidneys
  • brain
  • skin
  • skeletal muscle
  • heart muscle
A
  • Liver - 20.4%
  • Kidneys - 7.2%
  • Brain - 18.4%
  • Skin - 4.8%
  • Skeletal muscle - 20.0%
  • Heart muscle - 11.6%
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
382
Q

Morphologically, what is special about the choroid plexuses?

A

In the choroid plexuses, there are gaps between the endothelial cells of the capillary wall, but the choroid epithelial cells that separate them from the CSF are connected to one another by tight junctions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
383
Q

Morphologically, what are the capillaries in the brain like?

A

The capillaries in the brain resemble nonfenestrated capillaries in muscle, but there are tight junctions between the endothelial cells that limit the passage of sustances via the paracellular route.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
384
Q

Where are the endfeet of astrocytes and what do they do?

A

The brain capillaries are surrounded by the endfeet of astrocytes.
These endfeet are closely applied to the basal lamina of the capillaries, but they do not cover the entire capillary wall, and gaps of about 20nm occur between endfeet.
However, the endfeet induce the tight junctions in the capillaries

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
385
Q

Three systems of nerves innervate the cerebral blood vessels. What are they?

A

1) Postganglionic sympathetic neurons have their cell bodies in the superior cervical ganglia, and their endings contain noradrenaline. Many also contain neuropeptide Y.
2) Cholinergic neurons that probably originate in the sphenopalatine ganglia also innervate the cerebral vessles. Postganglionic cholinergic neurones on the blood vessels contain acetylcholine. Many also contain vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP). These nerves end primarily on large arteries
3) Sensory nerves are found on more distal arteries. They have their cell bodies in the trigeminal ganglia and contrain substance P, neurokinin A, and calcitonin gene-related peptide, which cause either vasodilation or vasoconstriction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
386
Q

CSF is formed continuously by the choroid plexus in two stages. What are they?

A

1) Plasma is passively filtered across the choroidal capillary endothelium
2) Secretion of water and ions across the choroidal epithelium provides for active control of CSF composition and quantity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
387
Q
A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
388
Q

What percentage of brain volume is made up of brain extracellular fluid?

A

15%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
389
Q

What is the normal lumbar CSF pressure?

A

70-180mmH2O.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
390
Q

How are CSF pressure and absorption related?
What are some important pressures to remember and why?

A
  • Up to pressures well above 70-180 mm H2O, the rate of CSF formation is independent of intraventricular pressure
  • Absorption is proportional to the pressure.
  • At a pressure of 112 H2O (which is the average normal CSF pressure), filtration and absorption are equal
  • Below a pressure of approx 68 mm H2O, absorption stops.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
391
Q

What situations have to occur for large amounts of CSF fluid to accumulate? What happens because of the blockage?

A
  • When the capacity for CSF reabsorption is decreased (external hydrocephalus, communicating hydrocephalus)
  • Fluid also accumulates proximal to the block and distends the ventricles when the foramens of Luschka and Magendie are blocked or there is an obstruction within the ventricular system (internal hydrocephalus, non-communicating hydrocephalus).
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
392
Q

In what type of head injuries is the brain damaged most commonly?

A
  • When the skull is fractured and bone is driven into neural tissue (depressed skull fracture)
  • When the brain moves far enough to tear the delicate bridging veins from the cortex to the bone
  • When the brain is accelerated by a blow on the head and is driven against the skull or the tentorium at a point opposite where the blow was struck (contrecoup injury)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
393
Q

What makes up the blood-brain barrier?

A

The tight junctions between the capillary endothelial cells in the brain and between the epithelial cells in the choroid plexus effectively prevent proteins from entering the brain and slow the penetration of some smaller molecules.
This uniquely limited exchange of substances into the brain is referred to as the blood-brain barrier, which also refers to the barrier in the choroid epithelium between blood and CSF

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
394
Q

What molecules penetrate the brain with ease?

A

Water, CO2 and O2
Lipid-soluble free forms of steroid hormones

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
395
Q

What does the penetration of CO2, H+ and HCO3 into the brain effect?

A

The rapid passive penetration of CO2 contrasts with the regulated travnscellular penetration of H+ and HCO3- and has physiological significance in the regulation of respiration.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
396
Q

Glucose is the major ultimate source of energy for nerve cells. How does it cross the blood-brain barrier?

A

Its diffusion across the blood-brain barrier would be very slowly, but the rate of transport into the CSF is markedly enhanced by the presence of specific transporters, including the glucose transporter 1 (GLUT1)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
397
Q
A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
398
Q

A variety of drugs and peptides actually cross the cerebral capillaries but are promptly transported back into blood by what?

A

A multidrug non-specific transporter in the apical membranes of the endothelial cells. This P-glycoprotein is a member of the family of ATP-binding cassette transporters that transport various proteins and lipids across cell membranes.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
399
Q

What four small areas in or near the brainstem are outside the blood brain barrier? What are there referred to collectively?

A

1) The posterior pituitary and the adjacent ventral part of the median eminence of the hypothalamus
2) The area postrema
3) The organum vasculosum of the lamina terminalis (OVLT, supraoptic crest)
4) The subfornical organ

They are collectively referred to as the circumventricular organs

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
400
Q

What is the function of the blood-brain barrier?

A
  • It strives to maintain the constancy of the environment of the neurons in the CNS.
  • Protection of the brain from endogenous and exogenous toxins in the blood
  • Prevention of the escape of neurotransmitters into the general circulation
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
401
Q

What does Kety’s method measure? How? and what principle does it use?

A

According to Fick’s principle, the blood flow of any organ can be measured by determining the amount of a given substance (Q) removed from the bloodstream by the organ by unit of time and dividing that value by the difference between the concentration of the substance in arterial blood and the concentration in the venous blood.

This can be applied clinically using inhaled nitrous oxide (Kety method)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
402
Q

What are the factors involved in regulating overall cerebral circulation?

A
  • ICP
  • Local constriction and dilation of cerebral arterioles
  • Mean arterial pressure at brain level
  • Viscosity of blood
  • Mean venous pressure at brain level
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
403
Q

What is the Monro-Kellie doctrine?

A

Because brain tissue and spinal fluid are essentially incompressible, the volume of blood, spinal fluid and brain in the cranium at any time must be relatively constant

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
404
Q

What happens to the cerebral vessels when the intracranial pressure rises?

A

The cerebral vessels are compressed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
405
Q

How does a change in venous pressure effect intracranial pressure and therefore cerebral blood flow? How is this helpful?

A
  • Any change in venous pressure promptly causes a similar change in intracranial pressure.
  • Thus, a rise in venous pressure decreases cerebral blood flow both by decreasing the effective perfusion pressure and by compressing the cerebral vessels.
  • This relationship helps compensate for changes in arterial blood pressure at the level of the head.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
406
Q

Give some examples of when the venous pressure would change intracranial pressure in every day life?

A
  • If the body is accelerated upward, blood moves toward the feet and arterial pressure at the level of the head decreases. However, venous pressure also falls and ICP falls, so the pressure on the vessels decreases and blood flow is much less severely compromised than it would be.
  • Conversely, during acceleration downward, force acting toward the head increases arterial pressure at head level, but ICP also rises, so that the vessels are supported and do not rupture.
  • The cerebral vessels are protected during the straining associated with defecation or delivery in the same way
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
407
Q

In the brain, autoregulation maintains a normal cerebral blood at what arterial pressures?

A

65-140 mm Hg

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
408
Q

What is the role of vasomotor and sensory nerves in the innervation of large cerebral blood vessles?

A
  • Noradrenergic discharge occurs when the blood pressure is markedly elevated. This reduces the resultant passive increase in blood flow and helps protects the blood-brain barrier. Thus, vasomotor discharges affect autoregulation
  • With sympathetic stimulation, the constant-flow, or plateau, part of the pressure-flow curve is extended to the right; that is, greater increases of pressure can occur without an increase in flow.
  • On the other hand, the vasodilator hydralazine and the ACE inhibitor captopril reduce the length of the plateau
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
409
Q

How is glutamate involved in removal of ammonia from the brain?

A

Glutamate entering the brain associates with ammonia and leaves as glutamine.
The glutamate-glutamine conversion in the brain - the opposite of the reaction in the kidney that produces some of the ammonia entering the tubules - serves as a detoxifying mechanism to keep the brain free of ammonia

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
410
Q

Where do the two coronary arteries supplying the myocardium arise from?

A

From the sinuses behind two of the cusps of the aortic valve at the root of the aorta.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
411
Q

Where does most of the coronary venous blood return to the heart?

A
  • Through the coronary sinus and anterior cardiac veins.
  • In addition, there are other vessels that empty directly into the heart chambers. There include arteriosinusoidal vessles, sinusoidal capillary-like vessels that connect to the chambers; thesbian veins that connect capillaries to the chambers; and a few arterioluminal vessels that are small arteries draining directly into the chambers
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
412
Q

What happens to the cardiac blood vessels when it contracts?

A

They are compressed

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
413
Q

When does blood flow occur in the arteries supplying the subendocardial portion of the left ventricle and why?

A
  • The pressure inside the left ventricle is slightly high than in the aorta during systole.
  • Consequently, flow occurs in the arteries supplying the subendocardial portion of the left ventricle only during diastole, although the force is suffieciently dissipated in the more superficial portions of the left ventricular myocardium to permit some flow in this region throughout the cardiac cycle.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
414
Q

How does left ventricular coronary flow change in tachycardia and why?

A

Because diastole is short when the heart rate is high, LV coronary flow is reduced during tachycardia

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
415
Q

How is coronary flow in the right ventricle and both atria effected by systole and why?

A

The pressure differential between the aorta and the right ventricle, and the differential between the aorta and the atria, are somewhat greater during systole than during diatsole. Consequently, coronary flow in these parts of the heart is not appreciable reduced during systole

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
416
Q

Where is the most common site of MI and why?

A

Because no blood flow occrus during systole in the subendocardial portion of the left ventricle, this region is prone to ischaemic damage and is the most common site of MI

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
417
Q

How is blood flow to the left ventricle effected by aortic stenosis and why?

A

Blood flow to the left venticle is decreased in patients with AS because the pressure in the left ventricle must be much higher that that in the aorta to eject the blood. Consequently, the coronary vessels are severely compressed during systole

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
418
Q

How do conditions like heart failure effect coronary blood flow and why?

A

Coronary flow is decreased when the aortic diastolic pressure is low. The rise in venous pressure in conditions such as heart failure reduced coronary flow because it decreases effective coronary perfusion pressure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
419
Q

What is the pressure in the aorta, left ventricle and right ventricle during systole and diastole?

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
420
Q

What is coronary flow at rest? What percentage of cardiac output is this?

A

About 250mL/min (5% of the cardiac output)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
421
Q

How is lipoprotein(a) associated with atherosclerosis?

A

Lp(a) has an outer coat consisting of apo(a). It interferes with fibrinolysis by down-regulating plasmin generation, increasing the forming of atherosclerotic plaques

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
422
Q

What are the chemical factors associated with coronary flow?

A
  • Lack of O2
  • Increased local concentrations of CO2, H+, K+, lactate, prostaglandins, adenine nucleotides and adenosine
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
423
Q

What are the neural receptors are associated with coronary circulation?

A
  • The coronary arterioles contain α-adrenergic receptors, which mediate vasoconstriction
  • The coronary arterioles also contain β-adrenergic receptors, which mediate vasodilation.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
424
Q

How does noradrenaline effect coronary circulation? What happens if its discharge is blocked?

A
  • Activity in the noradrenergic nerves to the heart and injections of noradrenaline cause coronary vasodilation.
  • However, noradrenaline increases the heart rate and force of cardiac contraction, and the vasodilation is due to production of vasodilator metabolites in the myocardium secondary to the increase in its activity.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
425
Q

What happens to the coronary flow if BP drops and why?

A

When the systemic blood pressure falls, the overall effect of the reflex increase in noradrenergic discharge is increased coronary blood flow secondary to the metabolic changes in the myocardium at a time when the cutaneous, renal and splanchnic vessels are constricted.
In this way, the circulation of the heart is preserved when flow to other organs is compromised.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
426
Q

What is the white reaction in skin? Why does it happen?

A

When a pointed object is drawn lightly over the skin, the stroke line becomes pale (white reaction).
the mechanical stimulus apparently initiates contraction of the precapillary sphincters, and blood drains out of the capillaries and small veins.
The response appears in about 15 seconds.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
427
Q

What is the triple response in skin?

A

When the skin is stroked firmly with a pointed instrument, the triple reaction takes place
1) Red reaction - there is reddening at the site that appears in about 10 secs. This is due to capillary dilation, a direct response of the capillaries to pressure.
2) The wheal follows the red reaction in a few minutes by local swelling and diffuse, mottled reddening around the injury. It is due to increased permeability of the capillaries and postcapillary venules, with consequent extravasation of fluid.
3) The redness spreading out from the injury (flare) is due to arteriolar dilation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
428
Q

How does local anaesthetic in the skin affect the triple response?

A

The flare is absent in locally anaesthetised skin and in denervated skin after the sensory nerves have degenerated, but it is present immediately after nerve block or section above the site of the injury.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
429
Q

What causes the triple reaction in skin?

A
  • It is an axon reflex, a response in which impulses initiated in sensory nerves by the injury are relayed antidromically down other branches of the sensory nerve fibres.
  • The transmitter released at the central termination of the sensory C fiber neurons is substance P, and substance P and CGRP are present in all parts of the neurons.
  • Both dilate arterioles and, in addition, substance P causes extravasation of fluid
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
430
Q

What is reactive hyperemia? How does it happen?

A
  • It is an increase in the amount of blood in a region when its circulation is reestablished after a period of occlusion.
  • When the blood supply to a limb is occluded, the cutaneous arterioles below the occlusion dilate.
  • When the circulation is reestablished, blood flowing into the dilated vessels makes the skin become fiery red.
  • O2 in the atmosphere can diffuse a short distance through the skin, adn reactive hyperemia is prevented if the circulation of the limb is occluded to an atmosphere of 100 O2.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
431
Q

How does the skin respond to temperature and how does this relate to how it responds to other reflexes?

A
  • When the body temperature rises during exercise, the cutaneous blood vessels dilate in spite of continuing noradrenergic discharge in other parts of the body.
  • Dilation of cutaneous vessels in response to a rise in hypothalamic temperature overcomes other reflex activity.
  • Cold causes cutaneous vasoconstriction; however, with severe cold, superficial visodilation may supervene. This vasodilation is the cause of the ruddy complexion seen on a cold day.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
432
Q

What constricts and dilates cutaneous blood vessels?

A
  • Noradrenergic nerve stimulation and circulating epinephrine and norepinephrine constrict cutaneous blood vessels.
  • No know vasodilator nerve fibers extend to the cutaneous vessles, and thus vasodilation is brought about by a decrease in constrictor tone as well as the local production of vasodilator metabolites.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
433
Q

In a resting adult how much blood per minute do the kidneys receive? What is this as a percentage of the cardiac output?

A

1.2 - 1.3L of blood per minute
Just under 25% of cardiac output

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
434
Q

What does the renal plasma flow represent?

A

Because the kidney filters plasma, the renal plasma flow equals the amount of a substance excreted per unit time divided by the renal arteriovenous difference as long as the amount of the red cells is unaltered during passage through the kidney.
Any excreted substance can be used if its concentration in arterial and renal venous plasma can be measured.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
435
Q

What is used to measure the effective renal plasma flow? How does this happen? What is its usual value?

A
  • RPF can be measured by infusing p-aminohippuric acid (PAH) and determing its urine and plasma concentrations.
  • PAH is filtered by the glomeruli and secreted by the tubular cells, so that its extraction ratio (arterial concentration minus renal venous concentration divided by arterial concentration) is high.
  • It has therefore become commonplace to calculate the ‘RPF’ by dividing the amount of PAH in the urine by the plasma PAH level.
  • Peripheral venous plasma can be used because its PAH concentration is essentially identical to that in the arterial plasma reaching the kidney.
  • The value obtained should be called the effective renal plasma flow.
  • ERPF averages about 652mL/min.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
436
Q

From the renal plasma flow, how can you calculate the renal blood flow?

A

Renal blood flow is the renal plasma flow multiplied by 1 divided by 1 minus the haematocrit

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
437
Q

The pressure in the glomerular capillaries has been found to be considerably less than predicted. What is it?

A
  • When the mean systemic arterial pressure is 100mmHg, the glomerular capillary pressure is about 45mmHg.
  • The pressure drop across the glomerulus is only 1-3mmHg, but a further drop occurs in the efferent arteriole so that the pressure in the peritubular capillaries is about 8mmHg.
  • The pressure in the renal vein is about 4mmHg.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
438
Q

How is renal blood flow regulated?

A
  • Noradrenaline constricts the renal vessels, with the greatest effect being exerted on the interlobular arteries and afferent arterioles
  • Angiotensin II exerts a constrictor effect on both the afferent and efferent arterioles.
  • Dopamine is made in the kidney and causes renal vasodilation and natriuresis.
  • Prostaglandins increase blood flow in the renal cortex and decrease blood flow in the renal medulla
  • Acetylcholine also produces renal vasodilation
  • A high-protein diet raises glomerular capillary pressure and increases renal blood flow
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
439
Q

What does stimulation of the renal nerves do?

A
  • It increases renin secretion by direct action of released noradrenaline on β1-adrenergic receptors on the juxtaglomerular cells.
  • It increases Na+ reabsorption, probably by a direct action on norephinephrine on renal tubular cells.
  • It causes increased sensitivity of the granular cells in the juxtaglomerular apparatus.
  • At the highest thresold, it causes renal vasoconstriction with decreased glomerular filtration and renal blood flow
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
440
Q

What does strong stimulation of the sympathetic noradrenergic nerves to the kidneys cause? and how?

A
  • It causes a marked decrease in renal blood flow.
  • This effect is mediated by α1-adrenergic receptors and to a lesser extent by postsynaptic α2-adrenergic receptors.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
441
Q

When systemic blood pressure falls, what happens to the renal circulation and how?

A

When systemic blood pressure falls, the vasoconstrictor response produced by decreased discharge in the baroreceptor nerves includes renal vasoconstriction

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
442
Q

How does renal blood flow stay relatively constant?

A

When the kidney is perfused at moderate pressures, the renal vascular resistance varies with the pressure so that renal blood flow is relatively constant

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
443
Q

What prevents renal autoregulation and in what situations does autoregulation take place?

A

Renal autoregulation is present in denervated and in isolated, perfused kidneys but is prevented by the administation of drugs that paralyse vascular smooth muscle.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
444
Q

What produces renal autoregulation?

A
  • It is probably produced in part by a direct contractile response to stretch of the smooth muscle of the afferent arteriole.
  • NO may also be involved
  • At low perfusion pressures, angiotension II constricts the efferent arterioles, thus maintaining the GFR.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
445
Q

What is the main function of the renal cortex? How does this effect oxygen uptake?

A

Filtration of large volumes of blood through the glomeruli, so it is not surprising that the renal cortical blood flow is relatively great and little oxygen is extracted from the blood.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
446
Q

What is the blood flow of the medulla of the kidney compared to the cortex? Give me numbers please.

A

Maintenance of the osmotic gradient in the medulla requires a relatively low blood flow.
* Cortical blood flow - 5mL/g/minute
* Outer medulla blood flow - 2.5mL/g/minute
* Inner medulla blood flow - 0.6mL/g/minute

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
447
Q

What affects the volume of oxygen delivered to the systemic vascular bed per minute?

A

The product of the cardiac output and the arterial oxygen concentration.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
448
Q

What does the oxygen delivery to a particular tissue depend on?

A
  • The amount of O2 entering the lungs
  • The adequacy of pulmonary gas exchange
  • The blood flow to the tissue
  • The capacity of the blood to carry oxygen
  • Cardiac output
  • The degree of constricution of the vascular bed in the tissue
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
449
Q

What determines the amount of O2 in the blood?

A
  • The amount of dissolved O2
  • The amount of haemoglobin in the blood
  • The affinity of the Hb for O2
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
450
Q

What is the structure of Hb?

A
  • A protein made of four subunits, each of which contains a heme moiety attached to a polypeptide chain.
  • In normal adults, most of the Hb molecules contain two α and two β chains.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
451
Q

How does Hb get oxygenated? How quickly does it happen?

A
  • Heme is a porphyrin ring complex that includes one atom of ferrous iron. Each of the four iron atoms in Hb can reversibly bind one O2 molecules.
  • The iron stays in the ferrous state, so that the reaction is oxygenation.
  • The reaction is rapid, requiring less than 0.01 seconds.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
452
Q

The quaternary structure of Hb determines its affinity for O2. How?

A
  • In deoxyhaemoglobin, the globin units are tightly bound in a tense (T) configuration, which reduces the affinity of the molecule for O2.
  • When O2 is first bound, the bonds holding the globin units are released, producing a relaxed (R) configuration, which exposes more O2 binding sites.
  • The net result is a 500-fold increase in O2 affinity. The transition from one state to another has been calculated to occur about a trillion times in the life of a red blood cell.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
453
Q

What does the oxygen-haemoglobin dissociation curve show?

A
  • It relates percentage saturation of the O2 carrying power of haemoglobin (abbreviated as SaO2) to the PO2.
  • This curve has a characteristic sigmoid shape due to the T-R configuration interconversion.
  • Combination of the first heme in the Hb molecule with O2 increases the affinity of the second heme for O2, and oxygenation of the second increases the affinity of the third etc.
  • Especially note that small changes at low PO2 lead to large changes in SaO2.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
454
Q

How is the dissolved O2 concentration related to the PO2 and the oxygen saturation? What are the values at 100% O2. How does it change?

A
  • When blood is equilibrated with 100% O2, the normal haemoglobin becomes 100% saturated. When fully saturated, each gram of normal haemoglobin contains 1.39mL of O2.
  • However, blood normally contains small quantites of inactivate haemoglobin, and the measured value is slightly lower.
  • Using the traditional estimate of saturated Hb in vivo, 1.34mL of O2, the Hb concentration in normal blood is about 15g/dL. Therefore 1dL of blood contains 20.1mL (1.34mL x 15) of O2 bound to Hb when the Hb is 100% saturated.
  • The amount of dissolved O2 is a linear function of the PO2. - 0.0003mL/dL blood/ mmHgPO2
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
455
Q

How saturated is the blood at the end of the capillaries?

A

Capillaries - about 97.5% saturated with O2 (PO2 = 100mmHg)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
456
Q

How saturated is the Hb is systemic arterial blood? How much oxygen does it carry? How much is bound to Hb?

A
  • Systemic arterial blood - 97% saturated
  • 19.8mL of O2 per dL: 0.29mL in solution and 19.5mL bound to Hb.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
457
Q

How saturated is the Hb is systemic venous blood? How much oxygen does it carry? How much is bound to Hb?

A
  • Hb is 75% saturated
  • Total O2 content is about 15.2 mL/dL: 0.12mL in solution and 15.1mL bound to Hb
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
458
Q

At rest, how much oxygen do tissues remove from each litre and in total? From Hb or from solution?

A
  • At rest the tissues remove about 4.6mL of O2 from each dL of blood passing through them; 0.17mL of this from solution and the remainder from Hb.
  • In this way, 250mL of O2 per minute is transported from the blood to the tissues at rest
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
459
Q

Three important conditions affect the oxygen-haemoglobin dissociation curve. What are they and how do they affect it?

A
  • The pH, temperature and the concentration of 2,3-diphosphoglycerate (DPG; 2,3-DPG).
  • A rise in temperature or a fall in pH shifts the curve to the right. When the curve is shifted in this direction, a higher PO2 is required for Hb to bind a given amount of O2.
  • Conversely, a fall in temperature or a rise in pH shifts the curve to the left, and a lower PO2 is required to bind a given amount of O2.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
460
Q

What is the P50 of the oxygen haemoglobin dissociation curve?

A
  • A convenient index for comparison of shifts of the curve is P50.
  • The PO2 at which Hb is half-saturated with O2.
  • The higher the P50, the lower the affinity of Hb for O2.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
460
Q

What is the Bohr effect?

A
  • The decrease in O2 affinity of Hb when the pH falls is called the Bohr effect and is closely related to the fact that deoxygenated Hb binds H+ more actively than does oxygenated Hb.
  • The pH of blood falls as its CO2 content increases, so that when the PCO2 rises, the curve shifts to the right and the P50 rises.
  • Most of the unsaturatation of Hb that occurs in the tissues is secondary to the decline in the PO2, but an extra 1-2% unsaturation is due to the rise in PCO2 and consequent shift of the dissociation curve to the right.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
461
Q

What is 2,3-DPG? How is it formed? How does it effect oxygen?

A
  • It is formed from 3-phosphoglyceraldehyde, which is a product of glycolysis via the Embden-Meyerhof pathway
  • It is a highly charged anion that bind to the β changes of deoxyhaemoglobin.
  • One mole of deoxyhaemoglobin binds 1 mol of 2,3-DPG.
  • In this equilibrium, an increase in the concentration of 2,3-DPG shifts the reaction to the right, causing more O2 to be liberated.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
462
Q

What increases and decreases the levels of 2,3-DPG?

A
  • Because acidosis inhibits red cell glycolysis, the 2,3-DPG concentration falls when the pH is low
  • Conversely, thyroid hormones, growth hormones, and androgens can all increase the concentration of 2,3-DPG and the P50.
  • Exercise has been reported to produce an increase in 2,3-DPG within 60 mintues. The P50 is also increased during exercise because the temperature rises in active tissues and CO2 and metabolites accumulate, lowering the pH.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
463
Q

Airflow through the respiratory system can be broken down into three interconnected regions. What are they and what do they consist of?

A
  • The upper airway consists of the entry systems, the nose/nasal cavity and mouth that lead into the pharynx. The larynx extends from the lower part of the pharynx to complete the upper airway
  • The conducting airway begins at the trachea and branches dichotomously to greatly expant the surface area of the tissue in the lung. The first 16 generations of passages form the conducting zone of the airways that transports gas from and to the upper airway - bronchi, bronchioles and terminal bronchioles.
  • The alveolar airway consists of the last seven generations of airway divisions where gas exchange occurs - made up of transitional and respiratory bronchioles, alveolar ducts and alveoli.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
464
Q

The nose is the primary point for inhaled air. In addition to olfaction, the nose and upper airway provides two additional cruical features in airflow. What are they?

A

1) filtering out large particulates to prevent them from reaching the conducting and alveolar airways
2) serving to warm and humidify air as it enters the body

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
465
Q

What happens to smaller particulates that enter the nasopharynx?

A
  • They enter the conducting airway, settle on mucous membranes in the nose and pharynx.
  • Because of their momentum, they do not follow the airstream as it curves downward into the lungs, and they impact on or near the tonsils and adenoids, large collections of immunologically active lymphoid tissue in the back of the pharynx.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
466
Q

The conducting airway is made up of a variety of specialised cells that provid more than simply a conduit for air to reach the lung. What are they?

A
  • The mucosal epithelium is attached to a thin basement membrane, and beneath this, the lamina propria. Collectively, these are referred to as the “airway mucosa”
  • Smooth muscle cells are found beneath the epithelium and an enveloping connective tissue is likewise interspersed with cartilage that is more predominant in the portions of the conducting airway of greater caliber.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
466
Q

How is the epithelium organised in the conducting airways?

A

It is organised as pseudostratified epithelium and contains several cell types, including ciliated and secretory cells (e.g goblet cells and glandular acini) that provide key components for airway innate immunity, and basal cells that can serve as progenitor cells during injury.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
467
Q

As the conducting airway transitions into terminal and transitional bronchioles, the histological appearance of the conducting tubes change. How?

A
  • Secretory glands are absent from the epithelium of the bronchioles and terminal bronchioles, smooth muscle plays a more prominent role and cartilage is largely absent from the underlying tissue.
  • Club cells, nonciliated cuboidal epithelial cells that secrete important defense markers and serve as progenitor cells after injury, make up a large portion of the epithelial lining in the latter portions of the conducting airway
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
468
Q

Epithelial cells in the conducting airway can secrete a variety of molecules that aid in lung defense. What are they? What do they do?

A
  • Secretory immunoglobulins (IgA), collectins (including surfactant protein (SP) -A and SP-D), defensins and other peptides and proteases, ROS and RNS are all generated by airway epithelial cells
  • These secretions can act directly as antimicrobials to help keep the airway free of infection.
  • Airway epithelial cells also secrete a variety of chemokines and cytokines that recruit traditional immune cells and other immune effector cells to site of infections.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
469
Q

What is the “mucociliary escalator”?

A
  • The epithelium of the respiratory passages from the anterior third of the nose to the beginning of the respiratory bronchioles is ciliated.
  • The cilia are bathed in a periciliary fluid where they typically beat at rates of 10-15 Hz.
  • On top of the periciliary layer and the beating cilia rests a mucus layer, a complex mixture of proteins and polysaccharides secreted from specialised cells, glands, or both in the conducting airway.
  • This combination allows for the trapping of foreign particles (in the mucus) and their transport out of the airway (powered by ciliary beat).
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
470
Q

How quickly can the ciliary mechanism move particles away from the lungs?

A

At a rate of at least 16mm/minute

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
471
Q

In what situations is ciliary motility defective? What are the consequences of this?

A
  • When ciliary motility is defective, as can occur in smokers, or as a result of other environmental conditions or genetic deficiencies (CF), mucous transport is virtually absent.
  • This can lead to chronic sinusitis, recurrent lung infections and bronchiectasis.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
472
Q

The walls of the bronchi and bronchioles are innervated by the autonomic nervous system. What triggers this and what is the effect?

A
  • Nerve cells in the airways sense mechanical stimuli or the presence of unwanted substances in the airways such as inhaled dusts, cold air, noxious gases and cigarette smoke.
  • These neurons can signal the respiratory centers to contract the respiratory muscles and initiate sneeze or cough reflexes.
  • The receptors show rapid adaptation when they are continuously stimulated to limit sneeze and cough under normal conditions.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
473
Q

What affect do different adrenergic receptors have on the conducting airways?

A

The β2-adrenergic receptors help mediate bronchodilation. They also increase bronchial secretions (e.g. mucus), while α1-adrenergic receptors inhibit secretions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
474
Q

What is the total cross-sectional area in the alveoli? How does this effect velocity?

A

The total cross-sectional area in the alveoli is 11,800cm2.
Consequently, the velocity of airflow in the small airways declines to very low values.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
475
Q

The alveoli are lined by two types of epithelial cells. What are they and what is their morphology?

A
  • Type I cells are flat cells with large cytoplasmic extensions and are the primary lining cells of the alveoli, covering approx 95% of the alveolar epithelial surface area.
  • Type II cells (granular pneumocytes) are thicker and contain numerous lamellar inclusion bodies. Although these cells make up only 5% of the surface area, they represent approx 60% of the epithelial cells in the alveoli.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
476
Q

What is the function of type II alveolar cells?

A
  • They are important in alveolar repair as well as other cellular physiology.
  • One prime function is the production of surfactant.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
477
Q

How do type II alveolar cells produce surfactant?

A
  • Typical lamellar bodies, membrane-bound organelles containing whorls of phospholipid, are formed in these cells and secreted into the alveolar lumen by exocytosis.
  • Tubes of lipid called tubular myelin form from the extruded bodies, and the tubular myelin in turn forms a phospolipid film
  • Following secretion, the phospholipids of surfactant line up in the alevoli with their hydrophobic fatty acid tails facing the alveolar lumen.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
478
Q

What is the role of surfactant in the lungs? How is it related to surface tension and how does this happen?

A
  • The surfactant layer plays an important role in maintaining alveolar structure by reducing surface tension.
  • Surface tension is inversely proportional to the surfactant concentration per unit area.
  • The surfactant molecules move further apart as the alveoli enlarge during inspiration, and surface tension increases, whereas it decreases when they move closer together during expiration
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
479
Q

The alveoli are surrounded by pulmonary capillaries. What separates the air and the blood?

A

In most area, air and blood are separated only by the alveolar and the capillary endothelium, so they are about 0.5μm apart.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
480
Q

What other specialised cells do the alveoli contain?

A
  • Pulmonary alveolar macrophages (PAMs)
  • Lymphocytes
  • Plasma cells
  • Neuroendocrine cells
  • Mast cells
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
481
Q

Pulmonary alveolar macrophages (PAMs) are an important component of the pulmonary defense system. Where do they come from? What do they do?

A
  • Like other macrophages, they originally come from the bone marrow
  • PAMs are actively phagocytic and ingest small particles that evade the mucociliary escalator and reach the alveoli.
  • They also help process inhaled antigens for immunologic attack, and they secrete substances that attract granulocytes to the lungs as well as substances that stimulate granulocyte and monocyte formation in the bone marrow
  • PAM function can also be detrimental - when they ingest large amounts of the substances in cigarette smoke or other irritants, they may release lysosomal products into the extracellular space to cause inflammation.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
482
Q

What is the purpose of the pleural cavity?

A

The pleural cavity and its infoldings serve as a lubricating fluid/area that allows for lung movement within the thoracic cavity

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
483
Q

How does the intrapleural pressure relate to atmospheric pressure? How does this help with breathing?

A

It is subatmospheric.

  • The lungs are stretched when they expand at birth, at the end of quiet expiration their tendency to recoil from the chest wall is just balanced by the tendency of the chest wall to recoil in the opposite direction.
  • If the chest wall is opened, the lungs collapse; and if the lungs lose their elasticity, the chest expands and becomes barrel-shaped
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
484
Q

Is inspiration an active or passive process? How does it happen? What are the pressures?

A
  • It is an active process.
  • The contraction of the inspiratory muscles increases intrathoracic volume.
  • The intrapleural pressure at the base of the lungs, which is normally about -2.5mmHg at the start of inspiration, decreases to about -6mmHg.
  • The lungs are pulled into a more expanded position. The pressure in the airway becomes slightly negative, and air flows into the lungs.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
485
Q

At the end of inspiration, what happens to the lungs and the pressure? Passive or active?

A
  • At the end of inspiration, the lung recoil begins to pull the chest back to the expiratory position, where the recoil pressures of the lungs and chest wall balance.
  • The pressure in the airway becomes slightly positive, and air flows out of the lungs.
  • Expiration during quiet breathing is passive. However, some contraction of the inspiratory muscles occurs in the early part of expiration. This contraction exerts a breaking action on the recoil forces and slows expiration.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
486
Q

Strong inspiratory efforts reduce intrapleural pressure to values as low as what? How does this effect lung inflation and deflation?

A

-30mmHg, producing correspondingly greater degrees of lung inflation.
When ventilation is increased, the extent of lung deflation is also increased by active contraction of expiratory muscles that decrease intrathoracic volume.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
487
Q

What do modern spirometers directly measure?

A

Direct measurement of gas intake and output.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
488
Q

What does diagnostic spirometry assess?

A

A patient’s lung function for purposes of comparison with a normal population, or with previous measures from the same patient.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
489
Q

What is the tidal volume? What is its typical value?

A

Tidal volume - the amount of air that moves into the lungs with each inspiration (or the amount that moves out with each expiration) during quiet breathing

Typical values for TV are on the order of 500-750mL

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
490
Q

What is the inspiratory reserve volume? What is its typical values?

A

The air inspired with a maximal inspiratory effect in excess of the TV is the inspiratory reserve volume.

Typically around 2L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
491
Q

What is the expiratory reserve volume? Typical values?

A

The volume expelled by an active expiratory effort after passive expiration is the expiratory reserve volume - around 1L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
492
Q

What is the residual volume? Typical value?

A

The air left in the lungs after a maximal expiratory effort if the residual volume

Typical value around 1.3L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
493
Q

What is the total lung capacity? Typical value?

A

The inspiratory reserve volume + tidal volume + expiratory reserve volume + residual volume

Typical value around 5L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
494
Q

What is the vital lung capacity? Typical value?

A

It refers to the maximum amount of air expired from the fully inflated lung, or maximum inspiratory level.
TV + IRV + ERV

Typically around 3.5L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
495
Q

What is the inspiratory capacity? Typical value?

A

The maximum amount of air inspired from the end-expiratory level (IRV + TV).

Typically around 2.5L

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
496
Q

What is the functional residual capacity? Typical value

A

The volume of air remaining after expiration of a normal breath (RV + ERV)

Typically around 2.5L

497
Q

What is the forced vital capacity?

A

The largest amount of air that can be expired after a maximal inspiratory effort. It is frequently measured clinically as an index of pulmonary function

498
Q

What is the FEV1?

A

The forced expiratory volume expired during the first second of forced expiration

499
Q

How is the FEV1/FVC ratio used clinically?

A

To classify the type of airway disease.

  • Patients with obstructive or restrictive diseases can have reduced FVC.
  • Patients with obstructive disease tend to show a slow, steady slope to the FVC, resulting in a small FEV1
  • Patients with restrictive disease tend to be fast at first then quickly level out to approach FVC.
  • Obstructive disorders result in a marked decrease in both FVC and FEV1/FVC, whereas restrictive disorders result in a loss of FVC without loss in FEV1/FVC.
500
Q

What is the respiratory minute volume? Typical value?

A

500mL/breath x 12 breaths/minute - normally around 6L

501
Q

What is the maximal voluntary ventilation (MVV)? How is it measured?

A
  • The largest volume of gas that can be moved into and out of the lungs in 1 minute by voluntary effort
  • Typically this is measured over a 15 second period and propogated to a minute
  • Normal values range from 140L/min-180L/min for a healthy adult man
502
Q

What is airway resistance?

A

The change in pressure (ΔP) from the alveoli to the mouth divided by the change in flow rate.

503
Q

How does airway resistance vary with lung volume? What changes this?

A
  • Airway resistance is significanttly increased as lung volume is reduced
  • Also, bronchi and bronchioles significantly contribute to airway resistance
  • Thus, contraction of the smooth muscle that lines the bronchial airways will increase airway resistance, and make breathing more difficult
504
Q

In the upright position, how does ventilation per unit lung volume change and why?

A
  • In the upright position, ventilation per unit lung volume is greater at the base of the lung that at the apex.
  • The reason for this is that at the start of inspiration, intrapleural pressure is less negative at the base than at the apex, and since the intrapulmonary intrapleural pressure difference is less than at the apex, the lung is less expanded
  • Conversely, at the apex, the lung is more expanded; that is, the percentage of maximum lung volume is greater
  • Because of the stiffness of the lung, the increase in lung per volume per unit increase in pressure is smaller when the lung is initially more expanded, and ventilation is consequently greater at the base
505
Q

Which part of the lung has greater blood flow? How does this compare to the ventilation? How does this effect the ventilation/perfusion ratio?

A
  • Blood flow is also greater at the base of the lung than at the apex.
  • The relative change in blood flow from the apex to the base is greater than the relative change in ventilation, so the ventilation/perfusion ratio is low at the base and high at the apex.
506
Q

What causes the ventilation and perfusion differences from the apex to the base of the lung?

A

They have been attributed to gravity: they tend to disappear in the supine position, and the weight of the lung would be expected to create pressure at the base in the upright position.
However, the inequalities of ventilation and blood flow in humans were found to persist to a remarkable degree in the weightlessness of space. Therefore, other factors also play a role in producing the inequalities.

507
Q

What is anatomic dead space? What is it’s typical value?

A
  • Because gaseous exchange occurs only in the terminal portions of the airways, the gas that occupies the rest of the respiratory system is not available for has exchange with pulmonary capillary blood.
  • Normally, the volume (in mL) of this anatomic dead space is approximately equal to the body weight in pounds.
508
Q

What is alveolar ventilation and how is it related to anatomical dead space and resp rate?

A

The alveolar ventilation, i.e., the amount of air reaching the alveoli per minute, is less than the RMV.

Note that because of the dead space, rapid shallow breathing produces much less alveolar ventilation than slow deep breathing at the RMV

509
Q

What is the difference between anatomical and total (physiological) dead space in the lungs?

A
  • Anatomic dead space - respiratory system volume exclusive of alveoli
  • Total (physiologic) dead space - volume of gas not equilibrating with blood; i.e. wasted ventilation
510
Q

How does the anatomical and physiological dead space change in healthy people and in disease states?

A
  • In healthy individuals, the two dead spaces are identical and can be estimated by body weight
  • However, in disease states, no exchange may take place between the gas in some of the alveoli and the blood, and some of the alveoli may be overventilated.
  • The volume of gas in non-perfused alveoli and any volume of air in the alveoli in excess of that necessary to arterialise the blood in the alveolar capillaries is part of the dead space gas volume
511
Q

How can you physically measure the anatomic dead space?

A
  • The anatomic dead space can be measured by analysis of the single-breath N2 curves.
  • From mid-inspiration, the patient takes as deep a breath as possible of pure O2, then exhales steadily while the N2 content of the expired gas is continuously measured.
512
Q

What are the four phases of the single-breath N2 curves when measuring anatomic dead space? What do the points of the curve mean?

A
  • Phase I - the initial gas exhaled is the gas that filled the dead space and that consequently contains no N2.
  • This is following by a mixture of dead space and alveolar gas (phase II) and then by alveolar gas (phase III).
  • The volume of the dead space is the volume of gas expired from inspiration to the midpoint of Phase II
  • Phase III terminates at the closing volume (CV) and is followed by phase IV, during which the N2 content of the expired gas is increased;
513
Q

What is the closing volume of the lungs?

A

The closing volume is the lung volume above residual volume at which airways in the lower, dependent parts of the lungs begin to close off because of the lesser transmural pressure in these areas.

514
Q

How does the concentration of N2 change throughout the areas of the lungs? Why?

A

The gas in the upper portion of the lungs is richer in N2 than the gas in the lower, dependent portions because the alveoli in the upper portions are more distended at the start of the inspiration of O2 and, consequently, the N2 in them is less diluted with O2

515
Q

What is the Bohr equation? What does it calculate?

A

The total dead space can be calculated from the PCO2 of expired air, the PCO2 of arterial blood and the tidal volume.

  • Vt - tidal volume
  • PECO2 - PCO2 of the expired gas
  • PaCO2 - arterial PCO2
  • Vd - dead space
  • PICO2 - PCO2 of inspired air.

PICO2 x Vd is so small that it can often be ignored…. so Vd = Vt - (PECO2 x Vt)/(PaCO2)

516
Q

What is PCO2 vs PaCO2?

A
  • PCO2 is an average of gas from different alveoli in proportion to their ventilation regardless of whether they are perfused.
  • PaCO2 is gas equilibrated only with perfused alveoli, and consequently, in individuals with underperfused alveoli, is greater than PCO2
517
Q

What are partial pressures? How do you work it out?

A
  • Unlike liquids, gases expand to fill the volume available to them, and the volume occupied by a given number of gas molecules at a given temperature and pressure is the same regardless of the composition of the gas.
  • Partial pressures are frequently used to describe gases in respiration. The pressure exerted by any one gas in a mixture of gases (its partial pressure) is equal to the total pressure times the fraction of the total amount of gas it represents.
518
Q

What is the pressure of a gas proportional to?

A

Its temperature and number of moles occupying a certain volume

519
Q

What is the composition of dry air?

A
  • 20.98% O2
  • 0.04% CO2
  • 78.06 N2
  • 0.92% other inert constituents such as argon and helium
520
Q

What is the barometric pressure at sea level? How can we use this to work out the partial pressures in dry air?

A
  • The barometric pressure (Pb) at sea level is 760 mmHg (1 atmosphere)
  • The partial pressure of O2 in dry air is therefore 0.21 x 760 or 160mmHg at sea level
  • The PN2 is 0.79 x 760 or 600mmHg
  • The PCO2 is 0.0004 x 760 or 0.3 mmHg
521
Q

How does water vapour in the air effect partial pressures? What are their new values?

A
  • The water vapour in the air reduced the percentages of gases, and therefore the partial pressures, to a slight degree.
  • The partial pressures at sea levels of gases in the air reaching the lungs are:
  • PO2 - 150mmHg
  • PCO2 - 0.3mmHg
  • PN2 - 563mmHg
522
Q

How does gas diffuse in air and in liquids? How does the partial pressure effect this?

A
  • Gas diffuses from areas of high pressure to areas of low pressure, with the rate of diffusion depending on the concentration gradient and the nature of the barrier between the two areas.
  • When a mixture of gases is in contact with, and permitted to, equilibrate with a liquid, each gas in the mixture dissolves in the liquid to an extent determined by its partial pressure and its solubility in the fluid
  • The partial pressure of a gas in a liquid is the pressure that, in the gaseous phase in equilibrium with the liquid, would produce the concentration of gas molecules found in the liquid
523
Q

What do gases diffuse through from the alveoli to the blood in the pulmonary capillaries?

A

Across the thin alvelocapillary membrane made up of the pulmonary epithelium, the capillary endothelium, and their fused basement membranaes

524
Q

Whether or not substances passing from the alveoli to the capillary blood reach equilibrium in the 0.75 seconds that blood takes to traverse the pulmonary capillaries at rest depends on what? Give some examples and what type of limits them?

A

Their reaction with substances in the blood.

  • Nitrous oxide does not react and reaches equilibrium in about 0.1 seconds. The amount of N2O taken up is not limited by diffusion but by the amount of blood flowing through the capillaries; it is flow-limited
  • CO is taken up by Hb at such a high rate that the PCO in the capillaries stays very low and equilibrium is not reached in the 0.75 seconds - it is diffusion-limited
  • O2 is an intermediate between N2O and CO; it is taken up by Hb but much less avidly than CO, and reaches equilibrium in about 0.3 seconds. Thus, its uptake is perfusion-limited.
525
Q

What is the diffusing capacity of the lung for a given gas proportional to?

A

The diffusing capacity for a given gas is directly proportional to the surface area of the alveolar capillary membrane and inversely proportional to its thickness.

526
Q

How is the diffusing capacity of the lungs for CO (DLCO) measured? Why?

A
  • An an index of diffusing capacity because its uptake is diffusion-limited.
  • DLCO is proportional to the amount of CO entering the blood (VCO) divided by the partial pressure of CO minus the partial pressure of CO in the blood entering the pulmonary capillaries (which in healthy people in zero)
527
Q

What is the normal value for the diffusion capacity of the lungs for CO? What increases and decreases it?

A
  • The normal value of DLCO at rest is about 25mL/min/mmHg.
  • It increases up to threefold during exercise because of capillary dilation and an increase in the number of active capillaries.
528
Q

What is the PO2 in alveolar air and pulmonary capillaries? What is the diffusing capacity for O2? How does this change PO2 of blood?

A
  • The PO2 of alveolar air is normally 100 mmHg
  • The PO2 of the blood entering the pulmonary capillaries is 40mmHg
  • The diffusing capacity for O2, like that for CO at rest, is about 25 mL/min/mmHg
  • The PO2 of blood is raised to 97mmHg, just under the alveolar PO2.
529
Q

What is the PCO2 of venous blood and alveolar air? How does it diffuse through?

A
  • The PCO2 of venous blood is 46 mmHg
  • The PCO2 of alveolar air is 40mmHg
  • CO2 diffuses from the blood into the alveoli along this gradient. CO2 passes through all biological membranes with ease, and the diffusing capacity of the lung for CO2 is much greater than the capacity for O2
530
Q

When sampling alveolar air, which portion of air do you collect?

A
  • Theoretically, all but the first 150mL expired from a healthy 150lb man (ie, the dead space) with each expiration is the gas that was in the alveoli (alveolar air), but some mixing always occurs at the interface between the dead space gas and the alveolar air. A later portion of expired air is therefore the portion taken for analysis.
  • Using modern apparatus, it is possible the collect the last 10mL expired during quiet breathing.
  • The composition of alveolar gas is compared with that of inspired and expired gas.
531
Q

What is the alveolar gas equation? What is it used to work out?

A
  • It can be used to work of PAO2
  • FIO2 is the fraction of O2 molecules in the dry gas
  • PIO2 is the inspired PO2
  • R is the respiratory exchange radio, that is, the flow of CO2 molcules across the alveolar membrane per minute divided by the flow of O2 molecules across the membrane per minute
532
Q

Hypoxia is oxygen deficiency at the tissue level. What are the four categories of hypoxia?

A

1) Hypoxemia (sometimes termed hypoxic hypoxia, in which the PO2 of the arterial blood is reduced
2) Anaemic hypoxia, in which the arterial PO2 is normal but the amount of haemoglobin available to carry O2 is reduced
3) Ischaemic or stagnant hypoxia, in which the blood flow to a tissue is so low that adequate O2 is not delivered to it despite a normal PO2 and haemoglobin concentration
4) Histotoxic hypoxia, in which the amount of O2 delivered to a tissue is adquate but because of a toxic agent, the tissue cells cannot make use of the O2 supplied to them.

533
Q

What is hypoxaemia? When does it happen?

A

Reduced arterial PO2.
It is a problem in normal individuals at high altitudes and is a complication of pneumonia and a variety of other diseases of the respiratory system.

534
Q

What are the effects of decreased barometric pressure on hypoxaemia? Why? How does it change at different levels?

A
  • The composition of air stays the same, but the total barometric pressure falls with increasing altitude, and thus, the PO2 also falls.
  • At 3000m above sea level, the alveolar PO2 is about 60mmHg and there is enough hypoxic stimulation of the chemoreceptors under normal breathing to cause increase ventilation
  • As one ascends higher, the alveolar PO2 falls less rapidly and the alveolar PCO2 declines because of the hyperventilation.
  • The resulting fall in arterial PCO2 produces respiratory alkalosis.
535
Q

At what levels of elevation do you become sympatomatic of altitude sickness?

A
  • A number of compensatory mechanisms operate over a period of time to increase altitidue tolerance (acclimatisation)
  • In an unacclimatised person, mental symptoms such as irritability appear at about 3700m.
  • At 5500m, the hypoxic symptoms are severe
  • At altitudes about 6100m (20,000feet), consciousness is usually lost.
536
Q

What are the effects of hypoxia on cells?

A
  • Hypoxia causes the production of transcription factors (hypoxia-inducible factors; HIFs). These are make up of α and β subunits.
  • In normally oxygenated tissues, the α subunits are rapidly ubiquinated and destroyed.
  • However, in hypoxic cells, the α subunits dimerise with β subunits, and the dimers activate genes that produce several proteins including angiogenic factors and erythropoietin, among others
537
Q

What are the effects of hypoxia on the brain?

A
  • In hypoxymia and the other generalised forms of hypoxia, the brain is affected first.
  • A sudden drop in the inspired PO2 to less than 20mmHg, which occurs, for example, when cabin pressure is suddenly lost in a plane flying above 16,000m, causes LOC in 10-20seconds and death in 4-5 minutes.
  • Less severe hypoxia causes a variety of mental aberrations similar to those produced by alcohol: impaired judgement, drowsiness, dulled pain sensibility, excitement, disorientation, loss of time sense, and headache. Other symptoms include anorexia, nausea, vomiting, tachycarida, and when the hypoxia is severe, HTN.
  • The rate of ventilation is increased in proportion to the severity of the hypoxia of the carotid chemoreceptor cells.
538
Q

How are the partial pressures of water vapor in the alveolar air and CO2 linked to barometric pressure and altitude?

A

The partial pressure of water vapour in the alveolar air is constant at 47mmHg, and that of CO2 is normally 40mmHg, so that the lowest barometric pressure at which a normal alveolar PO2 lowers the alveolar PCO2 somewhat, but the maximum alveolar PO2 that can be attained when breathing 100% O2 at the ambeint barometric pressure of 100 mmHg at 13,700m is approx 40 mmHg.

539
Q

What are the mechanisms of acclimatisation?

A
  • Acclimatisation to altitude is due to the operation of a variety of compensatory mechanisms.
  • The respiratory alkalosis produced by the hyperventilation shifts the oxygen-haemoglobin dissociation curve to the left, but a concomitant increase in red blood cell 2,3-DPG tends to decrease the O2 affinity of Hb.
  • The net effect is a small increase in P50.
  • The decrease in O2 affinity makes more O2 available to the tissues.
  • However, the value of the increase in P50 is limited because when the arterial PO2 is markedly reduced, the decreased O2 affinity also interfered with O2 uptake by Hb in the lungs.
540
Q

What happens over time during acclimitisation?

A
  • The initial ventilatory response to increased altitude is relatively small, because the alkalosis tends to counteract the stimulating effect of hypoxia.
  • However, ventilation steadily increases over the next 4 days because the active transport of H+ into CSF or possibly a developing lactic acidosis in the brain, causes a fall in CSF pH that increases the response to hypoxia.
  • After 4 days, the ventilatory response begins to decline slowly, but it takes years of residence at higher altitudes for it to decline to the initial level, if it is reached at all.
541
Q

How is erythropoietin affected by changes in altitude?

A
  • Erythropoietin secretion increases promptly on ascent to high altitude and then falls somewhat over the following 4 days as the ventilatory response increases and the arterial PO2 rises.
  • The increase in circulating RBCs triggered by the erythropoietin begins in 2-3 days and is sustained as long as the individual remains at high altitude.
542
Q

Compensatory changes occur in the tissue during acclimatisation. What are these?

A
  • The mitochondria, which are the site of oxidative reactions, increase in number, and myoglobin increases, which facilititates the movement of O2 into the tissues.
  • The tissue content of cytochromise oxidase also increases.
543
Q

When they first arrive at a high altitude, many individuals develop transient “mountain sickness”. When does this happen? and why?

A
  • This syndrome develops 8-24 hours after arrival at altitude and lasts 4-8 days.
  • It is characterised by headache, irritability, breathlessness, N&V
  • It’s cause appears to be associated with cerebral oedema. The low PO2 at high altitude causes arteriolar dilation, and if cerebral autoregulation does not compensate there is an increase in capillary pressure that favours increased transudation of fluid into brain tissue
544
Q

Apart from transient “altitude sickness”, there are two more serious syndrome that are associated with high-altitude illness. What are they and why do they happen?

A
  • In high-altitude cerebral edema, the capillary leakage in mountain sickness progresses to frank brain swelling, with ataxia, disorientation, and in some cases coma and death due to herniation of the brain through the tentorium.
  • High-altitude pulmonary oedema is a patchy oedema of the lungs that is released to the marked pulmonary hypertension that develops at high altitude. It is thought that it occurs because not all pulmonary arteries have enough smooth muscle to constrict in response to hypoxia, and in the capillaries supplied by those arteries, the general rise in pulmonary arterial pressure causes a capillary pressure increase that disrupts their walls.
545
Q

How do you treat high-altitude illness? How does it work?

A
  • They are all benefited by descent to lower altitude and by treatment with the diuretic acetazolamide.
  • This drug inhibits carbonic anhydrase and results in stimulated respiration, increased PaCO2, and reduced formation of CSF.
  • When cerebral oedema is marked, large doses of glucocorticoids are often administered as well.
  • In high-altitude pulmonary oedema, prompt treatment with O2 is essential - and, if available, use of a hyperbaric chamber
546
Q

Hypoxaemia is the most common form of hypoxia seen clinically. The diseases that cause it can be roughly divided into three groups. What are they?

A

1) Those in which the gas exchange apparatus fails
2) Those such as congenital heart disease, in which large amounts of blood are shunted from the venous to the arterial side of the circulation,
3) Those in which the respiratory pump fails.

547
Q

What are the mechanisms behind lung failure and respiratory pump failure causing hypoxaemia?

A
  • Lung failure occurs when conditions such as pulmonary fibrosis produce alveolar-capillary block, or there if ventilation-perfusion imbalance
  • Pump failure can be due to fatigue of the respiratory muscles in conditions in which the work of breathing is increased or to a variety of mechanical defects such as PTx or bronchial obstruction that limit ventilation.
  • It can also be caused by abnormallities of the neural mechanisms that control ventilation, such as depression or the respiratory neurons in the medulla by morphine and other drugs
548
Q

How to venous-to-arterial shunts cause hypoxaemia?

A
  • When a cardiovascular abnormality such as interarterial septal defect permits large amounts of unoxygenated venous blood to bypass the pulmonary capillaries and dilute the oxygenated blood in the systemic arteries (“right-to-left shunt”), chronic hypoxaemia and cyanosis (cyanotic congenital heart disease) result.
  • Administration of 100% O2 raises the O2 content of alveolar air but has little effect on hypoxia due to venous-to-arterial shunts. This is because the deoyxgenated venous blood does not have the opportunity to get to the lung to be oxygenated.
549
Q

What is the most common cause of hypoxaemia in clinical situations?

A

Ventilation-perfusion imbalance.

550
Q

How do disease processes that prevent ventilation of some of the alveoli create a ventilation-perfusion mismatch? What is the effect of this?

A
  • The ventilation-blood flow ratios in different parts of the lung determine the extent to which systemic arterial PO2 declines.
  • If non-ventilated alveoli are perfused, the non-ventilated but perfused potion of the lung is in effect a right-to-left shunt, dumping unoxygenated blood into the left side of the heart.
  • Lesser degrees of ventilation-perfusion imbalance are more common.
  • When ventilation is not in balance with perfusion, O2 exchange is compromised. Note, that underventilated alveoli (B) have a low alveolar PO2, whereas the overventilated alveoli (A) have a high alveolar PO2, which both have the same blood flow.
  • Consequently, the arterial blood is unsaturated.
551
Q

In what situations does anaemia cause hypoxia?

A
  • Hypoxia due to anaemia is not severe at rest unless the Hb deficiency is marked, because 2,3-DPG increases in the red blood cells.
  • However, anaemic patients may have considerable difficulty during exercise because of a limited ability to increase O2 delivery to the active tissues.
552
Q

Why is carbon monoxide toxic?

A
  • Because it reacts with haemoglobin to form carboxyhaemoglobin (COHb), and COHb does not take up O2.
  • The affinity of Hb for CO is 210 times its affinity for O2 and COHb liberates CO very slowly.
  • An additional difficulty is that when COHb is present, the dissociation curve of the remaining HBO2 shifts to the left, decreasing the amount of O2 released.
553
Q

At what partial pressure is CO toxic? Why? What else does it depend on?

A
  • Because of the affinity of CO for Hb, progressive COHb formation occurs when the alveolar PCO is greater than 0.4 mmHg.
  • However, the amount of COHb formed depends on the duration of exposure to CO as well as the concentration of CO in the inspired air and the alveolar ventilation.
554
Q

How does CO affect the tissues? Is this related to its clinical poisoning?

A
  • CO is also toxic to the cytochromes in the tissues, but the amount of CO required to poison the cytochromes is 1000 times the lethal dose
  • Tissue toxicity thus plays no role in clinical CO poisoning.
555
Q

What are the symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning? What symptoms do you not get and why?

A
  • The symptoms of CO poisoning are those of any type of hypoxia, especially the headache and nausea, but there is little stimulation of respiration, since in the arterial blood, PO2 remains normal and the carotid and aortic chemoreceptors are not stimulated
  • The cherry-red colour of COHb is visible in the skin, nail beds and mucous membranes.
  • The symptoms produced by chronic exposure to sublethal CO are those of progressive brain damage, including mental changes and, sometimes, a parkinsonism-like state.
556
Q

What is the treatment of CO poisoning?

A
  • Treatment of CO poisoning consists of immediate termination of the exposure and adequate ventilation, by artifical respiration if required.
  • Ventilation with O2 is preferable to ventilation with fresh air, since O2 hastens the dissociation of COHb.
  • Hyperbaric oxygenation is useful in this condition.
557
Q

What is ischaemic hypoxia? How is the hypoxia caused?

A
  • Ischaemic hypoxia, or stagnant hypoxia, is due to slow circulation and is a problem in organs such as the kidneys and heart during shock.
  • The liver and possibly the brain are damaged by ischaemic hypoxia in heart failure.
  • The blood flow to the lung is normally very large, and it takes prolonged hypotension to produce significant damage.
  • However, ARDS can develop when there is prolonged circulatory collapse.
558
Q

What is histotoxic hypoxia? How it is treated?

A
  • Hypoxia due to inhibition of tissue oxidative processes is most commonly the result of cyanide poisoning.
  • Cyanide inhibits cytochrome oxidase and possibly other ezymes
  • Methylene blue or nitrates are used to treat cyanide poisoning. They act by forming methemoglobin, which then reacts with cyanide to form cyanmethemoglobin, a non-toxic compound.
  • The extent of treatment with these compounds is, of course, limited by the amount of methemoglobin that can be safely formed.
559
Q

When is oxygen-rich gas limited in value? Why?

A
  • Administration of oxygen-rich mixtures in of very limited value in hypoperfusion, anaemic, and histotoxic hypoxia because all that can be accomplished in this way in an increase in the amount of dissolved O2 in the arterial blood.
  • This is also true in hypoxaemia when it is due to shunting of unoxygenated venous blood past the lungs.
560
Q

What is hypercapnia? What effect does it have on the body?

A
  • Retention of CO2 in the body (hypercapnia) initially stimulates respiration.
  • Retention of larger amounts produced such symptoms as confusion, diminished sensory acuity and, eventually, coma with respiratory depression and death due to depression of the CNS
  • In patients with these symptoms, the PCO2 is markedly elevated and severe respiratory acidosis is present.
  • Large amounts of HCO3- are excreted, but more HCO3- is reabsorbed, raising the plasma HCO3- and partially compensating for the acidosis.
561
Q

What conditions cause a raise in CO2? Which ones don’t? Why?

A
  • CO2 is so much more soluble than O2 that hypercapnia is rarely a problem in patients with pulmonary fibrosis.
  • However, it does occur in ventilation-perfusion inequality and when for any reason alveolar ventilation is inadequate in the various forms of pump failure.
562
Q

What exacerbates hypercapnia?

A
  • It is exacerbated with CO2 production is increased.
  • For example, in febrile patients there is a 13% increase in CO2 production for each 1°C rise in temperature
  • A high carbohydrate intake increases CO2 production because of the increase in the respiratory quotient.
  • Normally, alveolar ventilation increases and the extra CO2 is expired, but it accumulates when ventilation is compromised.
563
Q

What is hypocapnia? Why does it happen?

A

Hypocapnia is the result of hyperventilation. During voluntary hyperventilation, the arterial PCO2 falls from 40 mmHg to as low as 15 mmHg while the alveolar PO2 rises to 120-140 mmHg.

564
Q

What types of patients get hypocapnia? Why does it happen? What symptoms does it cause?

A
  • The more chronic effects of hypocapnia are seen in neurotic patients who chronically hyperventilate.
  • Cerebral blood flow may be reduced 30% or more because of the direct constrictor effect of hypocapnia on the cerebral vessels.
  • The cerebral ischaemia causes light-headedness, dizziness and paraesthesias.
  • Hypocapnia also increases cardiac output.
  • It has a direct constrictor effect on many peripheral vessels, but it depresses the vasomotor center, so that the blood pressure is usually unchanged or only slightly elevated.
565
Q

Other consequences of hypocapnia are due to the associated respiratory alkalosis. Why does this happen and what are the effects?

A
  • The blood pH is increased to 7.5 or 7.6.
  • The plasma HCO3- level is low but HCO3- reabsorption is decreased because of the inhibition of renal acid secretion by the low PCO2.
  • The plasma total calcium level does not change, but the plasma Ca2+ level falls and hypocapnic individuals develop carpopedal spasm, a positive Chvostek sign, and other signs of tetany.
566
Q

What is retinopathy of prematurity? Why does it happen? How do we treat it?

A
  • It is the formation of opaque vascular tissue in the eyes, which can lead to serious visual defects.
  • The retinal receptors mature from the center of the periphery of the retina, and they use considerable O2. This causes the retina to become vascularised in an orderly manner.
  • Oxygen treatment before maturation is complete provides the needed O2 to the photoreceptors, and consequently the normal vascular pattern fails to develop.
  • Evidence indicates that this condition can be prevented or ameliorated by treatment with vitamin E, which exerts an antioxidant effect.
567
Q

What is lung compliance?

A
  • Compliance is developed due to the tendency for tissue to resume its original position after an applied force has been removed.
  • After an exapiration during quiet breathing, the lungs have a tendency to collapse and the chest wall has a tendency to expand.
568
Q

How is compliance measured? What curve does this create?

A
  • The interaction between the recoil of the lungs and the recoil of the chest can be measured through a spirometer that has a valve just beyond the mouthpiece.
  • The mouthpiece contains a pressure-measuring device. After the person inhales a given amount, the valve is shut, closing off the airway.
  • The respiratory muscles are then relaxed while the pressure in the airway is recorded.
  • The procedure is repeated after inhaling or activaly exhaling various volumes.
  • The curve of airway pressure obtained in this way, plotted against volume, is the pressure-volume curve of the total respiratory system.
569
Q

Describe the pressure-volume curve of the lungs?

A
  • The pressure is 0 at a lung volume that corresponds to the volume of gas in the lungs at the FRC (relaxation volume).
  • This relaxation pressure is the sum of slightly negative pressure component from the chest wall (PW) and a slightly positive pressure from the lungs (PL)
  • The pressure in the total respiratory system (PTR) is positive at greater volumes and negative at smaller volumes.
570
Q

How can you measure compliance from the pressure-volume curve?

A
  • Compliance of the lung and chest wall is measured as the slope of the PTR curve, or , as a change in lung volume per unit change in airway pressure (ΔV/ΔP).
  • It is normally measured in the pressure range where the relaxation pressure curve is steepest, and normal values are ~0.2L/cm H2O in a healthy adult man.
571
Q

What does compliance depend on and how does it vary due to this?

A
  • Compliance depends on lung volume and thus can vary.
  • In an extreme example, an individual with only one lung has approximately half the ΔV for a given ΔP.
  • Compliance is also slightly greater when measured during deflation then when measured during inflation. Consequently, it is more informative to examine the whole pressure-volume curve.
572
Q

What diseases shift the pressure volume curve? How do they effect compliance?

A
  • The curve is shifted downward and to the right (compliance is decreased) by pulmonary edema and interstitial pulmonary fibrosis.
  • The curve is shifted upward and to the left (compliance in increased) in emphysema
573
Q

How can you work out the work of breathing from the pressure volume curve?

A
  • Work is performed by the respiratory muscles in stretching the elastic tissues of the chest wall and lungs (65%), moving inelastic tissues (7%) and moving air through the respiratory passages (28%).
  • Because the dimensions of pressure x volume (g/cm2 x cm3 = g x cm) has the same dimensions as work (force x distance ; g x cm), the work of breathing can be calculated from the pressure-volume curve.
  • The amount of elastic work required to inflate the whole respiratory system is less than the amount required to inflate the lungs alone because part of the work comes from elastic energy stored in the thorax.
574
Q

The magnitude of surfactant at various lung volumes has been measured by distending lungs with saline and air while measuring the intrapulmonary pressure. What do the curves measure? Why?

A
  • Because saline reduces the surface tension to nearly zero, the pressure-volume curve obtained with saline measures only the tissue elasticity
  • Whereas the curve obtained with air measures both tissue elasticity and surface tension.
575
Q

When are the differences between the saline and air curves in the pressure volume curves? What is the term used to describe this?

A
  • Differences are also obvious in the curves generated during inflation and deflation. This difference is termed hysteresis, and is notably not present in the saline generated curves.
  • The alveolar environment, and specifically the secreted factors that help reduce surface tension and keep alveoli from collapsing, contribute to hysteresis.
576
Q

The difference between the saline and air curves is much smaller when lung volumes are small. Why?

A

The low surface tension when the alveoli are small is due to the presence of surfactant in the fluid lining the alveoli.

577
Q

What is surfactant made of?

A

DPPC, other lipids, and proteins

578
Q

If the surface tension of the alveoli is not kept low when the alveoli become smaller. What happens and according to what Law?

A

They would collapse in accordance with the law of Laplace.

  • In spherical structures like an alevolus, the distenging pressure (P) equals two times the tensions (T) divided by the radius (r)
  • P = 2T/r
  • If T is not reduced as r is reduced, the tension overcomes the distending pressure.
579
Q

Surfactant also helps prevent pulmonary oedema. How?

A

It has been calculated that if it were not present, the unopposed surface tension in the alveoli would produce a 20 mmHg force; such a force would greatly favour transudation of fluid from the blood into the alveoli.

580
Q

Formation of the phospholipid film of surfactant is greatly faciliated by the proteins in surfactant. What are they and what do they do?

A
  • SP-A is a large glycoprotein and has a collagen-like domain within its structure. It regulates the feedback uptake of surfactant by the type II alveolar epithelial cells that secrete it.
  • SP-B and SP-C are smaller proteins, which are the key protein members of the monomolecular film of surfactant.
  • SP-D is a glycoprotein that plays an important role in the organisation of SP-B and SP-C into the surfactant layer.
  • Both SP-A and SP-D are members of the collectin family of proteins that are involved in the innate immunity in the conducting airway as well as in the alveoli.
581
Q

The pulmonary vascular bed resembles the systemic one, but what are the differences?

A
  • The walls of the pulmonary artery and its large branches are about 30% as thick as the wall of the aorta
  • The small arterial vessels, unlike the systemic arterioles, are endothelial tubes with relatively little muscle in their walls.
  • The walls of the post-capillary vessels also contain some smooth muscle.
  • The pulmonary capillaries are large, and there are multiple anastamoses, so that each alveolus sits in a capillary basket
582
Q

With two quantitatively minor exceptions, the blood put out by the left ventricle returns to the right atrium and is ejected by the right ventricle, making the pulmonary vasculature unique in that it accommodates a blood flow that is equal to that of all the other organs in the body. What are these exceptions? What is the outcome of these?

A
  1. There are anastomoses between the bronchial capillaries and the pulmonary capillaries and veins, and although some of the bronchial blood enters the bronchial veins, some enters the pulmonary capillaries and veins, bypassing the right ventricle.
  2. Blood that flows from the coronary arteries into the chambers of the left side of the heart.

Because of the small physiologic shunt created by those two exceptions, the blood in systemic arteries has a PO2 about 2 mmHG lower than that of blood that has equilibrated with alveolar air, and the saturation of haemoglobin is 0.5% less.

583
Q

What is the pressure gradient in the pulmonary system? How does it differ from the systemic circulation?

A

The pressure gradient in the pulmonary system is about 7 mmHg, compared with a gradient of about 90 mmHg in the systemic circulation

584
Q

What is the pulmonary capillary pressure and oncotic pressure? What does this make the pressure gradient? How does this differ in disease?

A
  • Pulmonary capillary pressure is about 10 mmHg, whereas the oncotic pressure is about 25 mmHg
  • An inward-directed pressure gradient of about 15 mmHg keeps the alveoli free of all but a thin film of fluid
  • When the capillary pressure is more than 25 mmHg, pulmonary congestion and oedema result.
585
Q

What is the volume of blood in the pulmonary vessels at one time? How much is in the capillaries?

A

The volume of blood in the pulmonary vessels at any one time is about 1L, of which less than 100mL is in the capillaries

586
Q

What is the velocity of the blood in the root of the pulmonary artery? How does it compare to the aorta? How does it change throughout the pulmonary circulation?

A

The mean velocity of the blood in the root of the pulmonary artery is the same as that in the aorta (about 40cm/s).
It falls off rapidly, then rises slightly again in the larger pulmonary veins.

587
Q

How long does it take a red cell to traverse the pulmonary capillaries at rest and in exercise?

A

It takes a red cell about 0.75 seconds to traverse the pulmonary capillaries at rest and 0.3 seconds or less during exercise

588
Q

Gravity has a relatively marked effect on the pulmonary circulation. How?

A
  • In the upright position, the upper portions of the lungs are well above the level of the heart, and the bases are at or below it.
  • Consequently, in the upper part of the lungs, the blood flow is less, the alveoli are larger, and ventilation is less than at the base.
589
Q

What is the pressure in the capillaries at lung apex? How does the pressure in the respiratory circulation change affect capillaries? When do they collapse?

A
  • The pressure in the capillaries at the top of the lungs is close to the atmospheric pressure in the alveoli.
  • Pulmonary arterial pressure is normally just sufficient to maintain perfusion, but if it is reduced or if alveolar pressure is increased, some of the capillaries collapse.
590
Q

What happens when the respiratory capillaries collapse?

A

Under these circumstances, no gas exchange takes place in the affected aleoli and they become part of the physiological dead space.

591
Q

How do the alveolar and capillary pressure effect blood flow in the middle portions of the lungs? How do pulmonary veins fill? What is the waterfall effect?

A
  • In the middle portions of the lungs, the pulmonary arterial and capillary pressure exceeds alveolar pressure, but the pressure in the pulmonary venules may be lower than alveolar pressure during normal expiration, so they are collapsed.
  • Thus, blood flow is determined by the pulmonary artery-alevolar pressure difference rather than the pulmonary artery-pulmonary vein difference.
  • Beyond the constriction, blood “falls” into the pulmonary veins, which are compliant and take whatever amount of blood the constriction lets flow into them. This has been called the waterfall effect.
592
Q

The compression of vessels produced by alveolar pressure decreases and pulmonary blood flow increases as the arterial pressure increases toward the base of the lung. How is blood flow determined in the lower portions of the lung?

A

In the lower portions of the lungs, alveolar pressure is lower than the pressure in all parts of the pulmonary circulation and blood flow is determined by the arterial-venous pressure difference.

593
Q

What is the ratio of pulmonary ventilation to pulmonary blood flow for the whole lung? Why does it change throughout the lung?

A
  • The ratio of pulmonary ventilation to pulmonary blood flow for the whole lung at rest is about 0.8 (4.2L/min ventilation / 5.5L/min blood flow).
  • Differences in this occur in various parts of the lung as a result of the effect of gravity.
594
Q

How does the PO2 and PCO2 change if the ventilation vs the perfusion changes in an alveolus?

A
  • If the ventilation to an alveolus is reduced relative to its perfusion, the PO2 in the alveolus falls because less O2 is delivered to it and the PCO2 rises because less CO2 is expired.
  • Conversely, if perfusion is reduced relative to ventilation, the PCO2 falls because less CO2 is delivered and the PO2 rises because less O2 enters the blood
595
Q

How does the ventilation/perfusion ratio change throughout the lungs?

A
  • Ventilation, as well as perfusion in the upright in position, declines in a linear fashion from the bases to the apices of the lungs.
  • However, the ventilation/perfusion ratios are high in the upper portions of the lungs
596
Q

What does constriction of pulmonary arteries and veins lead to?

A

Constriction of the veins increases pulmonary capillary pressure and constriction of the pulmonary arteries increases the load on the right side of the heart.

597
Q

Pulmonary blood is flow is affected by both active and passive factors. What are some of the active factors?

A
  • There is an extensive autonomic innervation of the pulmonary vessels, and stimulation of the cervical sympathetic ganglia reduces pulmonary blood flow by as much as 30%.
  • The vessels also respond to circulating humoral agents. Many of the dilator responses are endothelium-dependent and presumably operate via release of NO
598
Q

Pulmonary blood is flow is affected by both active and passive factors. What are some of the passive factors?

A

Passive factors such as cardiac output and gravitational forces also have significant effects on pulmonary blood flow.

599
Q

Local adjustments of perfusion to ventilation occur with local changes in O2 demand. What causes this and what changes occur?

A
  • With exercise, cardiac output increases and pulmonary arterial pressure rises.
  • More red cells move through the lungs without any reduction in the O2 saturation of the Hb in them, and consequently, the total amount of O2 delivered to the systemic circulation is increased.
  • Capillaries dilate, and previously underperfused capillaries are “recruited” to carry blood.
  • The net effect is a marked increase in pulmonary blood flow with few, if any, alterations in autonomic outflow to the pulmonary vessels.
600
Q

When a bronchus or bronchiole is obstructed, hypoxia develops in the underventilated alveoli beyond the obstruction. Why?

A
  • The O2 deficiency apparently acts directly on vascular smooth area in the area to produce constriction, shunting blood away from the hypoxic area.
  • Accumulation of CO2 leads to a drop in pH in the area, and a decline in pH also produces vasoconstriction in the lungs, as opposed to the vasodilation it produces in other tissues.
601
Q

What are the results of reduction in the blood flow to a portion of the lung?

A

The alveolar PCO2 in that area is lowered, and this leads to constriction of the bronchi supplying it, shifting ventilation away from the poorly perfused area.

602
Q

What are the pulmonary reactions to systemic hypoxia?

A

It causes the pulmonary arterioles to constrict, with a resultant increase in pulmonary arterial pressure.

603
Q

In addition to their functions in gas exchange, the lungs have a number of metabolic function. What are they?

A
  • They manufacture surfactant for local use.
  • They also contain a fibrinolytic system that lyses clots in the pulmonary vessels.
  • They release a variety of substances that enter the systemic arterial blood (prostaglandins, histamine, kallikrein)
  • The remove other substances from the systemic venous blood that reach them via the pulmonary artery (prostaglandins, bradykinin, serotonin, noradrenaline, acetylcholine)
604
Q

What is the role of the lungs in the lifecycle of prostaglandins?

A

Prostaglandins are removed from the circulation, but they are also synthesised in the lungs and released into the blood when lung tissue is stretched.

605
Q

The lung plays an important role in activating angiotensin. How?

A
  • The physiologically inactive decapeptide angiotenin I is converted to the pressor, aldosterone-stimulating octapeptide angiotensin II in the pulmonary circulation.
  • Large amounts of the angiotensin-converting enzyme responsible for this activation are located on the surface of the endothelial cells of the pulmonary capillaries.
606
Q

How does angiotensin-converting ezyme effect bradykinin?

A

The converting enzyme also inactivates bradykinin

607
Q

What proportion of angiotensin I is converted to angiotensin II in a single trip through the pulmonary capillaries?

A

Circulation time through the pulmonary capillaries is less than 1 second, yet 70% of the angiotensin I reaching the lungs is converted to angiotensin II in a single trip through the capillaries.

608
Q

How does the pulmonary circulation effect serotonin and noradrenaline?

A

Removal of serotonin and noradrenaline reduces the amounts of these vasoactive substances reaching the systemic circulation

609
Q

How does myoglobin effect oxygen transport?

A

Myoglobin (an iron-containing pigment found in skeletal muscle) resembles Hb but binds 1 rather than 4 mol of O2 per mole protein.

610
Q

How does the myoglobin dissociation curve differ from the Hb dissociation curve? What does this mean clinically?

A
  • The lack of cooperative binding is reflected in the myoglobin dissociation curve, a rectangular hyperbola rather than the sigmoid curve observed for haemoglobin
  • The leftward shift of the myoglobin O2 binding curve when compared with HB demonstrates a higher affinity for O2, and thus promoted a favourable transfer of O2 from Hb in the blood.
611
Q

When is O2 released from myoglobin? How does the curve represent this? How is this functionally relevant?

A
  • The steepness of the myoglobin curve also shows that O2 is released only at low PO2 values (eg, during exercise).
  • The myoglobin content is greatest in muscles specialised for sustained contraction.
  • The muscle blood supply is compressed during such contractions, and myoglobin can continue to provide O2 under reduced blood flow and/or reduced PO2 in the blood
612
Q

How does the solubility of CO2 differ from O2 and what does that mean for amounts present?

A

The solubility of CO2 in blood is about 20 times that of O2; therefore, considerably more CO2 than O2 is present in simple solution at equal partial pressures.

613
Q

What happens to the CO2 that diffuses into red blood cells?

A
  • The CO2 that diffuses into red blood cells is rapidly hydrated to H2CO3 because of the presence of carbonic anhydrase.
  • The H2CO3 dissociates to H+ and HCO3- and the H+ is buffered, primarily by haemoglobin, while the HCO3- enters the plasma
614
Q

Some of the CO2 in the red cells reacts with the amino groups of haemoglobin. What do they form? How does O2 binding affect this?

A
  • Some of the CO2 in the red cells reacts with the amino groups of Hb and other proteins, forming carbamino compounds
  • Because deoxyhaemoglobin binds more H+ than oxyhaemoglobin and forms carbamino compounds more readily, binding of O2 to haemoglobin reduces its affinity for CO2.
615
Q

What is the Haldane effect?

A
  • The Haldane effect refers to the increased capacity of deoxygenated Hb to bind and carry CO2.
  • Consequently, venous blood carries more CO2 than arterial blood, CO2 uptake is facilitated in the tissues and CO2 release is facilitated in the lungs.
616
Q

Because the rise in the HCO3- content of red cells is much greater than in plasma as the blood passes through the capillaries, about 70% of the HCO3- formed in the red cells enters the plasma. What happens to the remaining 30%? How does this happen? What is the outcome of this? How quickly does it happen

A
  • The excess HCO3- leaves the red cells in exchange for Cl-.
  • This process is mediated by anion exchanger 1 (AE1), a major membrane protein in the red blood cell.
  • Because of this chloride shift, the Cl- content of the red cells in venous blood is significantly greater than that in arterial blood.
  • The chloride shift occurs rapidly and is essentially complete within 1 second.
617
Q

For each CO2 molecule added to a red cell, there is an increase of one osmotically active particle in the cell - either an HCO3- or a Cl-. What are the consequences of this? How are they removed?

A
  • Consequently, the red cells take up water and increase in size.
  • For this reason, plus the fact that a small amount of fluid in the arterial blood returns via the lymphatics rather than the veins, the haematocrit of venous blood is normally 3% greater than that of the arterial blood.
  • In the lungs, the Cl- moves back out of the cells and they shrink.
618
Q

What are the different fates of CO2 in plasma and in red blood cells?

A

Plasma
1) dissolved
2) formation of carbamino compounds with plasma protein
3) hydration, H+ buffered, HCO3- in plasma

In red blood cells
1) dissolved
2) formation of carbamino-Hb
3) Hydration, H+ buffered, 70% of HCO3- enters the plasma
4) Cl- shifts into cells; mOsm in cells increases

619
Q

What is the major source of acids in the blood under normal conditions? How are they excreted?

A

Cellular metabolism

  • The CO2 formed by metabolism in the tissues is in large part hydrated to H2CO3, resulting in the large total H+ load
  • Most of the CO2 is excreted in the lungs, and the small quantities of the remaining H+ are excreted by the kidneys
620
Q

Acid and base shifts in the blood are largely controlled by three main buffers in blood. What are they?

A
  1. Proteins
  2. Haemoglobin
  3. The carbonic acid-bicarbonate system
621
Q

How are plasma proteins effective buffers?

A

They are effective buffers because both their free carboxyl and their free amino groups dissociate:

622
Q

How does the haemoglobin buffer system work? How does it compare to the plasma protein system? Why?

A
  • It is provided by the dissociation of the imidazole groups of the histidine residues in Hb
  • In the pH 7.0-7.7 range, the free carboxyl and amino groups of Hb contribute relatively little to its buffering capacity.
  • However, the Hb contains 38 histidine residues, and this basis - plus the fact that Hb is present in large amounts - the Hb in blood has six times the buffering capacity of the plasma proteins.
623
Q

How does the action of imidazole groups of deoxyhaemoglobin differ to those of oxyhaemoglobin?

A
  • The imidazole groups of deoxyhaemoglobin (Hb) dissociate less than those of oxyhaemoglobin (HbO2), making Hb a weaker acid and therefore a better buffer than HbO2.
  • The titration curves for Hb and HbO2 illustrate the differences in H+ buffering capacity.
624
Q

What is the major buffer system in the blood?

A

The carbonic acid-bicarbonate system.

625
Q

What is the clinically relevant form of the Henderson-Hasselbach equation for the carbonic acid-bicarb system?

A
626
Q

Why is the carbonic acid-bicarbonate system one of the most effective buffer systems in the body?

A
  • Because the amount of dissolved CO2 is controlled by respiration (it is an “open” system).
  • Additional control of the plasma concentration of HCO3- is provided by the kidneys
627
Q

Without CO2 removal to reduce H2CO3, sufficient H+ addition that would halve the plasma HCO3- would alter the pH 7.4 to 6.0.
What are the reasons why such a H+ concentration increase is tolerated?

A
  1. Extra H2CO3 that is formed is removed
  2. The H+ rise stimulates respiration and therefore produces a drop in PCO2, so that some additional H2CO3 is removed.
628
Q

Apart from the open system, there are two additional factors that make the carbonic acid-bicarbonate system such a good biologic buffer. What are they?

A

1) The reaction CO2 + H2O = H2CO3 proceeds slowly in either direction unless the enzyme carbonic anhydrase is present. There is no carbonic anhydrase in plasma, but there is an abundant supply in red blood cells, spatially confining and controlling the reaction
2) The presence of Hb in the blood increases the buffering of the system by binding free H+ produced by the hydration of CO2 and allowing for the movement of the HCO3- into the plasma

629
Q

How is a respiratory acidosis caused?

A
  • Any short-term rise in arterial PCO2 (ie, above 40mmHg, due to hypoventilation results in respiratory acidosis.
  • CO2 that is retained is in equilibrium with H2CO3, which in turn is in equilibrium with HCO3-. The effective rise in plasma HCO3- means that a new equilibrium is reached at a lower pH.
630
Q

How is a respiratory alkalosis caused?

A
  • Any short-term lowering of PCO2 below what is needed for proper CO2 exchange results in respiratory alkalosis.
  • The decreased CO2 shifts the equilibrium of the carbonic acid-bicarbonate system to effectively lower H+ and increase pH.
631
Q

How is a metabolic acidosis caused?

A

Metabolic acidosis occurs when strong acids are added to blood. The H2CO3 that is formed is converted to H2O and CO2 and the CO2 is rapidly excreted via the lungs.

Note that in contrast to respiratory acidosis, metabolic acidosis does not include a change in PCO2; the shift toward metabolic acidosis occurs along an isobar line

632
Q

How is a metabolic alkalosis caused?

A

When the free H+ level falls as result of addition on alkali, or more commonly, the removal of large amounts of acid (following vomiting), metabolic alkalosis results.

633
Q

In response to metabolic acidosis and alkalosis, how does the respiratory system compensate?

A

Metabolic acidosis - Ventilation is increased, resulting in a decrease of PCO2 and a subsequent increase in pH toward normal
Metabolic alkalosis - Ventilation is decreased, PCO2 is increased, and a subsequent decrease in pH occurs

634
Q

How does the kidney respond to acidosis and alkalosis?

A
  • The kidney response to acidosis by actively secreting fixed acids while retaining filtered HCO3-.
  • In contrast, the kidney responds to alkalosis by decreasing H+ secretion and by decreasing retention of filtered HCO3-.
635
Q

Renal tubule cells in the kidney have active carbonic anhydrase. How does this affect their ability to compensate acidosis and alkalosis?

A
  • This can produce H+ and HCO3- from CO2.
  • In response to acidosis, these cells secrete H+ into the tubular fluid in exchange for Na+ while the HCO3- is actively reabsorbed into the peritubular capillary; for each H+ secreted, one Na+ and one HCO3- are added to the blood.
  • In response to alkalosis, the kidney decreases H+ secretion and depresses HCO3- reabsorption
636
Q

What is a broad overview of regulation of respiration?

A
  • Spontaneous respiration is produced by rhythmic discharge of motor neurons that innervate the respiratory muscles.
  • This discharge is totally dependent on nerve impulses from the brain; breathing stops if the spinal cord is transected above the origin of the phrenic nerves.
  • The rhythmic discharges from the brain that produce spontaneous respiration are regulated by alterations in arterial PO2, PCO2 and H+ concentration, and this chemical control of breathing is supplemented by a number of non-chemical influences.
637
Q

Two separate neural mechanisms regulate respiration. What are they?

A

One is responsible for voluntary control and the other for automatic control.

638
Q

What innervates the voluntary and automatic control mechanisms that regulates respiration?

A
  • The voluntary system is located in the cerebral cortex and sends impulses to the respiratory motor neurons via the corticospinal tracts.
  • The automatic system is driven by a group of pacemaker cells in the medulla. Impulses from these cells activate motor neurons in the cervical and thoracic spinal cord that innervate inspiratory muscles.
  • Those in the cervical cord activate the diaphragm via the phrenic nerves, and those in the thoracic spinal cord activate the external intercostal muscles. However, the impulses also reach the innervation of the internal intercostal muscles and other expiratory muscles.
639
Q

What is the reciprocal innervation taking place in the regulation of respiration? How does it happen?

A
  • The motor neurons to the expiratory muscles are inhibited when those supplying the inspiratory muscles are active, and vice versa.
  • Although spinal reflexes contribute to this reciprocal innervation, it is due primary to activity in descending pathways.
  • Impulses in these descending pathways excite agonists and inhibit antagonists.
640
Q

What is the one exception to the reciprocal innervation that takes place during breathing? What is the function of this?

A

A small amount of activity in phrenic axons for a short period after inspiration.
The function of this postinspiratory output appears to be to brake the lung’s elastic recoil and make respiration smooth.

641
Q

Where are the main components of the respiratory control pattern generator responsible for automatic respiration?

A
  • They are located in the medulla
  • Rhythmic respiration is initiated by a small group of synaptically coupled pacemaker cells in the pre-Bötzinger complex on either side of the medulla between the nucleus ambiguous and the lateral reticular nucleus.
642
Q

How do the pacemaker cells in the pre-Bötzinger complex control respiration?

A

These neurons discharge rhythmically and they produce rhythmic discharges in phrenic motor neurons that are abolished by sections between the pre-Bötzinger complex and these motor neurons.
They also contact the hypoglossal nuclei, and the tongue is involved in the regulation of airway resistance

643
Q

How do opioid inhibit respiration?

A
  • There are NK1 receptors and μ-opioid receptors on the neurons in the pre-Bötzinger complex that discharge rhythmically.
  • Substance P simulates and opioids inhibit respiration.
644
Q

Dorsal and ventral groups of respiratory neurons are present in the medulla. Is respiratory activity abolished if they’re cut? Where do they send their neurons to?

A
  • Lesions of these neurons do not abolish respiratory activity
  • They apparently project to the pre-Bötzinger complex pacemaker neurons.
645
Q

Although the rhythmic discharge of medullary neurons concerned with respiration is spontaneous, it is modified by neurons in the pons and afferents in the vagus from receptors in the airways and lungs. Where are these areas and what do they do?

A
  • An area known as the pneumotaxic centre in the medial parabrachial and Kölliker-Fuse nuclei of the dorsolateral pons contain neurons active during inspiration and neurons active during expiration.
  • It may play a role in switching between inspiration and expiration
  • When this area is damaged, respiration becomes slowed and tidal volume greater, and when the vagi are also cut in anaesthetised animals, there are prolonged inspiratory spasms that resemble breath holding.
646
Q

How does stretching of the lungs effect the regulation of respiration?

A
  • Stretching of the lungs during inspiration initiates impulses in afferent pulmonary vagal fibres.
  • These impulses inhibit inspiratory discharge.
  • Vagal feedback activity does not alter the rate of rise of the neural activity in respiratory motor neurons
647
Q

What happens when the activity of the inspiratory neurons is increased?

A
  • The rate and the depth of breathing are increased.
  • The depth of respiration is increased because the lungs are stretched to a greater degree before the amount of vagal and pneumotaxic centre inhibitory activity is sufficient to overcome the more intense inspiratory neuron discharge.
  • The respiratory rate is increased because the after-discharge in the vagal and possibly the pneumotaxic afferents to the medulla is rapidly overcome
648
Q

What increases the level of respiratory neuron activity of the medulla? How is this mediated?

A
  • A rise in the PCO2 or H+ concentration of arterial blood or a drop in its PO2 increases the level of respiratory neuron activity in the medulla, and changes in the opposite direction have a slight inhibitory effect.
  • The effect of variations in blood chemistry on ventilation are mediated via respiratory chemoreceptors - the carotid and aortic bodies and collections of cells in the medulla.
  • They initiate impulses that stimulate the respiratory centre.
649
Q

How does chemical control of breathing take place? How is it linked with metabolism

A
  • The respiratory minute volume is proportional to the metabolic rate, but the link between metabolism and ventilation is CO2 not O2.
  • The receptors in the carotid and aortic bodies are stimulated by a rise in the PCO2 or H+ concentration of arterial blood or a decline in its PO2.
650
Q

What happens after denervation of the carotid chemoreceptors?

A
  • The response to a drop in PO2 is abolished; the predominant effect of hypoxia after denervation of the carotid bodies is a direct depression of the respiratory centre.
  • The response to changes in arterial blood H+ concentration in the pH 7.3-7.5 range is also abolished.
  • The response to changes in arterial PCO2, on the other hand, is affected only slightly, it is reduced no more than 30-35%.
651
Q

Each carotid and aortic body (glomus) contains islands of two types of cells surrounded by fenestrated sinusoidal capillaries. What are the cell-types and what do they do?

A
  • Type I or glomus cells - are closely associated with cuplike endings of the afferent nerves. They resemble adrenal chromaffin cells and have dense-core granules containing catecholamines that are released upon exposure to hypoxia and cyanide. The cells are excited by hypoxia, and the principal transmitter appears to be dopamine, which excites the nerve endings by way of D2 receptors.
  • The type II cells are glia-like and each surrounds four-to-six type I cells. Their function is not fully defined
652
Q

Where are the afferent nerve fibres from the chemoreceptors? Where do they go to? What is their diameter and speed?

A
  • Outside the capsule of each body, the nerve fibres acquire a myelin sheath; however, they are only 2-5μm in diameter and conduct at the relatively low rate of 7-12m/s.
  • Afferents from the carotid bodies ascend to the medulla via the carotid sinus and glossopharyngeal nerves
  • Afferents from the aortic bodies ascend in the vagi.
653
Q

Is there a graded increase in afferent impulses from the chemoreceptors depending on levels of arterial PO2?

A

Yes, there is a graded increase in impulse traffic in the afferent fibres from the carotid and aortic bodies as the PO2 of the perfusing blood is lowered or the PCO2 is raised.

654
Q

How do the type 1 glomus cells in the carotid and aortic bodies send impulses through the afferent nerves?

A
  • They have O2 sensitive K+ channels, whose conductance is reduced in proportion to the degree of hypoxia to which they are exposed.
  • This reduces the K+ efflux, depolarising the cell and causing Ca2+ influx, primarily via L-type Ca2+.
  • The Ca2+ influx triggers action potentials and transmitter release, with consequent excitation of the afferent nerve endings.
655
Q

How does hypoxia in the pulmonary arteries cause vasoconstriction and how is this different to the systemic arteries?

A
  • The smooth muscle of pulmonary arteries contains similar O2 sensitive K+ channels to the glomus cells, which mediate the vasoconstriction caused by hypoxia.
  • This is in contrast to the systemic arteries, which contain ATP-dependent K+ channels that permit more K+ efflux with hypoxia and consequently cause vasodilation instead of vasoconstriction.
656
Q

What is the blood flow in each 2mg of carotid body? How does this compare to the kidney or brain?

A

The blood flow in each 2mg carotid body is about 0.04mL/min, or 2000mL/100g of tissue/min compared with a blood flow of 54mL or 420mL per 100g/min in the brain and kidneys respectively.

657
Q

How does the large blood flow through the carotid body per minute effect how it works?

A
  • Because the blood flow per unit of tissue is so enormous, the O2 need of the cells can be met largely by dissolved O2 alone.
  • Therefore, the receptors are not stimulated in conditions such as anaemia or CO poisoning, in which the amount of dissolved O2 in the blood reaching the receptors is generally normal, even though the combined O2 in the blood is markedly decreased.
658
Q

What conditions trigger the carotid bodies to send impulses?

A
  • The receptors are stimulated when the arterial PO2 is low or when, because of vascular stasis, the amount of O2 delivered to the receptors per unit time is decreased.
  • Powerful stimulation is also produced by cyanide, which prevents O2 utilisation at the tissue level.
  • In sufficient doses, nicotine and lobelia active the chemoreceptors.
  • The infusion of K+ increases the discharge rate in chemoreceptor afferents, and because the plasma K+ level is increased during exercise, the increase may contribute to exercise-induced hyperpnea.
659
Q

The chemoreceptors that mediate the hyperventilation produced by increases in arterial PCO2 after the carotid and aortic bodies are denervated are located in the medulla oblongata. Where in the medulla are they and what do they do?

A
  • They are separate from the dorsal and ventral respiratory neurons and are located on the ventral surface of the medulla.
  • The chemoreceptors monitor the H+ concentration of CSF. CO2 readily penetrates membranes, including the blood-brain barrier, whereas H+ and HCO3- penetrate slowly.
  • The CO2 that enters the brain and CSF is promptly hydrated. The H2CO3 dissociates, so that the local H+ concentration rises.
  • The H+ concentration in brain interstitial fluid parallels the arterial PCO2.
660
Q

What is the main way that CO2 effects regulation of respiration?

A

The effects of CO2 on respiration are mainly due to its movement into the CSF and brain interstitial fluid, where it increases the H+ concentration and stimulates receptors sensitive to H+

661
Q

What is the ventilatory response to metabolic acidosis and alkalosis?

A
  • In metabolic acidosis there is pronounced respiratory stimulation (Kussmaul breathing). The hyperventilation decreases alveolar PCO2 and thus produces a compensatory fall in blood H+ concentration.
  • In metabolic alkalosis, ventilation is depressed and the arterial PCO2 rises, raising the H+ concentration toward normal.
662
Q

How does the ventilatory response keep CO2 excretion and production in balance? What level is normal arterial PCO2?

A
  • The arterial PCO2 is normally maintained at 40mmHg.
  • When arterial PCO2 rises as a result of increased tissue metabolism, ventilation is stimulated and the rate of pulmonary excretion of CO2 increases until the arterial PCO2 falls to normal, shutting off the stimulus.
  • The operation of this feedback mechanism keeps CO2 excretion and production in balance
663
Q

What is the linear relationship between respiratory minute volume and the alveolar PCO2? Why?

A
  • When a gas mixture containing CO2 is inhaled, the alveolar PCO2 rises, elevating the arterial PCO2 and stimulating ventilation as soon as the blood containing more CO2 reaches the medulla.
  • CO2 elimination is increased and the alveolar PCO2 drops toward normal.
  • However, the PCO2 does not drop to normal, and a new equilibrium is reached at which the alveolar PCO2 is slightly elevated and the hyperventilation persists as long as CO2 is inhaled.
  • The essentially linear relationship between respiratory minute volume and the alveolar PCO2 is shown in this graph.
664
Q

The essentially linear relationship between respiratory minute volume and the alveolar PCO2 in this graph naturally has an upper limit. How does your body respond if there is too much CO2? What level is this?

A
  • When the PCO2 of the inspired gas is close to the alveolar PCO2, elimination of CO2 becomes difficult.
  • When the CO2 content of the inspired gas is more than 7%, the alveolar and arterial PCO2 begin to rise abruptly despite hyperventilation.
  • The resultant accumulation of CO2 in the body (hypercapnia) depressed the CNS, including the respiratory center, and produces headache, confusion, and eventually coma (CO2 narcosis)
665
Q

What is the ventilatory response to oxygen deficiency? At what level does it happen?

A
  • When the O2 content of the inspired air is decreased, respiratory minute volume is increased.
  • The stimulation is slight when the PO2 of the inspired air is more than 60mmHg, and marked stimulation occurs only at lower PO2 values.
  • However, any decline in arterial PO2 below 100mmHg produces increased discharge in the nerves from the carotid and aortic chemoreceptors
666
Q

There are two reasons why the increase in impulse traffic from the carotid bodies does not increase ventilation to any extent in normal individuals until the PO2 is less than 60mmHg. What are they?

A
  1. Because Hb is a weaker acid than HbO2, there is a slight decrease in the H+ concentration of arterial blood when the arterial PO2 falls and Hb becomes less saturated with O2. The fall in H+ concentration tends to inhibit respiration.
  2. Any increase in ventilation that does occur lowers the alveolar PCO2, and this also tends to inhibit respiration. Therefore, the stimulatory effects of hypoxia on ventilation are not clearly manifest until they become strong enough to override the counterbalancing inhibitory effects of a decline in arterial H+ concentration and PCO2
667
Q

What are the effects of hypoxia on the CO2 response curve?

A
  • When the CO2 response is tested at different fixed PO2 values, the slope of the response curve changes, with the slope increased when alveolar PO2 is decreased.
  • In other worse, hypoxia makes the individual more sensitive to an increase in arterial PCO2.
  • However, the alveolar PCO2 level at which the curves in the graph intersect is unaffected.
  • In the normal individual, this threshold value is just below the normal alveolar PCO2, indicating that normally there is a very slight but definite “CO2 drive” of the respiratory area.
668
Q

What are the effects on ventilation with decreasing the alveolar PO2 while holding the alveolar PCO2 constant?

A
  • When the alveolar PCO2 is stabilised at a level 2-3 mmHg above normal, there is an inverse relationship between ventilation and the alveolar PO2 even in the 90-110 mmHg range
  • But when the alveolar PCO2 is fixed at lower than normal values, there is no stimulation of ventilation by hypoxia until the alveolar PO2 falls below 60 mmHg
669
Q

What is the effect of H+ on CO2 response?

A
  • The stimulatory effects of H+ and CO2 on respiration appear to be additive
  • In metabolic acidosis, the same amount of respiratory stimulus is produced by lower arterial PCO2 levels.
670
Q

Respiration can be voluntarily inhibited for some time, but eventually the voluntary control is overridden. What is this point called and why does it happen?

A
  • The point at which breathing can no longer by voluntarily inhibited is called the breaking point.
  • Breaking is due to the rise in arterial PCO2 and the fall in PO2 .
671
Q

What factors affect the respiratory breaking point?

A
  • Breathing 100% oxygen before breath holding raises alveolar PO2 initially, so that the breaking point is delayed.
  • Same as above with hyperventilating room air, because CO2 is blown off and arterial PCO2 is lower at the start.
  • Psychological factors also play a role, people can hold their breath for longer if they’re told they’re good at it.
672
Q

What type of fibres innervate the receptors in the airways and lungs?

A

Myelinated and unmyelinated (C type) vagal fibers.

673
Q

The receptors in the airways and lungs are split into what groups?

A
  • The receptors innervated by myelinated fibers are commonly divided into slowly adapting receptors and rapidly adapting receptors on the basis of whether sustained stimulation leads to prolonged or transient discharge in their afferent nerve fibers.
  • The other groups of receptors consists of the endings of C fibers, and they are divided into pulmonary and bronchial subgroups based on their location
674
Q

What are the Hering-Breuer reflexes?

A
  • The shortening of inspiration produced by vagal afferent activity is mediated by slowly adapting receptors, as are the Hering-Breuer reflexes.
  • The Hering-Breuer inflation reflex is an increase in the duration of expiration produced by steady lung inflation
  • The Hering-Breuer deflation reflex is a decrease in the duration of expiration produced by marked deflation of the lung.
675
Q

What are the irritant receptors in the airways and lungs? What do they cause?

A
  • Because the rapidly adapting receptors are stimulated by chemicals such as histamine, they have been called irritant receptors.
  • Activation of rapidly adapting receptors in the trachea causes coughing, bronchoconstriction, and mucus secretion, and activation of rapidly adapting receptors in the lung may produce hyperpnea.
676
Q

What are the C fiber endings in the respiratory tract called? What are they stimulated by?

A
  • Because the C fiber endings are close to pulmonary vessels, they have been called J (juxtacapillary) receptors.
  • They are stimulated by hyperinflation of the lung, but they respond well to IV or intracardiac administration of chemical such as capsaicin.
677
Q

What is the reflex responses caused by innervation of the J receptors in the respiratory airways stimulated by hyperinflation of the lung? What is a similar response from the heart? What is the role of these reflexes?

A
  • The reflex response that is produced is apnea followed by rapid breathing, bradycardia, and hypotension(pulmonary chemoreflex).
  • A similar response is produced by receptors in the heart (Bezold-Jarisch reflex or the coronary chemoreflex).
  • The physiological role of this reflex is uncertain, but it probably occurs in pathological states such as pulmonary congestion or embolisation, in which it is produced by endogenously released substances
678
Q

How does coughing and sneezing happen?

A
  • Coughing begins with a deep inspiration followed by forced expiration against a closed glottis.
  • This increases the intrapleural pressure to 100mmHg or more.
  • The glottis is then suddenly opened, producing an explosive outflow of air at velocities up to 965km (600 miles) per hour.
  • Sneezing is a similar expiratory effort with a continuously open glottis.
679
Q

How do the respiratory airways respond to vomiting, swallowing and sneezing? Why?

A
  • Inhibition of respiration and closure of the glottis during vomiting, swallowing, and sneezing prevents the aspiration of food or vomit into the trachea
  • In the case of vomiting, it also fixes the chest so that contraction of the abdominal muscles increases the intra-abdominal pressure.
680
Q

How does a hiccup happen?

A
  • It is a spasmodic contraction of the diaphragm and other inspiratory muscles that produces an inspiration during which the glottis suddenly closes.
  • The glottic closure is responsible for the characteristic sensation and sound.
681
Q

What are the respiratory effects of baroreceptor stimulation?

A
  • Afferent fibers from baroreceptors in the carotid sinuses, aortic arch, atria, and ventricles relay to the respiratory neurons, as well as the vasomotor and cardioinhibitory neurons in the medulla.
  • Impulses in them inhibit respiration, but the inhibitory effect is slight and of little physiological importance.
  • The hyperventilation in shock is due to chemoreceptor stimulation causes by acidosis and hypoxia secondary to local stagnation of blood flow, and is not baroreceptor-mediated.
682
Q

What are the effects of sleep on respiration?

A
  • Respiration is less rigorously controlled during sleep than in the waking state, and brief periods of apnea occur in normal sleeping adults.
  • Changes in the ventilatory response to hypoxia vary
  • If the PCO2 falls during the waking state, various stimuli from proprioceptors and the environment maintain respiration, but during sleep, these stimuli are decreased and a decrease in PCO2 can cause apnea.
  • During REM sleep, breathing is irregular and the CO2 response is highly variable.
683
Q

What is asphyxia? What happens in the body whilst its happening?

A
  • In asphyxia produced by occlusion of the airway, acute hypercapnia and hypoxia develop together.
  • Stimulation of respiration is pronounced, with violent respiratory effects.
  • Blood pressure and HR rise sharply, catecholamine secretion is increased, and blood pH drops
  • Eventually, the respiratory efforts cease, the blood pressure falls, and the heart slows.
  • In artificial respiration is not started, cardiac arrest occurs in 4-5 minutes.
684
Q

What happens in the body during drowning?

A
  • Drowning is asphyxia caused by immersion, usually in water.
  • In about 10% of drownings, the first gasp of water after losing the struggle not to breathe triggers laryngospasm, and death results from the asphyxia without any water in the lungs.
  • In the remaining cases, the glottis muscles eventually relax and fluid enters the lungs
685
Q

How does fresh water and ocean water affect the body differently during drowning? How does that effect management?

A
  • Fresh water is rapidly absorbed, diluting the plasma and causing intravascular haemolysis.
  • Ocean water is markedly hypertonic and draws fluid from the vascular system into the lungs, decreasing the plasma volume.
  • The immediate goal in the treatment of drowning is obviously resuscitation, but long-term treatment must also take into account the circulatory effects of the water in the lungs.
686
Q

What is periodic breathing? When does it happen?

A
  • When a normal individual hyperventilates for 2-3 minutes, then stops and permits respiration to continue without exerting any voluntary control over it, a period of apnea occurs.
  • This is followed by a few shallow breaths and then by another period of apnea, followed again by a few breaths (periodic breathing).
687
Q

Why does periodic breathing happen?

A
  • The apnea apparently is due to a lack of CO2 because it does not occur following hyperventilation with gas mixtures containing 5% CO2 .
  • During the apnea, the alveolar PO2 falls and PCO2 rises.
  • Breathing resumes because of hypoxic stimulation of the carotid and aortic chemoreceptors before the CO2 level has returned to normal.
  • A few breaths eliminate the hypoxic stimulus, and breathing stops until the alveolar PO2 falls again.
  • Gradually, however, the PCO2 returns to normal, and normal breathing resumes.
688
Q

Give me an overview of the changes that happen during exercise?

A
  • Circulatory changes increase muscle blood flow while maintaining adequate circulation in the rest of the body.
  • There is an increase in the extraction of O2 from the blood in exercising muscles and an increase in ventilation.
  • This provides extra O2, eliminates some of the heat, and excretes extra CO2.
689
Q

How does the amount of O2 entering the blood in the lungs change during exercise? Why?

A

During exercise, the amount of O2 entering the blood in the lungs is increased because the amount of O2 added to each unit of blood and the pulmonary blood flow per minute are increased.

690
Q

How does the PO2 of blood flowing into the pulmonary capillaries change in exercise? Why?

A

The PO2 of blood flowing into the pulmonary capillaries falls from 40 to 25 mmHg or less, so that the alveolar capillary PO2 gradient is increased and more O2 enters the blood

691
Q

How much does the blood flow per minute in the lungs during exercise increase by? What effect does this have on O2 and CO2 exchange?

A
  • Blood flow per minute is increased from 5.5L/minute to as much as 20-35L/minute.
  • The total amount of O2 entering the blood therefore increases from 250mL/minute at rest to values as high as 4000mL/minute.
  • The amount of CO2 removed from each unit of blood is increased, and CO2 excretion increases from 200mL/minute to as much as 8000mL/minute.
692
Q

Why might blood lactate start to rise during exercise?

A
  • The increase in O2 uptake is proportional to work load, up to a maximum.
  • Above this maximum, O2 consumption levels off and the blood lactate level continues to rise.
  • The lactate comes from muscles in which aerobic resynthesis of energy stores cannot keep pace with their utilisation, and an oxygen debt is being incurred
693
Q

How does ventilation change during exercise?

A
  • Ventilation increases abruptly with the onset of exercise which is followed after a brief pause by a further, more gradual increase.
  • With moderate exercise, the increase is due mostly to an increase in the depth of respiration. This is accompanied by an increase in the resp rate when the exercise is more strenuous.
  • Ventilation abruptly decreases when exercise ceases, which is followed after a brief pause followed by a more gradual decline to preexercise values.
694
Q

Why does ventilation follow this pattern when starting to exercise?

A
  • The abrupt increase at the start of exercise is presumably due to psychic stimuli and afferent impulses from proprioceptors in muscles, tendons, and joints.
  • The more gradual increase is presumably humeral, even though arterial pH, PCO2 and PO2 remain constant during moderate exercise.
695
Q

The increase in ventilation during moderate exercise is proportional to the increase in O2 consumption. Why?

A

The mechanisms responsible are still up for debate. It could be:

  • the increase in body temperature
  • exercise increases the plasma K+ level, and this increase may stimulate the peripheral chemoreceptors.
  • the sensitivity of the neurons controlling the response to CO2 is increased
  • the respiratory fluctuations in arterial PCO2 increase so that, even though the mean arterial PCO2 does not rise, it is CO2 that is responsible for the increase in ventilation
696
Q

When exercise becomes more vigorous, ventilation is further increased. Why?

A

Buffering the increased amounts of lactic acid that are produced liberates more CO2, and this further increases ventilation.

697
Q

The response to graded exercise is shown in this figure. Talk me through it.

A
  • With increased production of acid, the increases in ventilation and CO2 remain proportional, so alveolar and arterial CO2 change relatively little (isocapnic buffering).
  • Because of the hyperventilation, the alveolar PO2 increases.
  • With further accumulation of lactic acid, the increase in ventilation outstrips CO2 production and alveolar PCO2 falls, as does PCO2.
  • The decline in arterial PCO2 provides respiratory compensation for the metabolic acidosis produced by the additional lactic acid.
  • The additional increase in ventilation produced by the acidosis depends on the carotid bodies and does not occur if they are removed.
698
Q

How does the respiratory system change when you finish exercising? What regulates this?

A
  • The respiratory rate after exercise does not reach basal levels until the O2 debt is repaid. This may take as long as 90 minutes.
  • The stimulus to ventilation after exercise is not the arterial PCO2, which is normal or low, or the arterial PO2, which is normal or high, but the elevated arterial H+ concentration due to the lactic acidaemia.
  • The magnitude of the O2 debt is the amount by which O2 consumption exceeds basal consumption from the end of exertion until the O2 consumption has returned to pre exercise basal levels.
699
Q

During repayment of O2 debt following exercise, how does O2 concentration in myoglobin change? What is the effect of this? How is lactic acid removed?

A
  • The O2 concentration in muscle myoglobin rises slightly.
    ATP and phosphorylcreatine are resynthesised, and lactic acid is removed.
  • 80% of the lactic acid is converted to glycogen and 20% is metabolised to CO2 and H2O
700
Q

What limits the maximum O2 uptake in the muscles during exercise?

A
  • Maximum uptake during exercise is limited by the maximum rate at which O2 is transported to the mitochondria in the exercising muscle.
  • However, this limitation is not normally due to deficient O2 uptake in the lungs, and Hb in arterial blood is saturated even during the most severe exercise.
701
Q

What happens in the contracting muscles during exercise?

A
  • During exercise, the contracting muscles use more O2, and the tissue PO2 and the PO2 in venous blood from exercising muscle fall nearly to zero.
  • More O2 diffuses from the blood and the blood PO2 of the blood in the muscles drops, and more O2 is removed from Hb.
  • Because the capillary bed of contracting muscle is dilated and many previously close capillaries are open, the mean distance from the blood to the tissue cells is greatly decreased.
702
Q

How does exercise effects the oxygen-Hb dissociation curve? What is the outcome of this?

A
  • The oxygen-Hb dissociation curve is steep in the PO2 range below 60 mmHg (during exercise) and a relatively large amount of O2 is supplied for each drop of 1mmHg in PO2.
  • Additional O2 is supplied because, as a result of the accumulation of the CO2 and the rise in temperature in active tissues - and perhaps the rise in RBC 2,3-DPG) - the dissociation curve shifts to the right.
  • The net effect is a 3-fold increase in O2 extraction from each unit of blood.
  • Because this increase is accompanied by a 30-fold or greater increase in blood flow, it permits the metabolic rate of muscle to rise as much as 100-fold during exercise.
703
Q

What causes fatigue during exercise?

A

It is produced in part by bombardment of the brain by neural impulses from muscles, and the decline in blood pH produced by lactic acidosis also makes one feel tired, as does the rise in body temperature, dyspnea and perhaps the uncomfortable sensations produced by activation of the J receptors in the lungs

704
Q

What is a nephron? How many does each kidney have?

A
  • Each individual renal tubule and its glomerulus is a unit (nephron)
  • The size of the kidneys between species varies, as does the number of nephrons they contain
  • Each human kidney has approximately 1 million nephrons
705
Q

What forms the glomerulus?

A

The glomerulus, which is about 200μm in diameter, is formed by the invagination of a tuft of capillaries into the dilated, blind end of the nephron (Bowman’s capsule)

706
Q

What makes the glomerular filtrate?

A

The capillaries in glomerulus are supplied by an afferent arteriole and drained by the efferent arteriole, and it is from the glomerulus that the filtrate is formed.

707
Q

How do the afferent and efferent arterioles in the glomerulus vary in size?

A

The diameter of the afferent arteriole is larger than the efferent arteriole

708
Q

Two cellular layers separate the blood from the glomerular filtrate in the Bowman’s capsule. What are these? How do they differ?

A
  • The capillary endothelium and the specialised endothelium of the capsule.
  • The endothelium of the glomerular capillaries is fenestrated with pores that are 70-90nm in diameter. It is completely surrounded by the glomerular basement membrane along with specialised cells called Podocytes.
  • Podocytes have numerous pseudopodia that interdigitate to form filtration slits along the capillary wall. The slits are approximately 25nm wide, and each is closed by a thin membrane.
  • The glomerular basement membrane, the basal lamina, does not contain visible gaps or pores.
709
Q

Stellate cells called mesangial cells are located between the basal lamina and the endothelium in the glomerulus. What is their function and where are they especially common?

A
  • They are similar to cells called pericytes, which are found in the walls of capillaries elsewhere in the body.
  • Mesangial cells are especially common between two neighbouring capillaries, and in these locations the basal membrane forms a sheath shared by both capillaries.
  • The mesangial cells are contractile and play a role in the regulation of glomerular filtration
  • Mesangial cells secrete the extracellular matrix, take up immune complexes, and are involved in the progression of glomerular disease
710
Q

What molecules can enter and leave the Bowman’s capsule? What is the total area of glomerular capillary endothelium?

A
  • Functionally, the glomerular membrane permits the free passage of neutral substances up to 4nm in diameter and almost totally excludes those with diameters greater than 8nm.
  • However, the charge on molecules as well as their diameters affects their passage into Bowman’s capsule.
  • The total area of glomerular endothelium across which filtration occurs in humans is about 0.8m2
711
Q

How big is the proximal convoluted tubule? How thick is its wall and what features does the wall have?

A
  • The human proximal convoluted tubule is about 15mm long and 55μm in diameter.
  • Its wall is made up of a single layer of cells that interdigitate with one another and are united by apical tight junctions.
  • Between the cells are extensions of the extracellular space called the lateral intercellular spaces.
  • The luminal edges of the cells have a striated brush border due to the presence of many microvilli.
712
Q

The convoluted proximal tubule straightens and the next portion of each nephron is the loop of Henle. What is the cellular structure of this?

A
  • The descending portion of the loop and the proximal portion of the ascending limb are made up of thin, permeable cells
  • On the other hand the thick portion of the ascending limb is made up of thick cells containing many mitochondria.
713
Q

How does the loop of Henle size change throughout the kidney?

A
  • The nephrons with glomeruli in the outer portions of the renal cortex have short loops of Henle (cortical nephrons)
  • Whereas those with glomeruli in the juxtamedullary region of the cortex (juxtamedully nephrons) have long loops extending down into the medullary pyramids.
  • In humans, only 15% of the nephrons have long loops
714
Q

The thick end of the ascending loop of Henle reaches the glomerulus of the nephron from which the tubules arose and nestles between its afferent and efferent arterioles. What are the specialised cells at the end?

A
  • Specialised cells at the end form the macula densa, which is close to the efferent and particularly afferent arteriole
  • The macula, the neighbouring lacis cells, and the renin-secreting granular cells in the afferent arteriole form the juxtaglomerular apparatus.
715
Q

The distal convoluted tubule starts at the macula densa. How long is it and what is its cellular structure?

A
  • It is about 5mm long
  • Its epithelium is lower than that of the proximal tubule, although a few microvilli are present, there is no distinct brush border
716
Q

The distal tubules coalesce to form the collecting ducts. How long are these? Where do they go?

A

They are about 20mm long and pass through the renal cortex and medulla to empty into the pelvis of the kidney at the apex of the medullary pyramid .

717
Q

The epithelium of the collecting ducts are made of two types of cells. What are they and what do they do?

A
  • The epithelium of the collecting ducts is made up to principal cells (P cells) and intercalated cells (I cells).
  • The P cells, which predominate are relatively tall and have few organelles. They are involved in Na+ reabsorption and vasopressin-stimulated water reabsorption
  • The I cells, which are present in smaller numbers are also found in the distal tubules, have more microvilli, cytoplasmic vesicles, and mitochondria. They are concerned with acid secretion, and HCO3- transport.
718
Q

What is the total length of a nephron, including the collecting ducts?

A

It ranges from 45 to 65mm

719
Q

Cells in the kidneys that appear to have a secretory function include not only the granula cells in the juxtaglomerular apparatus but also some of the interstitial tissue of the medulla. What are these cells called and what do they secrete?

A
  • These cells are called renal medullary interstitial cells (RMICs) and are specialised fibroblast-like cells
  • They contain lipid droplets and are a major site of COX-2 and prostaglandin synthase expression
  • PGE2 is the major prostanoid synthesised in the kidney and is an important paracrine regulator of salt and water homeostasis.
  • PGEx2 is secreted by the RMICs by the macula densa, and by cells in the collecting ducts; prostacyclin (PGI2) and other prostaglandins are secreted by the arterioles and glomeruli
720
Q

What is the layout of the renal circulation?

A
  • The afferent arterioles are short, straight branches of the interlobular arteries
  • Each divides into multiple capillary branches to form the tuft of vessels in the glomerulus
  • The capillaries coalesce to form the efferent arteriole, which in turn breaks up into capillaries that supply the tubules (peritubular capillaries) before draining into the interlobular veins
721
Q

Does the kidney have a portal system?

A
  • The arterial segments between the glomeruli and tubules are technically a portal system, and the glomerular capillaries are the only capillaries in the body that drain into arterioles.
  • However, there is relatively little smooth muscles in the efferent arterioles
722
Q

The capillaries draining the tubules of the cortical nephrons form a peritubular network. What do the efferent arterioles from the juxtamedullary glomeruli drain into? What is the structure of this?

A
  • The capillaries draining the tubules of the cortical nephrons form a peritubular network, where the efferent arterioles from the juxtamedullary glomeruli drain not only into the peritubular network, but also into vessels that form the hairpin loops (the vasa recta)
  • These loops dip into the medially pyramids alongside the loops of Henle.
  • The descending vasa recta have a nonfenestrated endothelium that contains a facilitated transporter for urea, and the ascending vasa recta have a fenestrated endothelium, consistent with their function in conserving solutes
723
Q

The efferent arteriole from each glomerulus breaks up into capillaries that supply a number of different nephrons. What does this mean regarding the blood supply?

A

Thus, the tubule of each nephron does not necessarily receive blood solely from the efferent arteriole of the same nephron

724
Q

What is the total surface area of the renal capillaries? What is the volume of blood in the renal capillaries at any given time?

A
  • The total surface of the renal capillaries is approximately equal to the surface area of the tubules, both being about 12m2.
  • The volume of blood in the renal capillaries at any given time is about 30-40mL
725
Q

What are the lymphatics of the kidneys?

A
  • The kidneys have an abundant lymphatic supply that drains via the thoracic ducts into the venous circulation in the thorax
726
Q

How thick is the renal capsule? How does it change with oedema?

A
  • The renal capsule in thin but tough
  • If the kidney becomes oedematous, the capsule limits the swelling, and the tissue pressure (renal interstitial pressure) rises.
  • This decreases the GFR and is claimed to enhance and prolong anuria in AKI.
727
Q

The renal nerves travel along the renal blood vessels as they enter the kidney. What type of nerves are they? What are the innervated by?

A
  • They contain many postganglionic sympathetic efferent fibers and a few afferent fibres.
  • There also appears to be a cholinergic innervation via the vagus nerve, but its function is uncertain
  • The sympathetic preganglionic innervation comes primarily from the lower thoracic and upper lumbar segments of the spinal cord,
  • The cell bodies of the postganglionic neurons are in the sympathetic ganglion chain, in the superior mesenteric ganglion, and along the renal artery.
728
Q

Where are the sympathetic fibers and other innervations in the kidney distributed?

A
  • The sympathetic fibers are distributed primarily to the afferent and efferent arterioles, the proximal and distal tubules, an the juxtaglomerular apparatus
  • In addition, there is a dense noradrenergic innervation of the thick ascending loop limb of the loop of Henle
729
Q

Where are the nociceptive afferents that mediate pain in kidney disease?

A

Nociceptive afferents that mediate pain in kidney disease parallel the sympathetic efferents and enter the spinal cord in the thoracic and upper lumbar dorsal roots

730
Q

What is a renorenal reflex?

A
  • Other renal afferents presumably mediate a renorenal reflex by which an increase in ureteral pressure in one kidney leads to a decrease in efferent nerve activity to the contralateral kidney
731
Q

In a resting adult, how much blood (as a volume and as a % of cardiac output) does the kidney receive per minute?

A

In a resulting adults, the kidneys receive 1.2-1.3L of blood per minute, or just under 25% of the cardiac output.

732
Q

How can you measure renal blood flow?

A
  • It can be measured with electromagnetic or other types of flow meters, or it can be determined by applying the Fick principle to the kidney
  • Ficks method is by measuring the amount of a given substance taken up per unit of time and dividing this value by the arteriovenous different for the substance across the kidney.
733
Q

What type of substance can you use for Ficks method to work out blood flow in the kidney?

A
  • Because the kidney filters plasma, the renal plasma flow (RPF) equals the amount of a substance excreted per unit of time divided by the renal arteriovenous difference as long as the amount in the red cells in unaltered during passage through the kidney
  • Any excreted substance can be used if its concentration in arterial and renal venous plasma can be measured and if it is not metabolised, stored or produced by the kidney and does not itself affect blood flow
734
Q

What is glomerular filtration rate (GFR)? How could you measure it?

A
  • GFR is the amount of plasma ultra filtrate formed each minute and can be measured in intact experimental animals and humans by measuring the plasma level of a substance and the amount of that substance that is excreted.
  • A substance to be used to measure GFR must be freely filtered through the glomeruli and must be neither secreted not reabsorbed by the tubules
735
Q

What do we use to measure GFR?

A

Inulin, a polymer of fructose with a molecular weight of 5200, is used to measure GFR

736
Q

What is renal plasma clearance?

A
  • Renal plasma clearance is the volume of plasma from which a substance is completely removed by the kidney in a given amount of time (usually minutes)
  • The amount of that substance that appears in the urine per unit of time is the result of the renal filtering of a certain number of mLs of plasma that contained this amount.
  • GFR and clearance are measures in mL/min.
737
Q

How do you work of the clearance of X?

A
  • If a substance is designated by the letter X, the GFR is equal to the concentration of X in the urine (UX) times the urine flow per unit of time (V) divided by the arterial plasma of X (PX) or V/PX
  • This value is called the clearance of X (CX)
738
Q

In practice, how we work out renal clearance using inulin?

A
  • A loading dose of inulin is administered IV, following a sustaining infusion to keep the arterial plasma level constant.
  • After the inulin has equilibrated with body fluids, an accurately timed urine specimen is collected and a plasma sample obtained halfway through the collection.
  • Plasma and urinary inulin concentrations are determined and the clearance is calculated.
739
Q

Clearance of creatinine can also be used to determine GFR. What are the downfalls of this?

A
  • Some creatinine is secreted by the tubules, thus the clearance of creatinine will be slightly higher than inulin
  • In spite of this, the clearance of endogenous creatinine is a reasonable estimate of GFR as the values agree quite well with the GFR values measured with inulin.
740
Q

What is the normal clearance values for :
* glucose
* sodium
* chloride
* potassium
* phosphate
* urea
* inulin
* creatinine
* PAH

A
  • Glucose - 0ml/min
  • Sodium - 0.9ml/min
  • Chloride - 1.3ml/min
  • Potassium - 12ml/min
  • Phosphate - 25ml/min
  • Urea - 75ml/min
  • Inulin - 125ml/min
  • Creatinine - 140ml/min
  • PAH - 560ml/min
741
Q

What is a normal GFR? How does it differ between men and women?

A
  • The GFR in a healthy adult of average size is approximately 125ml/min
  • Its magnitude correlates fairly well with surface area, but values in women are 10% lower than those in men even after correction for surface area.
742
Q

Does most of the glomerular filtrate get urinated out? What are the values

A

No
* A rate of 125ml/min is 7.5L/h or 180L/day, whereas the normal urine volume is about 1L/day
* Thus, 99% or more of the filtrate is normally reabsorbed
* At the rate of 125ml/min, in 1 day the kidneys filter an amount of fluid equal to four times the total body water, 15 times the ECF volume and about 60 times the plasma volume

743
Q

The factors governing filtration across the glomerular capillaries are the same as those governing filtration across all other capillaries. What are these? How do we calculate this?

A
  • The size of the capillary bed, the permeability of the capillaries and the hydrostatic and osmotic pressure gradients across the capillary wall.

GFR = Kf [(PGC - PT) - (πGC - πT)]

Kf = the glomerular ultrafiltration coefficient, is the product of the glomerular capillary wall hydraulic conductivity (ie, its permeability) and the effective filtration surface area
PGC = mean hydrostatic pressure in the glomerular capillaries
PT = mean hydrostatic pressure in the tubule (Bowman’s space)
πGC = oncotic pressure in the glomerular capillaries
πT = oncotic pressure of the filtrate in the tubule (Bowman’s space)

744
Q

The permeability of the glomerular capillaries is about 50 times that of the capillaries in skeletal muscle. What is the outcome of this on filtration of neutral substances?

A
  • Neutral substances with effective molecular diameters of less than 4nm are freely filtered, and the filtration of neutral substances with diameters or more than 8nm approaches zero.
  • Between these values, filtration is inversely proportional to diameter.
745
Q

Sialoproteins in the glomerular capillary wall are negatively charged. How does this effect filtration?

A
  • The negative charges repel negatively charged substances in blood, with the result that filtration of anionic substances 4nm in diameter is less that half of that of neutral substances of the same size
  • This explains why albumin, with an effective molecular diameter of 7nm, normally has a glomerular concentration only 0.2% of its plasma concentration rather, because it is negatively charged
  • Conversely, filtration of cationic substances is greater than that of neutral substances
746
Q

What is the amount of protein in the urine per day? What changes this?

A
  • The amount of protein in the urine is normally less that 100mg/day, and most of this is not filtered but comes from shed tubular cells
  • The presence of significant amounts of albumin in the urine is called albuminuria
  • In nephritis, the negative charges in the glomerular wall are dissipated, and albuminuria can occur for this reason without an increase in the size of the “pores” in the membrane.
747
Q

What are some agents causing contraction or relaxation of mesangial cells?

A

Contraction
Endothelins
Angiotensin II
Vasopressin
Noradrenaline
Platelet-activating factor
Platelet-derived growth factor
Thromboxane A2
PGF2
Leukotrienes C4 and D4
Histamine

Relaxation
ANP
Dopamine
PGE2
cAMP

748
Q

How is the size of the capillary bed altered?

A
  • Kf can be altered by the mesangial cells, with contraction of these cells producing a decrease in Kf that is largely due to a reduction in the area available for filtration.
  • Contraction of points where the capillary loops bifurcate probably shifts flow away from some of the loops, and elsewhere, contracted mesangial cells distort and encroach on the capillary lumen
749
Q

How does the hydrostatic and osmotic pressure change though the renal bed?

A
  • The pressure in the glomerular capillaries is higher than that in other capillary beds because the afferent arterioles are short, straight branches of the interlobular arteries.
  • Furthermore, the vessels “downstream” from the glomeruli, the efferent arterioles, have a relatively high resistance
  • The capillary hydrostatic pressure is opposed by the hydrostatic pressure in Bowman’s capsule
  • It is also opposed by the onctoic pressure gradient across the glomerular capillaries (πGC - πT). πT is normally negligible and the gradient is essentially equal to the oncotic pressure of the plasma proteins.
750
Q

How does the net filtration pressure change throughout the kidneys? Why does this happen? What does this mean?

A
  • The net filtration pressure (PUF) is 55mmHg at the afferent end of the glomerular capillaries, but it falls to 0 - filtration equilibrium is reached - proximal to the efferent end of the glomerular capillaries
  • This is because fluid leaves the plasma and the oncotic pressure rises as blood passes through the glomerular capillaries.
  • It is apparent that portions of the glomerular capillaries do not normally contribute to the formation of the glomerular ultra filtrate; exchange across the glomerular capillaries is flow-limited rather than diffusion limited
  • A decrease in the rate of rise of the Δ curve produced by an increase in RPF would increase filtration because it would increase the distance along the capillary in which filtration was taking place
751
Q

How do systemic changes alter GFR?

A
  • Changes in renal vascular resistance as a result of auto regulation tend to stabilise filtration pressure, but when the mean systemic arterial pressure drops below the auto regulatory range, GFR drops sharply.
  • The GFR tends to be maintained when efferent arteriolar constriction is greater than afferent constriction, but either type of constriction decreases blood flow to the tubules.
752
Q

What is the filtration fraction? What alters it?

A
  • The ratio of GFR to the RPF, the filtration fraction, is normally 0.16-0.20.
  • The GFR varies less than the RPF.
  • When there is a fall in systemic blood pressure, the GFR falls less than the RPF because of efferent arteriolar construction, and consequently the filtration fraction rises.
753
Q

What are some factors affecting the glomerular filtration rate?

A
  • Changes in renal blood flow
  • Changes in glomerular capillary hydrostatic pressure
  • Changes in systemic blood pressure
  • Afferent or efferent arteriolar constriction
  • Changes in hydrostatic pressure in Bowman’s capsule
  • Ureteral obstruction
  • Oedema of kidney inside tight renal capsule
  • Changes in concentration of plasma proteins: dehydration, hypoproteinaemia, etc
  • Changes in Kf
  • Changes in glomerular capillary permeability
  • Changes in effective filtration surface area
754
Q

How does tubular function effect substance excretion?

A
  • The amount of any substance (X) that is filtered in the product of the GFR and the plasma level of the substance (ClnPX).
  • The tubular cells may add more of the substance to the filtrate (tubular secretion), may remove some of all of the substance from the filtrate (tubular reabsorption), or may do both
755
Q

How do you work out the amount of a substance excreted by the tubules?

A
  • The amount of the substance excreted per unit of time (VXV) equals the amount filtered plus the net amount transferred by the tubules
  • This latter quantity is conveniently indicated by the symbol TX
  • The clearance of a substance equals the GFR if there is no net tubular secretion or reabsorption, exceeds the GFR if there is net tubular secretion, and is less than the GFR is there is net tubular reabsorption.
756
Q

What are the mechanisms of tubular reabsorption and secretion?

A
  • Small proteins and some peptide hormones are reabsorbed in the proximal tubules by endocytosis
  • Other substances are secreted or reabsorbed in the tubules by passive diffusion between cells and through cells by facilitated diffusion down chemical or electrical gradients.
  • Movement is by way of ion channels, exchangers, co-transporters, and pumps.
757
Q

How do the pumps and transporters in the tubules differ based on location?

A
  • The pumps and other transporters in the luminal membrane are different from those in the basolateral membrane
    *It is this polarised distribution that makes possible net movement of solutes across the epithelia
758
Q

Like transport systems elsewhere, renal active transport systems have a maximal rate, or transport maximum (Tm), at which they can transport a particular solute. How does this affect transport rate?

A
  • The amount of a particular solute transported is proportional to the amount present up the Tm for the solute, but at higher concentrations, the transport mechanism is saturated and there is no appreciable increment in the amount transported.
  • However, the Tms for some systems are high, and it is difficult to saturate them
759
Q

How does the structure of the epithelium help with tubular transport?

A
  • The tubular epithelium is a leaky epithelium in that the tight junctions between cells permit the passage of some water and electrolytes
  • The degree to which leakage by this paracellular pathway contributes to the net flux of fluid and solute into and out of the tubules is controversial since it is difficult to measure, but current evidence seems to suggest that it is a significant factor in the proximal tubule
760
Q

The reabsorption of Na+ and Cl- plays a major role in body electrolyte and water homeostasis. Where is sodium transported in the nephron?

A
  • In the proximal tubules, the thick portion of the ascending limb of the loop of Henle, the distal tubules, and the collecting ducts, Na+ moves by co-transport or exchange from the tubular lumen into the tubular epithelial cells down its concentration and electrical gradients, and is then actively pumped from these cells into the interstitial space
  • Na+ is pumped into the interstitium by Na/K/ATPase in the basolateral membrane
  • Thus, Na+ is actively transported out of all parts of the renal tubule except the thin portions of the loop of Henle.
761
Q

What are some of the apical transporters and functions of them in the proximal tubule?

A

Na/glucose co-transporter - uptakes both glucose and Na+
Na+/Pi co-transporter - Na+ and PI uptake
Na+ amino acid co-transporter - Na+ and amino acid uptake
Na/lactate co-transporter - uptakes Na+ and lactate
Na/H exchanger - Na+ uptake and H+extrusion
Cl/base exchanger - Cl- uptake

762
Q

What are some of the apical transporters and functions of them in the thick ascending limb of the loop of Henle?

A

Na/K/2Cl co-transporter - Na+, Cl- and K+ uptake
Na/H exchanger - Na+ uptake, H+ extrusion
K+ channels - K+ extrusion (recycling)

763
Q

What is the apical transporter and its function in the distal convoluted tubule?

A

There is a NaCl co-transporter that uptakes both Na+ and Cl-

764
Q

What is the transporter in the collecting duct and what is its function?

A

There is an ENaC Na+ channel that uptakes sodium

765
Q

What are the lateral intercellular spaces in the tubules and what is their role?

A
  • The tubular cells along the nephron are connected by tight junctions at their luminal edges, but there is space between the cells along the rest of their lateral borders
  • Much of the Na+ is actively transported into these lateral intercellular spaces
766
Q

Where is most of the sodium transported in the kidneys?

A
  • Normally about 60% of the filtered Na+ is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule, primarily by Na-H exchange.
  • Another 30% is absorbed via the Na-2Cl-K co-transporter in the thick ascending limb of the loop of Henle
  • In both of these segments of the nephron, passive paracellular movement of Na+ also contributes to overall Na+ reabsorption.
  • In the distal convoluted tubule 7% of the filtered Na+ is absorbed by the Na-Cl co-transporter.
  • The remainder of the filtered Na+, about 3% is absorbed via ENaC channels in the collecting ducts and this is the portion that is regulated by aldosterone to permit homeostatic adjustments in Na+ balance.
767
Q

Glucose, amino acids and bicarbonate are reabsorbed along with Na+ in the early portion of the proximal tubule. How is glucose reabsorbed? How quickly is it filtered? How much is reabsorbed?

A
  • Glucose is typical of substances removed from the urine by secondary active transport
  • It is filtered at a rate of approximately 100mg/min.
  • Essentially all of the glucose is reabsorbed, and no more than a few milligrams spread in the urine per 24 hours.
768
Q

What is the amount of glucose reabsorbed proportional to? What is the transport maximum? What happens above this?

A
  • The amount reabsorbed is proportional to the amount filtered and hence to the plasma glucose level (PG) times the GFR up to the transport maximum (TmG).
  • When the TmG is exceeded, the amount of glucose in the urine rises.
  • The TmG is about 375mg/min in men and 300mg/min in women
769
Q

The renal threshold for glucose is the plasma level at which the glucose first appears in the urine in more than normal minute amounts. Where would this be predicted and where is it actually?

A
  • One would predict that the renal threshold would be about 300mg/dL, that is, 375mg/min (TmG) divided by 125ml/min (GFR).
  • However, the actual renal threshold is about 200mg/dL of arterial plasma, which corresponds to a venous level of about 180mg/dL.
  • The “ideal” curve would be obtained if the TmG in all the tubules was identical and if all the glucose were removed from each tubular when the amount filtered was below the TmG.
  • This is not the case and the actual curve is round and deviates considerably from the “ideal” curve.
  • This deviation is called splay. The magnitude of the splay is inversely proportional to the avidity with which the transport mechanism binds the substrate it transports.
770
Q

What is the mechanism of glucose reabsorption?

A
  • Glucose reabsorption in the kidneys is similar to glucose reabsorption in the intestine.
  • Glucose and Na+ bind to the sodium-dependent glucose transporter (SGLT-2) in the apical membrane, and glucose is carried into the cells as Na+ moves down its electrical and chemical gradient.
  • The Na+ is then pumped out of the cells into the interstitium, and the glucose exits by facilitated diffusion via glucose transporter GLUT-2 into the interstitial fluid.
771
Q

How does SGLT-2 transporter bind to glucose?

A
  • SGLT-2 specifically binds the D isomer of glucose, and the rate of transport of D-glucose is many times greater than that of L-glucose
  • Glucose transport in the kidneys is inhibited, as it is in the intestine, by the plant glucoside phlorhizin, which competes the D-glucose for binding to the carrier
772
Q

Like glucose reabsorption, amino acid reabsorption is most marked in the early portion of the proximal convoluted tubule. How does this happen?

A
  • Absorption in this location resembles absorption in the intestine
  • The main carriers in the apical membrane co-transporter Na+, whereas the carriers in the basolateral membranes not Na+-dependent.
  • Na+ is pumped out of the cells be Na/K/ATPase and the amino acids leave by passive or facilitated diffusion to the interstitial fluid.
773
Q

The dynamics of PAH transport illustrate the operation of the active transport mechanisms that secrete substances into the tubular fluid. How does this change with different plasma levels? How does this differ to glucose?

A
  • The filtered load of PAH is a linear function of the plasma level, but PAH secretion increases as PPAH rises only until a maximal secretion rate (TmPAH) is reached.
  • When PPAH is low, CPAH is high; but as PPAH rises above TMPAH, CPAH fall progressively
  • It eventually approaches the clearance of inulin (Cin) because the amount of PAH secreted becomes a smaller and smaller fraction of the total amount excreted.
  • Conversely, the clearance of glucose is essentially zero at PG levels below the renal threshold; but above the threshold, CG rises to approach CIn as PG is raised.
774
Q

What is tubulo-glomerular feedback? What things cause it?

A
  • Signals from the renal tubule in each nephron feedback to affect filtration in its glomerulus.
  • As the rate of flow through the ascending limb of the loop of Hnele and first part of the distal tubule increases, glomerular filtration in the same nephron decreases, and, conversely, a decrease in flow increases the GFR
  • This process, which is called tubulo-glomerular feedback, tends to maintain the constancy of the load delivered to the distal tubule
775
Q

What is the sensor for the tubulo-glomerular feedback and how does sense changes? What does it produce

A
  • The sensor for this response is the macula densa.
  • The amount of fluid entering the distal tubule at the end of the thick ascending limb of the loop of Henle depends on the amount of Na+ and Cl- in it.
  • The Na+ and Cl- enter the macula densa cells via the Na/K/2Cl co-transporter in their apical membranes
  • The increased Na+ causes increased Na/K/ATPase activity and the resultant increased ATP hydrolysis causes more adenosine to be formed.
  • Presumably, adenosine is secreted from the basal membrane of the cells
776
Q

Once adenosine has been secreted from the basal membrane of the tubular cells. What impact does it have on the renal tubule?

A
  • It acts via adenosine A1 receptors on the macula densa cells to increase their release of Ca2+ to the vascular smooth muscle in the afferent arterioles.
  • This causes afferent vasoconstriction and a resultant decrease in GFR.
  • Presumably, a similar mechanism generates a signal that decreases renin excretion by the adjacent juxtaglomerular cells in the afferent arteriole, but this remains unsettled.
777
Q

How does the macula densa react to an increase in GFR?

A
  • Conversely, an increase in GFR causes an increase in the reabsorption of solutes, and consequently of water, primarily in the proximal tubule, so that in general the percentage of solute reabsorbed is held constant
  • This process is called glomerulotubular balance
778
Q

How quickly does a change in Na+ reabsorption occur? What does this mean?

A

The change in Na+ reabsorption occurs within seconds after a change in filtration, so it seems unlikely that an extra renal humeral factor is involved.

779
Q

How does the oncotic pressure of the peritubular capillaries affect GFR?

A
  • When the GFR is high, there is a relatively large increase in the oncotic pressure of the plasma leaving the glomeruli via the efferent arterioles and hence in their capillary branches
  • This increases the reabsorption of Na+ from the tubule.
780
Q

Normally 180L of fluid is filtered through the glomeruli each day, while the average daily urine volume is about 1L.
The same load of solute can be excreted per 24 hour in a urine volume of 500mL with a concentration of 1400mOsm/kg or in a volume of 23.3L with a concentration of 30mOsm/kg. These two figures demonstrate two important facts. What are they?

A

1) At least 87% of the filtered water is reabsorbed, even when the urine volume is 23L
2) The reabsorption of the remainder of the filtered water can be varied without affecting total solute excretion.

Therefore, when the urine is concentrated, water is lost from the body in excess of solute.

781
Q

What are *aquaporins**? Why are they important?

A
  • Rapid diffusion of water across cell membranes depends on the presence of water channels, integral membrane proteins called aquaporins
  • 13 aquaporins have been cloned; however one four play a key role in the kidney (aquaporin-1, -2, -3 and -4)
782
Q

Active transport of many substances occurs from the fluid in the proximal tubule, but studies have shown that the fluid remains essentially iso-osmotic until the end of the proximal tubule. Where is aquaporin-1 and what role does it have in this?

A
  • Aquaporin-1 is localised to both the basolateral and apical membrane of the proximal tubules
  • Its presence allows water to move rapidly out of the tubule along the osmotic gradients set up by active transport of solutes, and isotonicity is maintained.
783
Q

How much solute and water gets removed in the proximal tubule? Why?

A

Because the ratio of the concentration in tubular fluid to the concentration in plasma (TF/P) of the non-reabsorbable substance inulin is 2.5 to 3.3 at the end of the proximal tubule, it follows that 60-70% of the filtered solute and 600-70% of the filtered water have been removed by the time the filtrate reaches this point

784
Q

The loops of Henle of the juxtamedullary nephrons dip deeply into the medullary pyramids before draining into the DCTs in the cortex, and all the collecting ducts descend back through the medullary pyramids to drain at the tips of the pyramids into the renal pelvis. How does the osmolality change throughout the loop of Henle?

A
  • There is a graded increase in the osmolality of the interstitium of the pyramids in humans
  • The osmolality at the tips of the papillae can reach about 1200mOsm/kg of Hb</sup>O, approximately four times that of plasma.
  • The fluid in the descending limb of the loop of Henle becomes hypertonic as water moves out of the tubule into the hypertonic interstitium.
  • When fluid reaches the top of the ascending limb it is now hypotonic to plasma.
785
Q

Why does the osmolality change throughout the loop of Henle?

A
  • The descending limb of the loop of Henle is permeable to water, due to the presence of aquaporin-1 in both the apical and basolateral membranes, but the ascending limb is impermeable to water.
  • Na+, K+, and Cl- are co-transported out of the thick segment of the ascending limb.
  • Therefore the fluid in the descending limb of the loop of Henle becomes hypertonic as water moves out of the tubule into the hypertonic interstitium.
  • In the ascending limb it becomes more dilute because of the movement of Na+ and Cl- out of the tubular lumen, and when fluid reaches the top of the ascending limb (called the diluting segment it is now hypotonic to plasma.
786
Q

In the thick ascending loop, Na+, K+ and 2Cl- are transported from the tubular lumen into the tubular cells. How does this happen?

A
  • A carrier co-transports them via secondary active transport
  • The Na+ is actively transported from the cells into the interstitium by Na/K/ATPase in the basolateral membranes of the cells, keeping the intracellular Na+ low.
787
Q

How does the K+ and Cl- diffuse back into the tubular lumen after being transported into the renal tubule cell?

A
  • The K+ diffuses back into the tubular lumen and back into the interstitium via ROMK and other K+ channels
  • The Cl- moves into the interstitium via ClC-Kb channels
788
Q

What happens in the distal tubule?

A
  • The distal tubule, particularly its first part, is in effect an extension of the thick segment of the ascending limb
  • It is relatively impermeable to water, and continued removal of the solute in excess of solvent further dilutes the tubular fluid
789
Q

The collecting ducts have two portions. What are they?

A

A cortical portion and a medullary portion

790
Q

What do the changes in osmolality and volume in the collecting ducts depend on? What does this do?

A
  • They depend on the amount of vasopressin acting on the ducts.
  • This anti-diuretic hormone from the posterior pituitary gland increases the permeability of the collecting ducts to water.
791
Q

The key to the action of vasopressin on the collecting ducts in aquaporin-2. Where is aquaporin-2 stored? What does it do?

A
  • Aquaporin-2 is stored in vesicles in the cytoplasm of principal cells.
  • Vasopressin causes rapid insertion of these vesicles into the apical membrane of cells
  • The effect is mediated via the vasopressin V2 receptor, cAMP and protein kinase A.
  • Cytoskeletal elements are involved, including microtubule-based motor proteins (dynein and dynactin) as well as actin-filament binding proteins such as myosin-1
792
Q

In the presence of enough vasopressin to produce maximal anti-diuresis. What happens?

A
  • Water moves out of the hypotonic fluid entering the cortical collecting ducts into the interstitium of the cortex, and tubular fluid becomes isotonic
  • In this manner, as much as 10% of the filtered water is removed
  • The isotonic fluid then enters the medullary collecting ducts with a TF/P inulin of about 20.
  • An additional 4.7% or more of the filtrate is reabsorbed into the hypertonic interstitium of the medulla, producing a concentrated urine with a TF/P inulin of over 300.
793
Q

What is the maximum osmolality of urine?

A

The osmolality of urine may reach 1400mOsm/kg of H2, almost five times the osmolality of plasma, with a total of 99.7% of the filtered water being reabsorbed

794
Q

What is the structure of the collecting duct when vasopressin is absent?

A
  • When vasopressin is absent, the collecting duct epithelium is relatively impermeable to water.
  • The fluid therefore remains hypotonic, and large amounts flow into the renal pelvis
  • The impermeability of the distal portions of the nephron is not absolute; along with the salt that is pumped out of the collection duct fluid, about 2% of the filtered water is reabsorbed in the absence of vasopression
795
Q

What does the urine concentrating mechanism depend on?

A
  • It depends on the maintenance of a gradient of increasing osmolality along the medullary pyramids.
  • This gradient is produced by the operation of the loops of Henle as countercurrent multipliers and maintained by the operation of the vasa recta as countercurrent exchangers.
  • A countercurrent system is a system in which the inflow runs parallel to, counter to, and in close proximity to the outflow for some distance
  • This occurs for both the loops of Henle and the vasa recta in the renal medulla
796
Q

What does the operation of each loop of Henle as a countercurrent multiplier depend on?

A

It depends on the high permeability of the thin descending limb to water (via aquaporin-1), the active transport of Na+ and Cl- out of the thick ascending limb, and the inflow of tubular fluid from the proximal tubule, with outflow into the distal tubule.

797
Q

What are the steps that theoretically take place in the loop of Henle that create a countercurrent mechanism?

A
  • Assume first a condition in which osmolality is 300mOsm/kg of H2O throughout the descending and ascending limbs and the medullary interstitium (A)
  • The pumps in the thick ascending limb pump 100 mOsm/kg of Na+ and Cl- from the tubular fluid to the interstitium, increasing interstitial osmolality to 400 mOsm/kg of H2O. (B)
  • Water then moves out of the thin descending limb, and its content equilibrate with the interstitium. (B)
  • However, fluid containing 300 mOsm/kg H2O is continuously entering this limb from the proximal tubule, so the gradient against which the Na+ and Cl- are pumped is reduced and more enters the interstitium (C)
  • Meanwhile, hypotonic fluid flows into the distal tubule, and isotonic and subsequently hypertonic fluid flows into the ascending thick limb (D)
  • The process keeps repeating, and the final result is a gradient of osmolality from the top to the bottom of the loop
798
Q

In juxtamedullary nephrons, how the change in osmotic gradient throughout the loop of Henle different?

A
  • In juxtamedullary nephrons with longer loops and thin ascending limbs, the osmotic gradient is spread over a greater distance and the osmolality at the top of the loop is greater.
  • This is because the thin ascending limb is relatively impermeable to water but permeable to Na+ and Cl-. Therefore, Na+ and Cl- move down their concentration gradients into the interstitium, and there is additional passive countercurrent multiplication.
  • The greater the length of the loop of Henle, the greater the osmolality that can be reached at the tip of the medulla
799
Q

The osmotic gradient in the medullary pyramids would not last long if the Na+ and urea in the interstitial spaces were removed by the circulation. These solutes remain in the pyramids primarily because the vasa recta operate as countercurrent exchangers. How do they do this?

A
  • The solutes diffuse out of the vessels conducting blood toward the cortex and into the vessels descending into the pyramid
  • Conversely, water diffuses out of the descending vessels and into the fenestrated ascending vessels.
  • Therefore, the solutes tend to recirculate in the medulla and water tends to bypass it, so that hypertonicity is maintained.
  • The water removed form the collecting ducts in the pyramids is also removed by the vasa recta and enters the general circulation
  • Countercurrent exchange is a passive process; it depends on movement of water and could not maintain the osmotic gradient along the pyramids if the process of counter-current multiplication in the loops of Henle were to cease
800
Q

What is the role of urea in creating the osmotic gradient in the kidneys?

A

Urea contributes to the establishment of the osmotic gradient in the medullary pyramids and to the ability to form a concentrated urine in the collecting ducts.

801
Q

Urea transport is mediated by urea transporters, presumably by facilitated diffusion. There are at least four isomers of the transport protein UT-A. What are they are where are the found? What are the regulated be?

A
  • UT-A1 to UT-A4 are found in the kidneys
  • UT-B is found in erythrocytes and in the descending limb of the vasa recta
  • Urea transport in the collecting duct is mediated by UT-A1 and UT-A3, and both are regulated by vasopressin
802
Q

How does the amount of urea deposited in the medullary interstitium change with vasopressin release? How is it changed with dietary protein?

A
  • During anti-diuresis, when vasopressin is high, the amount of urea deposited in the medullary interstitium increases, thus increasing the concentrating capacity of the kidney.
  • In addition, the amount of urea in the medullary interstitium and, consequently, in the urine varies with the amount of urine filtered, and this in turn varies with the dietary intake of protein
  • Therefore, a high-protein diet increases the ability of the kidneys to concentrate the urine and a low-protein diet reduces the kidney’s ability to concentrate the urine
803
Q

What is osmotic diuresis?

A
  • The presence of large quantities of unreabsorbed solutes in the renal tubules causes an increase in urine volume called osmotic diuresis.
  • Solutes that are not reabsorbed in the proximal tubules exert an appreciable osmotic effect as the volume of tubular fluid decreases and their concentration rises.
  • Therefore, they “hold water in the tubules”
804
Q

How does Na+ add to osmotic diuresis?

A
  • The concentration against which Na+ can be pumped out of the proximal tubule is limited. Normally, the movement of water out of the proximal tubule prevents any appreciable gradient from developing
  • But Na+ concentration in the fluid falls when water reabsorption is decreased because of the presence in the tubular fluid of increased amounts of unreabsorbable solutes
  • The limiting concentration gradient is reached, and further proximal reabsorption of Na+ is prevented; more Na+ remains in the tubule and water stays with it.
  • The result is that the loop of Henle is presented with a greatly increased volume of isotonic fluid.
  • This fluid has a decreased Na+ concentration, but the total mount of Na+ reaching the loop per unit time is increased
805
Q

In the loop of Henle, reabsorption of water and Na+ is decreased because the medullary hypertonicity is decreased. Why is this decreased?

A
  • The decrease is due primarily to decreased reabsorption of Na+, K+, and Cl- in the ascending limb of the loop because the limiting concentration gradient for Na+ reabsorption is reached.
  • More fluid passes through the distal tubule, and because of the decrease in the osmotic gradient along the medullary pyramids, less water is reabsorbed in the collecting ducts.
  • The result is a marked increase in urine volume and excretion of Na+ and other electrolytes
806
Q

What causes osmotic diuresis?

A
  • Osmotic diuresis is produced by the administration of compounds such as mannitol and related polysaccharides that are filtered but not reabsorbed
  • It is also produced by naturally occurring substances when they are present in amount exceeding the capacity of the tubules to resorb them. For example, in diabetes mellitus, if blood glucose is high, glucose in the glomerular filtrate if high, thus the filtered load with exceed the TmG and glucose will remain the tubules causing polyuria.
  • Osmotic diuresis can also be produced by the infusion of large amounts of sodium chloride or urea.
807
Q

It is important to recognise the difference between osmotic diuresis and water diuresis. What is this?

A
  • In water diuresis, the amount of water reabsorbed in the proximal portions of the nephron is normal, and the maximum urine flow that can be produced in about 16mL/min
  • In osmotic diuresis, increased urine flow is due to decreased water reabsorption in the proximal tubules and loops and very large urine flows can be produced. As the load of excreted solute is increased, the concentration of the urine approaches that of plasma in spite of maximum vasopressin secretion, because an increasingly large fraction of the excreted urine is isotonic proximal tubular fluid. If osmotic diuresis is produced with diabetes insipidus, the urine concentration rises for the same reason
808
Q

What is the relation of urine concentration to GFR?

A
  • The magnitude of the osmotic gradient along the medullary pyramids is increased when the rate of flow of fluid through the loops of Henle is decreased.
  • A reduction in GFR such as that caused by dehydration produces a decrease in the volume of fluid presented to the countercurrent mechanism, so that the rate of flow in the loops declines and the urine becomes more concentrated
  • When the GFR is low, the urine can become quite concentrate in the absence of vasopressin
  • If one renal artery is constricted with a patient with diabetes insipidus, the urine excreted on the side of the constriction becomes hypertonic because of the reduction in GFR, whereas that excreted on the opposite side remains hypotonic.
809
Q

What is the free water clearance?

A
  • In order to quantitate the gain or loss of water by excretion of a concentrated or dilute urine, the “free water clearance” (CH2O) is sometimes calculated.
  • This is the difference between the urine volume and the clearance of the osmoles.
810
Q

Na+ is filtered in large amounts, but it is active transported out of all portions of the tubule except the descending thin limb of the loop of Henle. How much is normally reabsorbed? What does it correlate to? Why?

A
  • Normally about 99% of the filtered Na+ is reabsorbed
  • Because Na+ is the most abundant cation in ECF and because Na+ salts account for over 90% of the osmotically active solute in the plasma and interstitial fluid, the amount of Na+ in the body is a prime determinant of the ECF volume.
811
Q

Multiple regulatory mechanisms have evolved to control the excretion of Na+. What is the aim of them? What are some?

A
  • Through the operation of these regulatory mechanisms, the amount of Na+ excreted is adjusted to equal the amount ingested over a wide range of dietary intakes, and the individual stays in Na+ balance.
  • When Na+ intake is high, or saline is infused, natriuresis occurs, whereas when ECF is reduced, a decrease in Na+ excretion occurs
812
Q

What is the range of urinary Na+ output in a day?

A

Urinary Na + output ranges from less than 1mEq/day on a low-salt diet to 400 mEq/day or more when the dietary Na+ intake is high

813
Q

Variations in Na+ excretion are brought about by changes in GFR and changes in tubular reabsorption. Which parts of the nephron primarily? What circulating factors affect it?

A
  • Changes are primarily in the 3% of filtered Na+ that reached the collecting ducts
  • Factors affecting Na+ reabsorption include the the circulating level of aldosterone and other adrenocortical hormones, the circulating level of ANP and other natriuretic hormones, and the rate of tubular secretion of H+ and K+
814
Q

What are the effects of adrenocortical steroids of Na+ reabsorption?

A
  • Adrenal mineralocorticoids such as aldosterone increase tubular reabsorption of Na+ in association with secretion of K+ and H+ and also Na+ reabsorption with Cl-
  • They take around 10-30 minutes to occur because of the time required for the steroids to alter protein synthesis via their action on DNA
  • The mineralocorticoids act primarily in the collecting ducts to increase the number of active epithelial sodium channels (ENaCs) in this part of the nephron.
815
Q

What is Liddle syndrome?

A
  • Mutations in the genes that code for the β subunit and less commonly the γ subunit of ENaC cause the channels to come constitutively active in the kidney
  • This leads to Na+ retention and hypertension
816
Q

How does PGE2 affect sodium reabsorption?

A

PGE2 causes a natriuresis, possibly by inhibiting Na/K/ATPase and possibly by increasing intracellular Ca2+, which in turn inhibits Na+ transport via ENaCs

817
Q

How do endothelin and IL-1 affect sodium reabsorption?

A

Endothelin and IL-1 cause natriuresis, probably by increasing the formation of PGE2

818
Q

How does angiotensin II affect Na+ reabsorption?

A
  • Angiotensin II increases reabsorption of Na+ and HCO3- by an action on the proximal tubules
  • There is an appreciable amount of ACE in the kidney in the kidneys, and the kidneys convert 20% of the circulating angiotensin I to angiotensin II.
  • In addition, angiotensin I is generated in the kidneys
819
Q

Why do patients with normal individuals with high levels of circulating mineralocorticoids not get the oedema other patients do?

A
  • Prolonged exposure to high levels of circulating mineralocorticoids does not cause oedema in otherwise normal individuals because eventually the kidneys escape from the effect of the steroids
  • This is due to escape phenomenon, which may be due to increased secretion of ANP.
  • It appears to be reduced or absent in nephrosis, cirrhosis, and heart failure, and patients with these diseases continue to retain Na+ and become oedematous when exposed to high levels of mineralocorticoids
820
Q

What is water diuresis? How long does it take?

A
  • The water diuresis produced by drinking large amounts of hypotonic fluid begins about 15 mintues after ingestion of a water load and reaches its maximum un about 40 minutes.
  • The act of drinking produces a small decrease in vasopressin secretion before the water is absorbed, but most of the inhibition is produced by the decrease in plasma osmolality after the water is absorbed.
821
Q

Where is K+ reabsorbed and secreted? What is the rate of K+ secretion proportional to? Why?

A
  • Much of the filtered K+ is removed from the tubular fluid by active reabsorption in the proximal tubules, and K+ is then secreted into the fluid by the distal tubular cells
  • The rate of K+ secretion is proportional to the rate of flow of the tubular fluid through the distal portions of the nephron, because its rapid flow there is loss opportunity for the tubular K+ concentration to rise to a value that stops further secretion
822
Q

How is the reabsorption of Na+ and the secretion of K+ linked?

A
  • In the collecting ducts, Na+ is generally reabsorbed and K+ is secreted.
  • There is not rigid one-for-exchange and much of the movement of K+ is passive.
  • However, there is electrical coupling in the sense that intracellular migration of Na+ from the lumen tends to lower the potential difference across the tubular cell, and this favours movement of K+ into the tubular lumen
  • K+ excretion is decreased when the amount of Na+ reaching the distal tubule is small.
  • In addition, if H+ secretion is increased, K+ excretion will decrease as K+ is reabsorbed in collecting duct cells in exchange for H+ via the action of the H/K/ATPase.
823
Q

In kidney disease, is it usually the ability for form a dilute or concentrated urine that is retained?

A
  • The ability to forma dilute urine is often retained, but in advanced kidney disease, the osmolality of the urine becomes fixed at about that of plasma, indicating that the diluting and concentrating functions of the kidney have both been lost
  • The loss is due in part to disruption of the countercurrent mechanism, but a more important cause is a loss of functioning nephrons.
824
Q

When one kidney is removed surgically, how does it affect the number of osmoles to be excreted? What is the effect of this?

A
  • When one kidney is removed surgically, the number of functioning nephrons is halved.
  • The number of osmoles to be excreted is not reduced to this extent, and so the remaining nephrons must each by filtering and exerting more osmotically active substances, producing what is in effect an osmotic diuresis
  • In osmotic diuresis, the osmolality of the urine approaches that of plasma. The same thing happens when the number of functioning nephrons is reduced by disease.
  • The increased filtration in the remaining nephrons eventually damages them, and thus more nephrons are lot.
825
Q

When the breakdown products of protein metabolism accumulate in the blood, the syndrome known as uraemia develops. What are the symptoms and blood levels with this?

A
  • The symptoms of uraemia include lethargy, anorexia, nausea and vomiting, mental deterioration and confusion,a nd muscle twitching, convulsions and come
  • The blood urea nitrogen (BUN) and creatinine levels are high, and the blood levels of these substances are used as an index of the severity of the uraemia
  • It probably is not the accumulation of urea and creatinine that is causing the symptoms, but rather the accumulation of other toxic substances.
826
Q

How do you treat uraemia?

A
  • The toxic substances that cause the symptoms of uraemia can be removed by dialysing the blood of uraemia patients against a bath of suitable composition in an artificial kidney (haemodialysis).
  • Patients can be kept alive and in reasonable health for many months of dialysis, even when they are completely anuric or have had both kidneys removed
  • However, the treatment of choice today is certainly transplantation
827
Q

Na+ retention in kidney disease has at least three causes. What are the diseases that cause this?

A

1) In acute glomerulonephritis, the amount of Na+ filtered is decreased markedly
2) In the nephrotic syndrome, an increase in aldosterone secretion contributes to salt retention. The plasma protein level is low in this conditioner and so fluid moves from the plasma into the interstitial spaces and the plasma volume falls. The decline in plasma volume triggers an increase in aldosterone secretion via the renin-angiotensin system
3) Heart failure - kidney disease predisposes to heart failure, partly because of the hypertension it frequently produces

828
Q

How does the bladder fill?

A
  • The walls of the ureters contain smooth muscle arranged in spiral, longitudinal and circular bundles, but distinct layers of muscle are not seen.
  • Regular peristaltic contractions occurring one to five times per minute move the urine from the renal pelvis to the bladder, where it enters in spurts synchronous with each peristaltic wave
  • The ureters pass obliquely through the bladder wall and, although there are no ureteral sphincters as such, the oblique passage tends to keep the ureters closed except during peristaltic waves, preventing reflux of urine from the bladder
829
Q

What muscle is responsible for bladder emptying? How are its muscle layers organised?

A
  • The smooth muscle of the bladder, like that of the uterus, is arranged in spiral, longitudinally and circular bundles
  • Contraction of the circular muscle, which is called the detrusor muscle, is mainly responsible for emptying the bladder during urination
830
Q

Where are the internal urethral and external urethral sphincters? What are these made of? Are they both truly sphincters?

A
  • Muscle bundles pass on either side of the urethra, and these fibers are sometimes called the internal urethral sphincter, although they do not encircle the urethra
  • Farther along the urethra is a sphincter of skeletal muscle, the sphincter of the membranous urethra (external urethral sphincter).
831
Q

What cells is the bladder epithelium made of and what innervates it?

A
  • The bladder epithelium is made up of a superficial layer of flat cells and a deep layer of cuboidal cells
  • The innervation of the bladder is by the pelvic, pudendal and hypogastric nerves
832
Q

What type of innervation is micturition?

A

Micturition is fundamentally a spinal reflex facilitated and inhibited by higher brain centres and, like defecation, subject to voluntary facilitation and inhibition.

833
Q

What happens to the bladder pressure as it fills? How does this alter the tension

A
  • Urine enters the bladder without production much increase in intravesical pressure until the viscus is well filled.
  • In addition, like other types of smooth muscle, the bladder muscle has the property of plasticity; when it is stretched, the tension initially produced is not maintained.
834
Q

The relation between intravesical pressure and volume can be studied by inserting a catheter and emptying the bladder, then recording the pressure while the bladder is filled with 50mL increments of water or air (cystometry). How will it change? What is this graph called?

A
  • A plot of intravesical pressure against the volume of fluid in the bladder is called a cystometrogram
  • The curve shows an initial slight rise in pressure when he first increments in volume are produced; a long, nearly flat segment as further increments are produced; and a sudden sharp rise in pressure as the micturition reflex is triggered.
  • These three components are sometimes called segments Ia, Ib and II
835
Q

At what volume will you get the first urge to void and get a marked send of fullness?

A
  • The first urge to void is felt at a bladder volume of about 150ml
  • A marked sense of fullness at about 400mL
836
Q

The flatness of segment Ib is a manifestation of the law of Laplace. How?

A
  • This law states the the pressure in a spherical viscus is equal to twice the wall tension divided by the radius
  • In the case of the bladder, the tension increases as the organ fills, but does the radius.
  • Therefore, the pressure increase is slight until the organ is relatively full
837
Q

What happens in the bladder during micturition? Are the bands of smooth muscle on either side of the urethra important?

A
  • During micturition, the perineal muscles and external urethral sphincter are relaxed, the detrusor muscle contracts, and urine passes out through the urethra.
  • The bands of smooth muscle on either side of the urethra apparently play no role in micturition and their main function in males is believed to be the prevention of reflux of semen into the bladder during ejaculation
838
Q

The mechanism by which voluntary urination is initiated remains unsettled. What do we think it is tho?

A
  • One of the initial events is relaxation of the muscles of the pelvic floor, and this may cause a sufficient downward tug on the detrusor muscle to initiate its contraction
  • The perineal muscles and external sphincter can be contracted voluntarily, preventing urine from passing down the urethra or interrupting the flow once urination has begun
839
Q

How do females and males fully empty their urethra once micturition has completed?

A
  • In females, the urethra empties by gravity
  • Urine remaining in the urethra of the male is expelled by several contractions of the bulbocavernosus muscle
840
Q

The bladder smooth muscle has some inherent contractile activity; however, when its nerve supply is intact, how is a reflex contraction triggered?

A
  • Stretch receptors in the bladder wall initiate a reflex contraction that has a lower threshold than the inherent contractile response of the muscle
  • Fibers in the pelvic nerves are the afferent limb of the voiding reflex, and the parasympathetic fibers to the bladder that constitute the efferent limb also travel in these nerves.
  • The reflex is integrated in the sacral portion of the spinal cord.
841
Q

Do the sympathetic nerves to the bladder play any part in micturition? What is their role?

A
  • The sympathetic nerves to the bladder play no part in micturition
  • But in males they do mediate the contraction of the bladder muscle that prevents semen from entering the bladder during ejaculation.
842
Q

The stretch receptors in the bladder wall have no small motor nerve system. However, the threshold for the voiding reflex, like the stretch reflexes, is adjusted by the activity of facilitator and inhibitory centres in the brainstem. How does this happen?

A

There is a facilitatory area in the potion region and an inhibitory area in the midbrain

843
Q

What effects do lesions of above and below the midbrain in the brainstem and the superior frontal gyrus have on micturion?

A
  • After transection of the brainstem just above the pons, the threshold for voiding is lowered and less bladder filling is required to trigger it
  • After transection at the top of the midbrain, the threshold for the reflex is essentially normal
  • Patients with lesions in the superior frontal gyrus have a reduced desire to urinate and difficulty in stopping micturition once it has commenced.
844
Q

When there is disease of the dorsal routes, how does it affect micturition?

A
  • There are effects of deafferentation
  • All reflex contractions of the bladder are abolished.
  • The bladder becomes distended, thin-walled and hypotonic, but some contractions occur because of the intrinsic response of the smooth muscle to stretch
845
Q

When the afferent and efferent nerves to the bladder are both destroyed, such as cauda equina, what happens to the bladder?

A
  • There are effects of denervation
  • The bladder is flaccid and distended for a while
  • Gradually however, the muscle of the “decentralised bladder” becomes active, with many contraction waves that expel dribbles of urine out of the urethra
  • The bladder becomes shrunken and the bladder wall hypertrophied
846
Q

What happens to the bladder and micturition during and after spinal shock?

A
  • During spinal shock, the bladder is flaccid and unresponsive. It becomes overfilled, and urine dribbles through the sphincters (overflow incontinence).
  • After spinal shock has passed, the voiding reflex returns, although there is, of course, no voluntary control and no inhibition or facilitation from higher centres when the spinal cord is transected.
847
Q

What is a spastic neurogenic bladder?

A

In the some instances of paraplegia, the voiding reflex becomes hyperactive, bladder capacity is reduced, and the wall becomes hypertrophied

848
Q

What mechanisms primarily control the defence of the tonicity of the ECF?

A

Vasopressin-secretion and third mechanisms

849
Q

What is the total body osmolality directly proportional to? When does the total body osmolality change?

A
  • The total body osmolality is directly proportional to the total body sodium plus the total body potassium divided by the total body water
  • Changes in the osmolality of the body fluids occur when a mismatch exists between the amount of these electrolytes and the amount of water ingested or lost from the body
850
Q

What is the body’s response to an increase in the effective osmotic pressure of the plasma?

A
  • Vasopressin secretion is increased and the thirst mechanism is stimulated
  • Water is retained in the body, diluting the hypertonic plasma
  • Water intake is increased
851
Q

What is the body’s response to a decrease in the effective osmotic pressure?

A
  • Vasopressin secretion is decreased and “solute-free water” (water in excess of solute) is excreted
852
Q

What is the normal plasma osmolality and maximal inhibition of vasopressin secretion?

A
  • Plasma osmolality ranges from 280mOsm/kg of H2O to 295mOsm/kg of 2
  • Vasopressin secretion is maximally inhibited at 285mOsm/kg and stimulated at higher values
853
Q

There are at least three kinds of vasopressin receptors. What are they and how do they act?

A
  • V1A, V1B, and V2
  • All are G-protein coupled
  • The V1A and V1B receptors act through phosphatidylinositol hydrolysis to increase the intra-cellular Ca2+ concentration.
  • The V2 receptors act through GS to increase cAMP levels
854
Q

What are the effects of vasopressin?

A
  • Because one of its principal physiologic effects is the retention of water by the kidney, vasopressin is often called the anti-diuretic hormone (ADH).
  • It increases the permeability of the collecting ducts of the kidney, so that water enters the hypertonic interstitium of the renal pyramids
  • The urine becomes concentrated, and its volume decreases.
  • The overall effect is therefore retention of water in excess of solute; consequently, the effective osmotic pressure of the body fluids is decreased.
855
Q

What is the mechanism by which vasopressin exerts it’s anti-diuretic effect?

A
  • It is activated by V2 receptors and involves the insertion of aquaporin 2 into the apical (luminal) membranes of the principal cells of the collecting ducts
  • Movement of water across membranes by simple diffusion is now known to be augmented by movement through these water channels.
  • These channels are stored in endosomes inside the cells, and vasopressin causes their rapid translocation to the luminal membranes.
856
Q

What is the mechanism of how vasopressin causes a vasoconstrictor effect? Where does it gave these effects?

A
  • V1A receptors mediate the vasoconstrictor effect of vasopressin, and vasopressin is a potent stimulator of vascular smooth muscle in vitro.
  • However, relatively large amounts of vasopressin are needed to raise blood pressure in vivo, because vasopressin also acts on the brain to decrease in cardiac output
  • The site of this action is the area postrema, one of the circumventricular organs.
857
Q

What is a stimulus that triggers vasopressin from a vasoconstrictor point of view?

A
  • Haemorrhage is a potent stimulus for vasopressin secretion
  • The blood pressure fall after haemorrhage is more marked in animals that have been treated with synthetic peptides that block the pressor action of vasopressin
  • Consequently, it appears that vasopressin does play a role in blood pressure homeostasis
858
Q

Apart from the vasoconstrictor effect in vascular smooth muscle, where are the V1A receptors? What do they do?

A
  • V1A receptors are also found in the liver, and the brain
  • It causes glucogenolysis in the liver, and is a neurotransmitter in the brain and spinal cord
859
Q

Where are the V1B receptors? What do they do?

A

The V1B receptors appear to be unique to the anterior pituitary, where they mediate increased secretion of ACTH from the corticotropes

860
Q

How is vasopressin metabolised? What is its half-life?

A
  • Circulating vasopressin is rapidly inactivated, principally in the liver and kidney
  • It has a biologic half-life of approximately 18 minutes in humans
861
Q

How does vasopressin respond to osmotic stimuli? What is this regulated by?

A
  • Vasopressin is stored in the posterior pituitary and released into the bloodstream in response to impulses in the nerve gibers that contain the hormone
  • When the effective osmotic pressure of the plasma is increased above 285 mOsm/kg, the rate of discharge of neurons containing vasopressin increases and vasopressin secretion occurs.
  • Vasopressin secretion is regulated by osmoreceptors located in the anterior hypothalamus. They are outside the blood-brain barrier and appear to be located in the circumventricular organs, primarily the organum vasculosum of the lamina terminalis (OVLT)
862
Q

How does the osmotic threshold for thirst differ from the threshold for vasopressin secretion?

A

The osmotic threshold for thirst is the same or slightly greater than the threshold for increased vasopressin secretion, and it is still uncertain whether the same osmoreceptors mediate both effects.

863
Q

How does the ECF volume affect vasopressin secretion?

A

Vasopressin secretion is increased when ECF volume is low and decreased when ECF volume is high

864
Q

What is the relationship between the rate of vasopressin secretion and the discharges from the stretch receptors? Is it stretch receptors in the low or high pressure portions of the vascular system that have the most effect on vasopressin secretion?

A
  • There is an inverse relationship between the rate of vasopressin secretion and the rate of discharge in afferents from stretch receptors in the low- and high-pressure portions of the vascular system
  • The low-pressure receptors are this in the great veins, right and left atria, and the pulmonary vessels; the high pressure-receptors are this sin the carotid sinuses and aortic arch
  • However, the low-pressure receptors monitor the fullness of the vascular systems and moderate decreases in blood volume that reduce central venous pressure without lowering arterial pressure can also increase plasma vasopressin
865
Q

Low-pressure stretch receptors are the primary mediators of volume effects on vasopressin secretion. How do they work?

A
  • Impulses pass from them via the vagi to the nucleus of the tracts solitarius (NTS).
  • An inhibitory pathway projects from the NTS to the caudal ventrolateral medulla (CVLM), and there is a direct excitatory pathway from the CVLM to the hypothalamus
  • Angiotensin II reinforces the response to hypovolaemia and hypotension by acting on the circumventricular organs to increase vasopressin secretion
866
Q

How does haemorrhage affect vasopressin release and the osmotic response curve?

A
  • Hypovolaemia and hypotension produced by conditions such as haemorrhage release large amounts of vasopressin, and in the presence of hypovolaemia, the osmotic response curve is shifted to the left.
  • Its slope is also increased. The result is water retention and reduced plasma osmolality.
  • This includes hyponatraemia, since Na+ is the most abundant osmotically active component of the plasma
867
Q

What are the stimuli that increase and decrease vasopressin secretion?

A

Vasopressin secretion increased
* Increased effective osmotic pressure of plasma
* Decreased ECF volume
* Pain, emotion, “stress”, exercise
* Nausea and vomiting
* Standing
* Carbamazepine, angiotensin II

Vasopressin secretion decreased
* Decreased effective osmotic pressure of plasma
* Increased ECF volume
* Alcohol

868
Q

In various clinical conditions, volume and other non-osmotic stimuli bias the osmotic control of vasopressin secretion. What is this disease called?

A

Diabetes insipidus is the syndrome that results when there is a vasopressin deficiency (central diabetes insipidus) or when the kidneys fail to respond to the hormone (nephrogenic diabetes insipidus)

869
Q

What are the causes of vasopressin deficiency (central diabetes insipidus)?

A
  • These include disease processes in the supraoptic and paraventricular nuclei, the hypothalamohypophysial tract, or the posterior pituitary gland
  • It has been estimated that 30% of clinical cases are due to neoplastic lesions of the hypothalamus, either primary or metastatic; 30% are post-traumatic; 30% are idiopathic; and the remainder are due to vascular lesions, infections, systemic diseases such as sarcoidosis that affect the hypothalamus, or mutations in the gene for prepropressophysin.
870
Q

Is diabetes insipidus that develops after surgical removal of the posterior lobe of the pituitary permanent? Why?

A

Disease that develops after surgical removal of the posterior lobe of the pituitary may be termporary if the distal ends of the supraoptic and paraventricular fibers are only damaged, because the fibers recover, make new vascular connections and begin to secrete vasopressin again

871
Q

What are the symptoms of diabetes insipidus?

A
  • The symptoms of diabetes insipidus are passage of large amounts of dilute urine (polyuria) and the drinking of large amounts of fluid (polydipsia), provided the thirst mechanism is intact
  • It is the polydipsia that keeps these patients healthy
  • If their sense of thirst is depressed for any reason and their intake of dilute fluid decreases, dehydration that can be fatal develops
872
Q

Two forms of nephrogenic diabetes insipidus have been described. What are they?

A
  • In one form, the gene for the V2 receptor is mutated, making the receptor unresponsive. The V2 receptor is on the X chromosome, thus this condition is X-linked and inheritance is sex-linked recessive
  • In the other form of the condition, mutations occur in the autosomal gene for aquaporin-2 and produce non-functional versions of this water channel, many of which do not reach the apical membrane of the collecting duct but are trapped in intracellular locations
873
Q

What are some are some synthetic peptides that act in a similar way to vasopressin?

A
  • Synthetic peptides that have selective actions and are more active than naturally occurring vasopressin have been produced by altering the amino acid residues
  • For example, 1-deamino-8-D-arginine vasopressin (desmopressin) has a very high antidiuretic activity with little pressor activity, making it valuable in the treatment of vasopressin deficiency
874
Q

Due to the effects of osmolality, the mechanisms that control Na+ are the major mechanisms of defencing ECF volume. However, there is volume control of water excretion too. Which one overrides the other in the regulation of vasopressin secretion?

A

Volume stimuli override the osmotic regulation of vasopressin secretion

875
Q

What does angiotensin II do?

A
  • It stimulates aldosterone and vasopressin secretion
  • It also causes thirst and constricts blood vessels, which help maintain blood pressure.

Thus, angiotensin II plays a key role in the body’s response to hypovolaemia

876
Q

Which fluid state increases the secretion of atrial natriuretic peptide and B-type natriuretic peptide? From where? What is the outcome?

A

Expansion of the ECF volume increases the secretion of atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP) and B-type natriuretic peptide (BNP) by the heart, and this causes natriuresis and diuresis.

877
Q

How does the way the body loses water and sodium affect the response to it? e.g vomiting vs dehydration

A
  • In disease sates, loss of water from the body (dehydration) causes a moderate decrease in ECF volume, because water is lost from both the intracellular and ECF compartments; but excessive loss of Na+ in the tools (diarrhoea), urine (severe acidosis, adrenal insufficiency), or sweat (heat prostration) decreases ECF volume markedly and eventually leads to shock
  • The immediate compensations in shock operate principally to maintain intravascular volume, but they also affect Na+ balance.
878
Q

How does adrenal insufficiency cause a decline in ECF volume?

A

In adrenal insufficiency, the decline in ECF volume is not only due to loss of Na+ in the urine but also to its movement into cells

879
Q

How is the filtration and reabsorption of Na+ in the kidneys affected by ECF volume?

A
  • When ECF volume is decreased, blood pressure falls, glomerular capillary pressure declines, and the glomerular filtration rate therefore falls, reducing the amount of Na+ filtered.
  • Tubular reabsorption of Na+ is increased, in part because the secretion of aldosterone is increased.
  • Aldosterone secretion is controlled in part by a feedback system in which the change that initiates increased secretion is a decline in mean intravascular pressure.
880
Q

The existence of various natriuretic hormones has been postulated for sometime. Two of these are secreted in the heart. Where are they? What triggers their release?

A
  • The muscle cells in the atria and, to a much lesser extent in the ventricles, contain secretory granules.
  • The granules increase in number when NaCl intake is increased and ECF expanded, and extracts of atrial tissue cause natriuresis
881
Q

Where is ANP found?

A

In the heart mainly and in the brain, where it exists in two forms that are smaller than circulating ANP

882
Q

Where is BNP found?

A

It is also present in the brain, but more is present in the human heart, including the ventricles.

883
Q

Where is CNP found? What does it do?

A
  • It is present in the brain, the pituitary, the kidneys, and vascular endothelial cells.
  • However, very little is present in the heart and the circulation, and it appears to be primarily a paracrine mediator
884
Q

What are the actions that ANP and BNP have in common?

A
  • ANP and BNP in the circulation act on the kidneys to increase Na+ excretion.
  • They appear to produce this effect by dilating afferent arterioles and relaxing mesangial cells. Both of these actions increase glomerular filtration.
  • In addition, they act on the renal tubules to inhibit Na+ reabsorption.
  • Other actions include an increase in capillary permeability, leading to extravasation of fluid and a decline in blood pressure
  • In addition, they relax vascular smooth muscle in arterioles and venules
  • They also inhibit renin secretion and counteract the pressor effects of catecholamines and angiotensin II.
885
Q

In the brain, ANP is present in neurons. what is its function there?

A
  • An ANP-containing neural pathway projects from the anteromedial part of the hypothalamus to the areas in the lower brainstem that are concerned with neural regulation of the cardiovascular system
  • In general, the effects of ANP in the brain are opposite to those of angiotensin II, and ANP-containing neural circuits appear to be involved in counteracting the effects of vasopressin and angiotensin II, promoting natruiresis
886
Q

Three different natriuretic peptide receptors (NPR) have been isolated and characterised. What are they and which peptide binds to which ones?

A
  • The NPR-A and NPR-B receptors both span the cell membrane and have cytoplasmic domains that are guanylyl cyclases.
  • ANP has the greatest affinity for the NPR-A receptor, and CNP has the greatest affinity for the NPR-B receptor
  • The third receptor, NPR-C, binds to all three natriuretic peptides but has a markedly truncated cytoplasm domain. There is debate if it is a clearance receptor to clear the peptides or if it acts via G-proteins to activate phospholipase C and inhibit adenylyl cyclase
887
Q

When is ANP secreted? What is its concentration in humans?

A
  • The concentration of ANP in plasma is about 5 fmol/mL in normal humans ingesting moderate amounts of NaCL
  • ANP secretion is increased when the ECF volume is increased by infusion of isotonic saline and when the atria are stretched.
  • It is also increase by immersion in water up to the neck, a procedure that counteracts the effect of gravity on the circulation and increases central venous and consequently atrial pressure
  • A small but measurable decrease in plasma ANP occurs in association with a decrease in central venous pressure eon rising from the supine to the standing position.
  • Thus, the rate of ANP secretion is proportional to the degree to which the atria are stretched by increased in central venous pressure
888
Q

When is BNP secreted?

A
  • When the ventricles are stretched.
  • Plasma levels of both ANP and BNP are elevated in heart failure
889
Q

How does immersion in water up to the neck affect renin and aldosterone?

A

It decreases the secretion of renin and aldosterone because it counteracts the effect of gravity on the circulation and increases central venous pressure

890
Q

When an individual bleeds or becomes hypoxic, Hb synthesis is enhanced, and production and release of red blood cells from the bone marrow (erythropoiesis) are increased. Conversely, when the RCV is increased above normal levels by transfusion, the erythropoietic activity of the bone marrow decreases. What regulates this?

A
  • These adjustments are brought about changes in the circulating level of erythropoietin.
891
Q

What does erythropoietin do?

A
  • It increases the number of erythropoietin-sensitive stem cells in the bone marrow that are converted to red blood cell precursors and subsequently to mature erythrocytes
892
Q

What is the receptor for erythropoietin? What does it do?

A
  • The receptor for erythropoietin is a linear protein with a single transmembrane domain that is a member of the cytokine receptor superfamily
  • The receptor has tyrosine kinase activity, and it activates a cascade of serine and threonine kinases, resulting in inhibited apoptosis of red cells and their increased growth and development
893
Q

Where is the principal site of inactivation of erythropoietin? What is its half life? How long does it take for the red cells to be made?

A
  • The principal site of inactivation of erythropoietin is the liver, and the hormone has a half-life in the circulation of about 5 hours
  • However, the increase in circulating red cells that is triggers takes 2-3 days to appear, since red cell maturation is a relatively slow process.
894
Q

What organs does erythropoietin come from? Can the body compensate if there is damage to one of these?

A
  • In adults, about 85% of the erythropoietin comes from the kidneys and 15% from the liver. Both these organs contain the mRNA for erythropoietin
  • It can also be extracted from the spleen and salivary glands, but these tissues do not contain its mRNA and consequently do not appear to manufacture the hormone.
  • When renal mass is reduced, in adults by kidney disease or nephrectomy, the liver cannot compensate and anaemia develops
895
Q

Where is erythropoietin produced in the kidneys and liver?

A

It is produced by interstitial cells in the peritubular capillary bed of the kidneys and be perivenous hepatocytes in the liver.

896
Q

What is the action of erythropoietin in the brain and the uterus?

A
  • It is produced in the brain, where it exerts a protective effect against excitotoxic damage triggered by hypoxia
  • It is also produced in the uterus and oviducts, where it is induced by oestrogen and appears to mediate oestrogen-dependent angiogenesis
897
Q

The gene for erythropoietin has been cloned. What is this called? When is it used?

A
  • Recombinant erythropoietin produced in animal cells is available for clinical use as epoetin alfa.
  • It is of value in the treatment of the anaemia associated with kidney failure
  • It is also used to stimulate red cell production in individuals who are baking a supply of their own blood in preparation for autologous transfusions during elective surgery
898
Q

What regulates erythropoietin secretion?

A
  • The usual stimulus for erythropoietin secretion is hypoxia, but secretion of the hormone can also be stimulated by cobalt salts and androgens
  • The O2 sensor regulating erythropoietin secretion in the kidneys and the liver is a gene protein that in the deoxy form stimulates and in the oxy form inhibits transcription of the erythropoietin gene to form erythropoietin mRNA.
  • Secretion of the hormone is also facilitated by the alkalosis that develops at high altitudes
  • Like renin secretion, erythropoietin secretion is facilitated by catecholamines via a β-adrenergic mechanism
899
Q

Where does renal H+ secretion take place?

A
  • The cells of the proximal and distal tubules, like the cells of the gastric glands, secrete hydrogen ions
  • Hydrogen secretion also occurs in the collecting ducts.
    in exchange for Na+
900
Q

What transporter is involved in H+ secretion in the proximal tubules?

A
  • The transporter that is responsible for H+ secretion in the proximal tubules is the Na-H exchanger (primarily NHE3).
  • This is an examples of secondary active transport; Na+ is moved from the inside of the interstitium by Na/K/ATPase on the basolateral membrane, which keeps intracellular Na+ low, thus establishing the drive for Na+ to enter the cell, via the Na+ exchanger, from the tubular lumen.
  • The Na/H exchanger secretes H+ into the lumen
901
Q

Once the H +ion has been secreted into the tubule lumen, what happens to it?

A
  • The secreted H+ ion combines with filtered HCO3- to form H2CO3 * The presence of carbonic anhydrase on the apical membrane of the proximal tubule catalyses the formation of H2O and CO2 from H2CO3
  • The apical membrane of epithelial cells lining the proximal tubule is permeable to CO2 and H2O, and they enter the tubule rapidly
  • 80% of the filtered load of HCO3-. is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule
902
Q

Inside the proximal tubule cell, carbonic anhydrase is also present. What does it do there? What happens with the products of this reaction?

A
  • It can catalyse the formation of H2CO3 from CO2 and H2O.
  • H2CO3 dissociates into H+ ions and HCO3-
  • The H+ is secreted into the tubular lumen, via the Na-H exchanger and the HCO3- that is formed diffuses into the interstitial fluid
  • Thus, for each H+ ion secreted, one Na+ ion and one HCO3- enter the interstitial fluid.
903
Q

How does H+ get secreted from the distal tubules and collecting ducts?

A
  • H+ is relatively independent of Na+ in the tubular lumen,
  • In this part of the tubule, most H+ is secreted by an ATP-driven proton pump
  • The I cells in this part of the renal tubule secrete acid and contain abundant carbonic anhydrase and numerous tubulovesicular structures.
  • H+-translocating ATPase that produced H+ secretion is located in this vesicles as well as in the apical cell membrane
  • Some of the H+ is additionally secreted by H/K+/ATPase
904
Q

What acts on the ATP-driven proton pump that secretes H+ in the distal tubules and collecting ducts?

A

Aldosterone acts on this pump to increase distal H+ secretion

905
Q

How does the H+ secretion get increased in acidosis?

A

The H+ translocating ATPase that produces H+ secretion is located in vesicles in the distal tubules and collecting ducts as well as in the apical cell membrane and, in acidosis the number of H+ pumps is increased by insertion of these tubulovesicles into the apical cell membrane

906
Q

The I cells in the distal tubules and collecting ducts also contain anion exchanger 1. What and where is this? What does it do?

A
  • Anion exchanger 1 is an anion exchange protein in the I cell basolateral cell membrane.
  • It may function as a Cl-HCO3 exchanger for the transport of HCO3- to the interstitial fluid
907
Q

What is the limiting pH in the urine for H+ secretion? Where does this occur in the kidney? How can we alter the pH of the urine in the kidney?

A
  • The maximal H+ gradient against which the transit mechanisms can secrete corresponds to a urine pH of about 4.5; that is, an H+ concentration in the urine that is 1000 times the concentration in plasma.
  • pH 4.5 is thus the limiting pH. This is normally reached in the collecting ducts.
  • If there were no buffers that “tied up” H+ in the urine, this pH would be reached rapidly, and H+ secretion would stop.
  • However, three important reactions in the tubular fluid remove free H+, permitting more acid to be secreted.
  • These are the reactions of H+ with: HCO3- to form CO2 and H2); HPO42- to form H2PO4-; and with NH3 to form NH4+.
908
Q

The three buffers of importance in the renal handling of acid and its secretion into the lumen are bicarbonate, dibasic phosphate and ammonia. What proportion of acid do these three mechanisms get rid of?

A
  • Approximately 40% of non-volatile acids is excreted as titratable acid (i.e. phosphate system)
  • 60% of non-volatile acid is excreted as HN4+.
909
Q

What is the concentration of HCO3+ and phosphate in the plasma and glomerular filtrate? How does this affect H+ binding in the kidney?

A
  • The concentration of HCO3- in the plasma, and consequently in the glomerular filtrate, is normally about 24 mEg/L, whereas that of phosphate is only 1.5mEq/L
  • Therefore, in the proximal tubular, most of the secreted H+ reacts with HCO3<sup-</sup> to form H2CO3 and this enters the cell as CO2 and H2O following the action of carbonic anhydrase in the brush border of the proximal tubule cells.
910
Q

How does the tubule cell continue to have high levels of H2CO3-?

A
  • The CO2 entering the tubular cells adds to the poor of CO2 available to form H2CO3
  • Because most of the H+ is removed from the tubule, the pH of the fluid is changed very little
  • For each more of HCO3- removed from the tubular fluid, 1 mol of HCO3- diffuses from the tubular cells into the blood
911
Q

Secreted H+ in the kidney also reacts with dibasic phosphate (HPO42-) to form monobasic phosphate (H2PO42-). Where does this happen and why does it happen there?

A
  • This happens to the greatest extent in the distal tubules and collecting ducts
  • It is here that the phosphate that escapes the proximal reabsorption is greatly concentrated by the reabsorption of water
912
Q

How does the ammonia buffering system work in the kidney? Where does it work?

A
  • The ammonia buffering system allows secreted H+ to combine with NH3
  • This occurs in the proximal tubule and in the distal tubules
  • The pK’ of the ammonia system is 9.0, and the ammonia system is titrated only the from the pH of the urine to pH 7.4, so it contributes very little to the titratable activity.
913
Q

What is the titratable acidity in the urine? What does it consist of?

A
  • Each H+ ion that reacts with the buffers contributes to the urinary titratable acidity
  • It is measured by determining the amount of alkali that must be added to the urine to return its pH to 7.4, the pH of the glomerular filtrate
  • However, the titratable acidity obviously measures only a fraction of the acid secreted, since it does not account of the H2CO3 that has been converted to H2O and CO2
914
Q

How does the ammonia equilibrium stay in equilibrium?

A
  • Reactions in the renal tubular cells produce NH4+ and HCO3-.
  • NH4+ is in equilibrium with NH3 and H+ in the cells
  • Because the pK’ of this reaction is about 9.0, the ratio of NH3 to NH4+ at pH 7.0 is about 1:100
  • However, NH3 is lipid-soluble and diffuses across the cell membranes down its concentration gradient into the interstitial fluid and tubular urine
  • In the urine, it reacts with H+ to form NH4+, and the NH4+ remains trapped in the urine
915
Q

How is NH4+ produced in the cells?

A
  • The principal reactions producing NH4+ in cells is conversion of glutamine to glutamate.
  • This reaction is catalysed by the enzyme glutaminase, which is abundant in renal tubular cells.
  • **Glutamic dehydrogenase catalyses the conversion of glutamate to α-ketoglutarate, with the production of more NH4+
  • Subsequent metabolism of α-ketoglutarate utilises 2H+, freeing 2HCO-+
916
Q

How the level of NH4+ change in chronic acidosis?

A
  • In chronic acidosis, the amount of NH4+ excreted at any given urine pH also increases, because more NH3 enters the tubular urine.
  • The effect of this adaptation of NH3 secretion, the cause of which in unsettled, is further removal of H+ from the tubular fluid and consequently a further enhancement of H+ secretion but the renal tubules and excretion in the urine.
917
Q

Can the phosphate buffer system or the ammonia buffer system have more of an effect on the pH? Why?

A
  • Because the amount of phosphate buffer filtered at the glomerulus cannot be increased, urinary exertion of acid via the phosphate buffer system is limited
  • The production of NH4+ by the renal tubules is the only way the kidneys can remove even the normal amount, much less an increased amount, of non-volatile acid produced in the body
918
Q

How does the kidney ensure NH3 is secreted into the urine?

A
  • In the inner medullary cells of the collecting duct, the main process by which NH3 is secreted into the urin and then changed to NH4+ is called non-ionic diffusion, thereby maintaining the concentration gradient for diffusion of NH3.
  • In the proximal tubule, non-ionic diffusion of NH4+ is less important because NH4+ can be secreted into the lumen, often by replacing H+ on the Na-H exchanger
919
Q

How doe the pH change along the nephron?

A
  • A moderate drop in pH occurs in the proximal tubular fluid but most of the secreted H+ has little effect on luminal pH because of the formation of CO2 and H2O from H2CO3
  • In contrast, the distal tubule has less capacity to secrete H+, but secretion in this segment has a greater effect on urinary pH
920
Q

What are the factors affecting acid secretion in the kidney?

A

Renal acid secretion is altered by changes in the intracellular PCO2, K+ concentration, carbonic anhydrase level, and adrenocortical hormone concentration

921
Q

How does PCO affect acid secretion in the kidney?

A

When the PCO2 is high (respiratory acidosis), more intracellular H2CO3 is available to buffer the hydroxyl ions and acid secretion is enhance, whereas the reverse is true when the PCO2 falls

922
Q

How does K+ affect acid secretion in the kidneys?

A

K+ depletion enhances acid secretion, apparently because the loss of K+ causes intracellular acidosis even though the plasma pH may be elevated
* Conversely, K+ express in the cells inhibits acid secretion.

923
Q

What is the level of bicarbonate excretion proportional to? What causes it to change?

A
  • Although the process of bicarb reabsorption does not involve active transport of this ion into the tubular cells, it is proportional to the amount filtered over a relatively wide range
  • Reabsorption is decreased when the ECF volume is expanded.
  • When the plasma bicarb concentration is low, all of it that is filtered is reabsorbed
  • When the plasma concentration is high (26-28mEg/L), it appears in the urine and the urine becomes alkaline
  • Conversely, when the plasma bicarb level falls below 26mEq/L, the value at which all the secreted H+ is being used to reabsorb it, more H+ becomes available to combine with other buffer anions
  • Therefore, the lower the plasma bicarb concentration drops, the more acidic the urine becomes and the greater its NH4+
924
Q

How does the pH of the blood relate to the plasma?

A

The pH of blood is the pH of true plasma - plasma that has been in equilibrium with red cells - because the red cells contain Hb, which is quantitatively one of the most important blood buffers

925
Q

How do amino acids produce NH4+ and bicarb? Do these go into the circulation?

A
  • Amino acids are utilised in the liver for gluconeogenesis, leaving NH4+ and HCO3- as products from their amino acid carboxyl groups
  • The NH4+ is incorporated into urea and the protons that are formed are buffered intracellularly by HCO3-, so little NH4+ and HCO3- escape into the circulation
926
Q

What does the metabolism of sulfur-containing and phosphorylated amino acids produce? Where do these go? What it the effect of them?

A
  • Metabolism of sulfur-containing amino acids produces H2SO4, and metabolism of phosphorylated amino acids such as phosphoserine produces H3PO4
  • These strong acids enter the circulation and present a major H+ load to the buffers in the ECF.
927
Q

How does the location of the buffering system differ in respiratory and metabolic acidosis/alkalosis?

A
  • In metabolic acidosis, only 15-20% of the load is buffered by the H2CO3 system in the ECF, and most of the remainder is buffered in cells
  • In metabolic alkalosis, about 30-35% of the OH- load is buffered in cells
  • In respiratory acidosis and alkalosis, almost all of the buffering is intracellular.
928
Q

What are the principal buffers in body fluids?

A
929
Q

Why does renal compensation to respiratory acidosis and alkalosis take place?

A
  • Bicarb reabsorption in the renal tubules depends not only on the filtered load of bicarb, which is the product of the GFR and the plasma bicarb level, but also on the rate of H+ secretion by the renal tubular cells, since bicarb is reabsorbed by exchange for H+.
  • The rate of H+ secretion - and hence the rate of bicarb reabsorption - is proportional to the arterial PCO2, probably because the more CO2 that is available to form H2CO3in the tubular cells, the more H+ can be secreted.
  • Furthermore, when the PCO2 is high, the interior of most cells becomes more acidic.
930
Q

How does renal compensation to respiratory acidosis and alkalosis happen?

A
  • In respiratory acidosis, renal tubular H+ secretion is increased, removing H+ from the body; even though the plasma bicarb is elevated, bicarb reabsorption is increased, further raising the plasma bicarb. Chloride excretion is increased, and plasma chloride falls as plasma bicarb is increased
  • Conversely, in respiratory alkalosis, the low pCO2 hinders renal H+ secretion, bicarb reabsorption is depressed, and bicarb is excreted, further reading the already low plasma bicarb, and lowering the pH towards normal.
931
Q

The intestinal tract is functionally divided into segments by means of muscle rings known as sphincters, which restrict the flow of intestinal contents to optimise digestion and absorption. What are these?

A

These sphincters include the upper and lower oesophageal sphincters, the pylorus that retards emptying of the stomach, the ileocecal valve that retains colonic contents (including large numbers of bacteria) in the large intestine, and the inner and outer anal sphincters.

932
Q

The intestine is composed of functional layers. What are they?

A
  • Immediately adjacent to nutrients in the lumen is a single layer of columnar epithelial cells. This represents the barrier that nutrients must traverse to enter the body
  • Below the epithelium is a layer of loose connective tissue known as the lamina propria, which in turn is surrounded by concentric layers of smooth muscle, orientated circumferentially and then longitudinally to the axis of the gut (the circular and longitudinal muscle layers, respectively)
  • The intestine is also amply supplied with blood vessels, nerve endings, and lymphatics, which are all important in its function
933
Q

The epithelium of the intestine is further specialised in a way that maximises the surface area available for nutrient absorption. What is this?

A
  • Throughout the small intestine, it is folded up into fingerlike projections called villi.
  • Between the villi are infolding known as crypts.
  • The villus epithelial cells are also notable for the extensive microvilli are endowed with a dense glycoalyx (the brush border) tat probably protects the cells to some extent from the effects of digestive enzymes.
  • Some digestive enzymes are also actually part of the brush border, being membrane-bound proteins. These so-called “brush-border hydrolases” perform the final steps of digestion for specific nutrients
934
Q

What cells create both the crypt and villus intestinal epithelial cells? Where are they? How frequently do they replenish the cells? How does it work?

A
  • Stem cells that give rise to both crypt and villus epithelial cells reside toward the base of the crypts and are responsible for completely renewing the epithelium every few days or so.
  • Indeed, the GI epithelium is one of the most rapidly dividing tissues in the body
  • Daughter cells undergo several rounds of cell division in the crypts and then migrate out onto the villi, where they are eventually shed and lost in the stool
935
Q

The first secretion encountered when food is ingested is saliva. Where is this produced? What is it made of?

A
  • Saliva is produced by three pairs of salivary glands (the parotid, submandibular and sublingual glands) that drain into the oral cavity
  • It has a number of organic constituents that serve to initiate digestion (particularly of starch, mediated by amylase) and which also protect the oral cavity from bacteria (such as immunoglobulin A and lysozyme)
  • Saliva also serves to the lubricate the food bolus (aided by mucins)
  • Secretions of the three glands differ in their relative proportion of proteinaceous and mucinous components, which results from the relative number of serous and mucous salivary acinar cells, respectively.
936
Q

How does saliva compare to plasma? Why is this important?

A

Saliva is hypotonic compared with plasma and alkaline, the latter feature is important to neutralise any gastric secretions that reflux into the oesophagus

937
Q

What is the structure of the salivary glands? How do these features help with its role?

A
  • The salivary gland consists of blind end pieces (acini) that produce the primary secretion containing the organic constituents dissolved in a fluid that is essentially identical in its composition to plasma
  • The salivary glands are actually extremely active when maximally stimulated, secreting their own weight in saliva every minute. To accomplish this, they are richly endowed with surrounding blood vessels that dilate when salivary secretion is initiated.
  • The composition of the saliva is then modified as it flow from the acini out into ducts that eventually coalesce and deliver the saliva into the mouth.
938
Q

The composition of saliva is modified as it flows from the acini out into the ducts. How is it changed?

A
  • Na+ and Cl- are extracted and K+ and bicarbonate are added
  • Because the ducts are relatively impermeable to water, the loss of NaCl renders the saliva hypotonic, particularly at low secretion rates
  • As the rate of secretion increases, there is less time for NaCl to be extracted and the tonicity of the saliva rises, but it always stays somewhat hypotonic with respect to plasma.
939
Q

How much plasma is created per day?

A

Overall, the three pairs of salivary glands that drain into the mouth supply 1000-1500mL of saliva per day

940
Q

What regulates saliva secretion?

A
  • Salivary secretion is almost entirely controlled by neural influences, with the parasympathetic branch of the autonomic nervous supply playing the most prominent role.
  • Sympathetic input slightly modifies the composition of saliva (particularly by increasing proteinaceous content), but has little influence on volume
  • Secretion is triggered by reflexes that are stimulated by the physical act of chewing, but is actually initiated even before the meal is taken into the mouth as a result of central triggers that are prompted by thinking about, seeing, or smelling food
  • Salivary secretion is also prompted by nausea but inhibited by fear or during sleep
941
Q

Saliva performs a number of important functions. What are they?

A
  • It facilitates swallowing, keeps the mouth moist, serves as a solvent for the molecules that stimulate the taste buds, aids speech by facilitating movement of the lips and tongue, and keeps the mouth and teeth clean
  • The saliva also has some antibacterial action, and patients with deficient salivation (xerostomia) have a higher than normal incidence of dental caries
  • The buffers in saliva help maintain the oral pH at about 7.0
942
Q

How does the anatomy of the stomach aid its role? Which parts of the stomach secrete which things?

A
  • The gastric mucosa contains many deep glands.
  • In the cardia and pyloric region, the glands secrete mucus.
  • In the body of the stomach, including the fundus, the glands also contain parietal (oxyntic) cells, which secrete hydrochloric acid and intrinsic factors, and chief (zymogen, peptic) cells, which secrete pepsinogens
943
Q

Where in the stomach glands do the secretions mix with mucus? Where does this open onto?

A
  • The hydrochloric acid, intrinsic factors, and pepsinogens mix with mucus secreted by the cells in the neck of the glands.
  • Several of the glands open onto a common chamber (gastric pit) that opens in turn onto the surface of the mucosa
  • Mucus is also secreted along with bicarbonate by mucus cells on the surface of the epithelium between glands
944
Q

What are the phases of gastric secretion?

A
  • Like salivary secretion, the stomach readies itself to receive the meal before it is actually taken in, during the so-called cephalic phase that can be influenced by food preferences
  • Subsequently, there is a gastric phase of secretion that is quantitatively the most significant, and finally an intestinal phase once the meal has left the stomach.
  • Each phase is closely regulated by both local and distant triggers
945
Q

What is the purpose of the different gastric secretions? Which cells are they released from?

A
  • The gastric secretions arise from glands in the wall of the stomach that drain into its lumen, and also from the surface cells that secrete primary mucus and bicarbonate to protect the stomach from digesting itself, as well as substances known as trefoil peptides that stabilise the mucus-bicarbonate layer
  • The parietal cells, secrete hydrochloric acid and intrinsic factor. The acid serves to sterilise the meal and also to begin the hydrolysis of dietary macromolecules. Intrinsic factor is important for the later absorption of vitamin B12 or cobalamin.
  • The chief cells, produce pepsinogens and gastric lipase . Pepsinogen is the precursor of pepsin, which initiates protein digestion. Lipase similarly begins the digestion of dietary fats.
946
Q

How is gastrin triggered? What is the process after it has been released?

A
  • Gastrin is a hormone that is released by G cells in the antrum of the stomach both in response to a specific neurotransmitter released from enteric nerve endings, known as gastrin-releasing peptide (GRP) or bombesin, and also in response to the presence of oligopeptides in the gastric lumen,
  • Gastrin is then carried through the bloodstream to the fundic glands, where it binds to receptors not only on parietal (and likely, chief cells) to activate secretion, but also on so-called enterochromaffin-like cells (ECL cells) that are located in the gland and release histamine.
947
Q

There are three primary stimuli of gastric secretion, each with a specific role to play in matching the rate of secretion to functional requirements. What are they?

A
  • Gastrin is released and triggers parietal and chief called
  • Histamine is also a tigger of parietal cell secretion, via binding to H2-receptors.
  • Parietal and chief cells can also be stimulated by acetylcholine, released from enteric nerve endings in the fundus
948
Q

How does the vagal nerve trigger gastric secretion prior to food being eaten?

A
  • Gastric secretion that occurs during the cephalic phase is defined as being activated predominantly by vagal input that originates from the brain region known as the dorsal vagal complex, which coordinates input from higher centres.
  • Vagal outflow to the stomach then releases gastrin releasing peptide (GRP) and acetylcholine, thereby initiating secretory function
  • Before the meal enters the stomach, there are few additional triggers from the dorsal vagal complex, and thus the amount of secretion is limited.
949
Q

What happens neurologically to trigger gastric secretion once the meal is swallowed?

A

Once the meal is swallowed, meal constituents trigger substantial release of gastrin and the physical presence of the meal also distends the stomach and activates stretch receptors, which provoke a “vago-vagal” as well as local reflexes that further amplify secretion during the gastric phase.

950
Q

What terminates gastric secretion after the meal?

A

The presence of the meal also buffers gastric acidity that would otherwise serve as a feedback inhibitor signal to shut off secretion secondary to the release of somatostatin, which inhibits both G and ECL cells as well as secretion by parietal cells themselves.

951
Q

Gastric parietal cells are highly specialised for their unusual task of secreting concentrated acid. How does it change at rest and when secreting?

A
  • The cells are packed with mitochondria that supply energy to drive the apical H+, K+-ATPase, or proton pump, that moves H+ ions out of the parietal cell against a concentration gradient of more than a million-fold.
  • The resting cell has intracellular canaliculi (IC), which open on the apical membrane of the cell, and many tubulovesicular structures (TV) in the cytoplasm.
  • When the cell is activated, the TVs fuse with the cell membrane and microvilli (MV) project into the canaliculi, so the area of cell membrane in contact with gastric lumen is greatly increased.
952
Q

How does the proton pump in the parietal cells change at rest and then when they begin to secrete?

A
  • At rest, the proton pumps are sequestered within the parietal cell in a series of membrane compartments known as tubulovesicles.
  • When the parietal cell begins to secrete, on the other hand, these vesicles fuse with invaginations of the apical membrane, known as canaliculi
  • Thereby, substantially amplifying the apical membrane area and positioning the proton pumps to begin acid secretion.
953
Q

What ion transport takes place on the apical membrane of the parietal cells in the stomach?

A
  • The apical membrane contains the proton pumps for acid secretion
  • It also contains potassium channels, which supply the K+ ions to be exchanged from H+ and Cl- that supply counterion for HCl.
  • The secretion of protons is also accompanied by the release of equivalent numbers of bicarbonate ions into the bloodstream, which are later used to neutralise gastric acidity once its function is complete.
954
Q

The three agonists of the parietal cell - gastrin, histamine, and acetylcholine - each bind to distinct receptors on the basolateral membrane. What does each of them release? Why is this important?

A
  • Gastrin and acetylcholine promote secretion by elevating cytosolic free calcium concentrations, whereas histamine increases intracellular cAMP.
  • It is important to be aware that the two distinct pathways for activation are synergistic, with a greater than additive effect on secretion rates when histamine plus gastrin or acetylcholine, or all three, are present simultaneously.
  • The physiologic significant of this synergism is that high rates of secretion can be stimulated with relatively small changes in availability of each of the stimuli.
  • Synergism is also therapeutically significant because secretion can be markedly inhibited by blocking the action of only one of the triggers (mostly commonly histamine with H2-antagonists)
955
Q

How much gastric secretion is released per day? Is it imperative that you have it?

A
  • Gastric secretion adds about 2.5L/day to the intestinal contents.
  • However, despite their substantial volume and fine control, gastric secretions are dispensable for the full digestion and absorption of a meal, with the exception of cobalamin absorption.
  • Digestive and absorptive capacities are markedly in excess of normal requirements.
956
Q

What are some pancreatic juice enzymes? What is its secretion controlled by?

A
  • The pancreatic juice contains enzymes that are of major importance in digestion. For example: trypsin, chymotrypsin, elastase, carboxypeptidase A and B, colipase, pancreatic lipase, phospholipase A2, colesteryl ester hydrolase, ribonuclease deoxyribonuclease.
  • Its secretion is controlled in part by a reflex mechanism and in part by the gastrointestinal hormones secretin and cholecystokinin
957
Q

The portion of the pancreas that secretes pancreatic juice is a compound alveolar gland resembling the salivary gland. How does it secrete the juice?

A
  • Granules containing the digestive enzymes (zymogen granules) are formed in the cell and discharged by exocytosis from the apexes of the cells into the lumens of the pancreatic ducts.
  • The small ducts radicals coalesce into a single duct (pancreatic duct of Wirsung), which usually joins the bile duct to form the ampulla of the bile duct (also known as the ampulla of Vater)
958
Q

Where does the ampulla of Vater open into? What surrounds the opening?

A
  • The ampulla opens through the duodenal papilla, and its orifice is encircled by the sphincter of Oddi
  • Some individuals have an accessory pancreatic duct (duct of Santorini) that enters the duodenum more proximally.
959
Q

What is the acidity of pancreatic juice? How does this affect the intestinal pH? and how much is secreted per day?

A
  • The pancreatic juice is alkaline and has a high bicarbonate content (approx 113mEq/L vs 24mEq/L in plasma)
  • About 1500mL of pancreatic juice is secreted per day
  • Bile and intestinal juices are also neutral and alkaline, and these three secretions neutralise the gastric acid, raising the pH of the duodenal contents to 6.0-7.0.
  • By the time the chyme reaches the jejunum, its pH is nearly neutral, but the intestinal contents are rarely alkaline
960
Q

The pancreatic juice contains a range of digestive enzymes but most of these are released in inactive forms. How and where are they activated? How does the pancreas not get digested by itself?

A
  • Most of these are only activated when they reach the intestinal lumen.
  • The enzymes are activated following proteolytic cleavage by trypsin, itself a pancreatic protease that is released as an inactive precursor (trypsinogen)
  • The potential danger of the release into the pancreas of a small amount of trypsin is apparent; the resulting chain reaction would produce active enzymes that could digest the pancreas. It is therefore not surprising that the pancreas also normally secretes a trypsin inhibitor
961
Q

Another pancreatic enzyme activated by trypsin is phospholipase A2. What does this do? How is it accloaites with acute pancreatitis?

A
  • This enzyme splits a fatty acid off phosphatidylcholine (PC), forming lyso-PC.
  • Lyso-PC damages cell membranes.
  • In acute pancreatitis, phospholipase A2, is activated prematurely in the pancreatic ducts, with the formation of lyso-PC from the PC that is a normal constituent of bile. This causes disruption of pancreatic tissue and necrosis of surrounding fat.
962
Q

Why do you get a raised amylase and lipase in acute pancreatitis?

A
  • Small amounts of pancreatic digestive enzymes normally leak into the circulation, but in acute pancreatitis, the circulating levels of the digestive enzymes rise markedly.
  • Measurement of the plasma amylase or lipase concentration is therefore of value in diagnosing the disease
963
Q

Secretion of pancreatic juice is primarily under hormonal control. How does this work?

A
  • Secretin acts on the pancreatic ducts to cause copious secretion of a very alkaline pancreatic juice that is rich in bicarbonate and poor in enzyme.
  • The effect on duct cells is due to an increase in intracellular cAMP.
  • Secretin also stimulates bile secretion
  • Cholecystokinin acts on acinar cells to cause the release of zymogen granules and production of pancreatic juice rich in enzymes but low in volume. Its effect is mediated by phospholipase C.
964
Q

What is the pancreatic response to IV secretin?

A

As the volume of the pancreatic secretion increases, its Cl- concentrations falls and its bicarb concentration increases.

965
Q

Although bicarb is secreted in the small ducts of the pancreas, it is reabsorbed in the large ducts in exchange for Cl-. What is this inversely proportional to?

A

The magnitude of the exchange is inversely proportional to the rate of flow

966
Q

How does acetylcholine increase pancreatic juice secretion?

A
  • Like cholecystokinin, acetylcholine acts on acinar cells via phospholipase C to cause discharge of zymogen granules, and stimulation of the vagi causes secretion of a small amount of pancreatic juice rich in enzymes.
  • There is evidence for vaguely mediated, conditioned reflex secretion of pancreatic juice in response to the sight or smell of food
967
Q

A secretion important for GI function, bile arises from the liver. What is the function of bile?

A
  • The bile acids contained therein are important in the digestion and absorption of fats
  • In addition, bile serves as a critical excretory fluid by which the body disposes of lipid soluble end products of metabolism as well as lipid soluble xenobiotics.
  • Bile is also the only route by which the body can dispose of cholesterol - either in its native form, or following conversion to bile acids.
968
Q

What is bile made up of? How much is secreted per day?

A
  • Bile is made up of the bile acids, bile pigments, and other substances dissolved in an alkaline electrolyte solution that resembles pancreatic juice
  • About 500mL is secreted per day
969
Q

What is enterohepatic circulation?

A

Some of the components of the bile are reabsorbed in the intestine and then excreted again by the liver - this is the enterohepatic circulation

970
Q

What is responsible for the golden yellow colour of bile?

A

The glucuronides of the bile pigments, bilirubin and biliverdin, are responsible for the golden yellow colour

971
Q

When considering bile as a digestive secretion, it is the bile acids that represent the most important components. Where are they synthesised and secreted? What are the main five? Which are primary and secondary?

A
  • They are synthesised from cholesterol and secreted into the bile conjugated to glycine or taurine, a derivative of cysteine.
  • The two principal (primary) bile acids formed in the liver are cholic acid and chenodeoxycholic acid.
  • In the colon, bacteria covert child acid to deoxycholic acid and chenodeoxycholic acid to lithocholic acid
  • In addition, small quantities of ursodeoxycholic acid are formed from chenodeoxycholic acid.
  • Because they are formed by bacterial action, deoxycholic, lithocholic and ursodeoxycholic acids are called secondary bile acids.
972
Q

The bile acids have a number of important actions. What are they?

A

They reduce surface tension and, in conjunction with phospholipids and monoglycerides, are responsible for the emulsification of fat preparatory to its digestion and absorption in the small intestine.

973
Q

Bile acids are amphipathic.What does this mean and how does it affect their structure?

A
  • They have both hydrophilic and hydrophobic domains; one surface of the molecule is hydrophilic because the polar peptide bond and the carboxyl and hydroxyl groups are on that surface, whereas the other surface is hydrophobic.
  • Therefore, the bile acids tend to form cylindrical disks called micelles. Their hydrophilic portions face out and their hydrophobic portions face in
974
Q

What is the critical micelle concentration?

A

Above a certain concentration, called the critical micelle concentration, all bile salts added to a solution form micelles.

975
Q

What happens to bile acids after they are secreted?

A
  • 90-95% of the bile acids are absorbed from the small intestine. Once they are deconjugated, they can be absorbed by nonionic diffusion, but most are absorbed in their conjugated forms from the terminal ileum by an extremely efficient Na+-bile salt co-transport system (ABST) whose activity is secondarily driven by the low intracellular sodium concentration established by the basolateral Na+, K+, ATPase.
  • The remaining 5-10% of the bile salts enter the colon and are converted to the salts of deoxycholic acid and lithocholic acid. Lithocholate is relatively insoluble and is mostly excreted in the stools; only 1% is absorbed. However, deoxycholate is absorbed
976
Q

The absorbed bile acids are transported back to the liver in the portal vein and re-excreted in the bile (enterohepatic circulation). Those lost in the stool are replaced by synthesis in the liver. What is the normal rate of bile acid synthesis and what is the total bile acid pool? How many times does it recycle in a day?

A
  • The normal rate of bile acid synthesis is 0.2-0.4g/day
  • The total bile acid pool of approximately 3.5g recycles repeatedly via the enterohepatic circulation
  • It has been calculated that 4th entire pool recycles twice per meal and 6-8 times per day.
977
Q

The intestine itself also supplies a fluid environment in which the processes of digestion and absorption can occur. Then, when the meal has been assimilated, fluid used during digestion and absorption is reclaimed by transport back across the epithelium to avoid dehydration. How does this happen?

A
  • Water moves passively into and out of the gastrointestinal lumen, driven by electrochemical gradients established by the active transport of ions and other solutes
  • In the period after a meal, much of the fluid reuptake is driven by the coupled transport of nutrients, such as glucose, its sodium ions.
  • In the period between meals, absorptive mechanisms centre exclusively around electrolytes.
  • In both cases, secretory fluxes of fluid are largely driven by the active transport of chloride ions into the lumen, although absorption still predominates overall.
978
Q

How much fluid is presented in the intestines each day, how much is reabsorbed and how much is lost in the stool?

A
  • The intestines are presented each day with about 2000mL of ingested fluid plus 7000mL of secretions from the mucosa of the gastrointestinal tract and associated glands.
  • 90% of this fluid is reabsorbed, with a daily fluid loss of only 200mL in the stools/
979
Q

How are glucose and sodium linked in small intestine reabsorption?

A
  • In the small intestine, secondary active transport of Na+ is important in bringing about absorption of glucose, some amino acids, and other substances such as bile acids.
  • Conversely, the presence of glucose in the intestinal lumen facilitates the reabsorption of Na+.
980
Q

In the period between meals, what absorption is taking place in the small intestine and how does it happen?

A
  • In the period between meals, when nutrients are not present, sodium and chloride are absorbed together from the intestinal lumen by the coupled activity of a sodium/hydrogen exchanger (NHE) and chloride/bicarbonate exchanger in the apical membrane, in a so-called electroneutral mechanism
  • Water then follows to maintain an osmotic balance.
981
Q

What absorption takes place in the colon in the period between meals? How can your diet affect this?

A
  • In the colon, an additional electrogenic mechanism for sodium absorption is expressed, particularly in the distal colon.
  • In this mechanism, sodium enters across the apical membrane via an ENaC (epithelial sodium) channel that is identical to that expressed in the distal tubule of the kidney
  • This underpins the ability of the colon to desiccate the stool and ensure that only a small potion of the fluid load used daily in the digestion and absorption of meals is lost from the body.
  • Following a low-salt diet, increased expression of ENaC in response to aldosterone increases the ability to reclaim sodium from the stool
982
Q

Despite the predominance of absorptive mechanisms, secretion also takes place continuously throughout the small intestine and colon to adjust the local fluidity of the intestinal contents as needed for mixing, diffusion and movement of the meal. How does the secretion take place?

A
  • Cl- normally enters enterocytes from the interstitial fluid via Na+-K+-2Cl- cotransporters in their basolateral membranes.
  • The cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) channel that is defective in cystic fibrosis is quantitatively most important, and is activated by protein kinase A and hence by cAMP
983
Q

Water moves into or out of the intestine until the osmotic pressure of the intestinal contents equals that of the plasma. How does the osmolality change throughout the intestine?

A
  • The osmolality of the duodenal contents may be hypertonic or hypotonic, depending on the meal ingested, but by the time the meal enters the jejunum, its osmolality is close to that of plasma
  • This osmolality is maintained throughout the rest of the small intestine; the osmotically active particles produced by digestion are removed by absorption, and water moves passively out of the gut along the osmotic gradient thus generated.
  • In the colon, Na+ is pumped out and water moves passively with it, again along the osmotic gradient.
984
Q

What are saline cathartics? How do they exert a laxative effect in the intestine?

A

Saline cathartics such as magnesium sulfate are poorly absorbed salts that retain their osmotic equivalent of water in the intestine, thus increasing intestinal volume and consequently exerting a laxative effect

985
Q

Some K+ is secreted into the intestinal lumen, especially as a component of mucus. How does this take place? How is it absorbed?

A
  • K+ channels are present in the luminal as well as the basolateral membrane of the enterocytes of the colon, so K+ is secreted into the colon
  • In addition, K+ moves passively down its electrochemical gradient.
  • The accumulation of K +in the is partially offset by H+-K+ ATPase in the luminal membrane of cells in the distal colon, with resulting active transport of K+ into the cells
  • Nevertheless, loss of ileal or colonic fluids in chronic diarrhoea can lead to severe hypokalaemia
986
Q

What is secreted and why, when the dietary intake of K+ is high for a prolonged period?

A
  • Aldosterone secretion is increased and more K+ enters the colonic lumen.
  • This is due in part to the appearance of more Na+, K+, ATPase pumps in the basolateral membranes of the cells, with a consequent increase in intracellular K+ and K+ diffusion across the luminal membranes of the cells, with a consequent increase in intracellular K+ and K+ diffusion across the luminal membranes of the cells.
987
Q

The various functions of the gastrointestinal tract, including secretion, digestion, and absorption and motility, must be regulated in an integrated way to ensure efficient assimilation of nutrients after a meal. There are three main modalities for gastrointestinal regulation that operate in a complementary fashion to ensure that function is appropriate. What are these?

A

1) First, endocrine regulation is mediated by the release of hormones by triggers associated with the meal. These hormone travel through the bloodstream to change the activity of a distant segment of the gastrointestinal tract, an organ draining into it (the pancreas), or both.
2) Second, some similar mediators are not sufficiently stable to persist in the bloodstream, but instead alter the function of cells in the local area where they are released, in a paracrine fashion
3) Finally, the intestinal system is endowed with extensive neural connections. There include connections to the CNS (extrinsic innervation), but also the activity of a largely autonomous enteric nervous system that comprises both sensory and secretomotor neurons. The enteric nervous system integrated central input to the gut but can also regulate gut function independently in response to change in the luminal environment.

988
Q

When large doses of gastrointestinal hormones are given, their actions overlap. However, their physiologic effects appear to be relatively discrete.
On the basis of structural simulator and, to a degree, similarity of function, the key hormones fall into one of two families. What are these and which hormones are in which?

A
  • The gastrin family, the primary members of which are gastrin and cholecystokinin
  • The secretin family, the primary members of which are secretin, glucagon, vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP; actually a neurotransmitter, or neuroendocrine) and gastric inhibitor polypeptide (also known as glucose-dependent insulinotropic peptide or GIP).
989
Q

What is an enteroendocrine cell?

A
  • More than 15 types of hormone-secreting enteroendocrine cells have been identified in the mucosa of the stomach, small intestine, and colon
  • Many of these secrete only one hormone and are identified by letters (G cells, S cell, etc)
  • Others manufacture serotonin or histamine and are called enterochromaffin or ECL cells, respectively
990
Q

What cells secrete gastrin? Where are they and what size are they? Where are the receptors for gastrin?

A
  • Gastrin is produced by cells called G cells in the antral portion of the gastric mucosa.
  • G cells are flask-shaped, with a broad base containing many gastrin granules and a narrow apex that reaches the mucosal surface
  • Microvilli project from the apical end into the lumen
  • Receptors mediating gastrin responses to changes in gastric contents are present on the microvilli
991
Q

What is the precursor for gastrin? What is it’s make-up?

A
  • The precursor for gastrin, preprogastrin, is processed into fragments of various sizes.
  • Three main fragments contain 34, 17, and 14 amino acid residues. All have the same carboxyl terminal configuration. These forms are also known as G34, G17, and G14 gastrins, respectively.
  • Another form is the carboxyl terminal tetra peptide, and there is also a large form that is extended at the amino terminal and contains more than 45 amino acid residues
  • One form of derivatisation is sulfation of the tyrosine that is the sixth amino acid residue from the carboxyl terminal.
  • Approximately equal amounts of non-sulfated and sulphated forms are present in blood and tissues, and they are equally active.
  • Another derivatisation is admiration of the carboxyl terminal phenylalanine, which likely enhances the peptide’s stability in the plasma by rendering it resistant to carboxypeptidases.
992
Q

Some differences in activity exist between the various gastrin peptides, and the proportions of the components also differ in the various tissues in which gastrin is found. This suggests that different dorms are tailored for different actions. What do we known about the different gastrins actions and their half-lives?

A
  • G17 is the principal form with respect to gastric acid secretion.
  • The carboxyl terminal tetrapeptide has all the activities of gastrin but only 10% of the potency of G17.
  • G14 and G17 have half-lives of 2-3 minutes in the circulation, whereas G34 has a half-life of 15 minutes.
  • Gastrins are inactivated primarily in the kidney and small intestine
993
Q

In large doses, gastrin has a variety of actions, but what are its principal physiologic actions?

A
  • Stimulation of gastric acid and pepsin secretion
  • Stimulation of the growth of the mucosa of the stomach and small and large intestines (trophic action)
994
Q

What are some stimuli that increase gastrin secretion?

A

Luminal
Peptides and amino acids
Distention
Neural
Increased vagal discharge via GRP (gastrin releasing polypeptide)
Bloodborne
Calcium
Adrenaline

995
Q

What are some stimuli that inhibit gastrin secretion?

A

Luminal
Acid
Somatostatin
Bloodborne
Secretin, GIP, VIP, glucagon, calcitonin

996
Q

How do vagal fibers innervate gastrin secretion?

A

The transmitter secreted by the postganglionic vagal fibers that innervate the G cells is gastrin-releasing polypeptide (GRP) rather than acetylcholine.

997
Q

How do amino acids trigger gastrin secretion?

A
  • Gastrin secretion is increased by the presence of the products of protein digestion in the stomach, particularly amino acids, which act directly on the G cells.
  • Phenylalanine and tryptophan are particularly effective.
998
Q

How are gastrin and cholecystokinin linked?

A
  • Gastrin acts via a receptor CCK-B that is related to the primary receptor (CCK-A) for cholecystokinin.
  • This likely reflects that structural similarity of the two hormones, and may result in some overlapping actions if excessive quantities of either hormone are present (eg, in the case of a gastrin-secreting tumour, or gastrinoma)
999
Q

How does acid in the antrum inhibit gastrin secretion? How does this form the negative feedback loop? How is this altered in some diseases?

A
  • Acid in the antrum inhibits gastrin secretion, partly by the direct action on G cells and partly by release of somatostatin, a relatively potent inhibitor of gastrin secretion.
  • The effect of acid is the basis of a negative feedback loop regulating gastrin secretion.
  • Increased secretion of the hormone increases acid secretion, but the acid then feeds back to inhibit further secretion.
  • In conditions such as pernicious anaemia in which the acid-secreting cells of the stomach are damaged, gastrin secretion is chronically elevated.
1000
Q

Where is cholecystokinin secreted? What are its main actions?

A
  • CCK is secreted by endocrine cells known as I cells in the mucosa of the upper small intestine
  • It has a plethora of actions in the GI system, but the most important appears to be the stimulation of pancreatic enzyme secretion; the contraction of the gallbladder (the actions for which it was names); and relaxation of the sphincter of Oddi, which allows both bile and pancreatic juice to flow into the intestinal lumen
1001
Q

Like gastrin, CCK is produced from a larger precursor. What is this? How does it split? Which parts of CCK are similar to gastrin? What is its half-life?

A
  • Prepro-CKK is also processed into many fragments
  • A large CCK contains 58 amino acid residues (CCK 58)
  • In addition, there are CCK peptides that contain 39 amino acid residues (CCK 39) and 33 amino acid residues (CCK 33), several forms that contain 12 (CCK 12) or slightly more amino acid residues and a form that contains eight amino acid residues (CCK 8)
  • All these forms have the same five amino acids at the carboxyl terminal as gastrin. The carboxyl terminal tetrapeptide (CCK4) also exists in tissues. The carboxyl terminal is amidated, and the tyrosine that is the seventh amino acid residue from the carboxyl terminal is sulphated.
  • Unlike gastrin, the non-sulfated form of CCK has not been found in tissues
  • The half-life of circulating CCK is about 5 minutes.
1002
Q

Where is cholecystokinin found? What is its extra-intestinal action?

A
  • In addition to its secretion by I cells, CCK is found in nerves in the distal ileum and colon.
  • It is also found in neurons in the brain, especially the cerebral cortex, and in nerves in many parts of the body.
  • In the brain, it may be involved in the regulation of food intake, and it appears to be related to the production of anxiety and analgesia
1003
Q

It addition to its primary action of stimulating gastrin secretion, what are cholecystokinins other roles?

A
  • CCK augments the action of secretin in producing secretion of an alkaline pancreatic juice
  • It also inhibits gastric emptying
  • It exerts a trophic effect on the pancreas,
  • Increases the synthesis of enterokinase
  • May enhance the motility of the small intestine and colon.
  • There is some evidence that, along with secretin, it augments the contraction of the pyloric sphincter, thus preventing the reflux of duodenal contents into the stomach
1004
Q

Two cholecystokinin receptors have been identified. What are they? Where are they found? What do they activate?

A
  • CCK-A receptors are primarily located in the periphery, whereas both CCK-A and CCK-B (gastrin) receptors are found in the brain.
  • Both activate phospholipase C, causing increased production of IP3 and DAG (diacylglycerol).
1005
Q

What regulates the secretion and inhibition of cholecystokinin?

A
  • The secretion of CCK is increased by contact of the intestinal mucosa with the products of digestion, particularly peptides and amino acids, and also by the presence in the duodenum of fatty acids containing more than 10 carbon atoms.
  • There are also two protein releasing factors that activate CCK secretion, known as CCK-releasing peptide and monitor peptide, which derive from the intestinal mucosa and pancreas, respectively
  • Because the bile and pancreatic juice that enter the duodenum in response to CCK enhance the digestion of protein and fat, and the products of this digestion stimulate further CCK secretion, a positive feedback operates.
  • However, the positive feedback is terminated when the products of digestion move on to the lower portions of the GI tract and also because CCK-releasing peptide and monitoring peptide are degraded by proteolytic enzymes once these are no longer occupied in digesting dietary proteins.
1006
Q

Where is secretin secreted and what is its structure? What other intestinal hormones is it similar and dissimilar to?

A
  • Secretin is secreted by S cells that are located deep in the glands of the mucosa of the upper portion of the small intestine.
  • The structure of secretin is different from that of CCK and gastrin, but very similar to that of GIP, glucagon and VIP.
  • Only one form of secretin has been isolated, and any fragments of the molecules that have been tested to date are inactive.
  • Its half-life is about 5 minutes.
1007
Q

What is the role of secretin and how does it do it?

A
  • Secretin increases the secretion of bicarbonate by the duct cells of the pancreas and biliary tract.
  • It thus causes the secretion of a watery, alkaline pancreatic juice
  • Its action on pancreatic duct cells is mediated via cAMP
  • It also augments the action of CCK in producing pancreatic secretion of digestive enzymes.
  • It decreases gastric acid secretion and may cause contraction of the pyloric sphincter
1008
Q

What regulates the secretion of secretin?

A
  • The secretion of secretin is increased by the products of protein digestion and by acid bathing the mucosa of the upper small intestine.
  • The release of secretin by acid is another example of feedback control: secretin causes alkaline pancreatic juice to flood into the duodenum, neutralising the acid from the stomach and thus inhibiting further secretion of the hormone
1009
Q

What is GIP? Where is it produced? What stimulates its secretion?

A
  • GIP contains 42 amino acid residues and is produced by K cells in the mucosa of the duodenum and jejunum.
  • Its secretion is stimulated by glucose and fat in the duodenum, and because in large doses it inhibits gastric secretion and motility, it was named gastric inhibitory peptide. However, it now appears that it does not have significant gastric inhibiting activity when administered in smaller amounts comparable to those seen after a meal
  • In the meantime, it was found that GIP stimulates insulin secretion. Gastrin, CCK, secretin, and glucagon also have this effect, but GIP is the only one of these that stimulates insulin secretion when administered at blood levels comparable to those produced by oral glucose. For this reason, it is often called glucose-dependent insulinotropic peptide.
1010
Q

Where is VIP found? What are its actions?

A
  • It is found in nerves in the GI tract and thus is not itself a hormone, despite its similarities to secretin.
  • VIP is, however, found in blood, in which is has a half-life of about 2 minutes
  • In the intestine, it markedly stimulates intestinal secretion of electrolytes and hence of water.
  • Its other actions include relaxation of intestinal smooth muscle, including sphincters; dilation of peripheral blood vessels, and inhibition of gastric acid secretion.
  • It is also found in the brain and many autonomic nerves, where it often occurs in the same neurons as acetylcholine. It potentiates the action of acetylcholine in salivary glands. However, VIP and acetylcholine do not exist in neurons that innervate other parts of the GI tract.
1011
Q

Where is motilin released and what does it do?

A
  • Motilin is secreted by enterochromaffin cells and Mo cells in the stomach, small intestine, and colon.
  • It acts on G-protein-coupled receptors on enteric neurons in the duodenum and colon and produces contract. of smooth muscle in the stomach and intestines in the period between meals
1012
Q

Where is somatostatin released? What is its two forms? What is its role?

A
  • Somatostatin, the growth hormone-inhibiting hormone originally isolated from the hypothalamus, is secreted as a paracrine by D cells in the pancreatic islets and by similar D cells in the GI mucosa.
  • It exists in tissues in two forms, somatostatin 14 and somatostatin 28, and both are secreted.
  • Somatostatin inhibits the secretion of gastrin, VIP, GIP, section and motilin
  • Its secretion is stimulated by acid in the lumen, and it probably acts in a paracrine fashion to mediate the inhibition of gastrin secretion produced by acid.
  • It also inhibits pancreatic exocrine secretion; gastric acid secretion and motility, gallbladder contraction; and the absorption of glucose, amino acids, and triglycerides
1013
Q

What is the role of peptide YY? Where is it released? What stimulates its release?

A
  • It inhibits gastric acid secretion and motility and is a good candidate to be the gastric inhibitory peptide.
  • Its release from the jejunum is stimulated by fat
1014
Q

What is the role of ghrelin? How does it do this?

A
  • Ghrelin is secreted primarily by the stomach and appears to play an important role in the central control of food intake
  • It also stimulates growth hormone secretion by acting directly on receptors in the pituitary
1015
Q

Where is substance P released? What is its role in the small intestine?

A
  • Substance P is found in endocrine and nerve cells in the GI tract and may enter the circulation
  • It increases the motility of the small intestine.
1016
Q

Where is GRP found and what is its role?

A

The neurotransmitter GRP is present in the vagal nerve endings that terminate on G cells and is the neurotransmitter producing vaguely mediated increases in gastrin secretion

1017
Q

What is guanylin? Where is it released and what is its role?

A
  • Guanylin is a gastrointestinal polypeptide that binds to guanylyl cyclase.
  • It is secreted by cells of the intestinal mucosa
  • Stimulation of guanylyl cyclase increases the concentration of intracellular cGMP and this in turn causes increased secretion of Cl- into the intestinal lumen.
  • Guanylin appears to act predominantly in a paracrine fashion, and it is produced in cells from the pylorus to the rectum.
  • Guanylin receptors are also found in the kidneys, the liver, and the female reproductive tract, and guanylin may act in an endocrine fashion to regulate fluid movement in these tissues as well, and particularly to integrate the actions of the intestine and kidneys
1018
Q

Two major networks of nerve fibers are intrinsic to the GI tract. What are they? What do they constitute?

A
  • The myenteric plexus (Auerbach plexus), between the outer longitudinal and middle circular muscle layers
  • The submucous plexus (Meissner plexus), between the middle circular layer and the mucosa
  • Collectively, these neurons constitute the generic nervous system.
1019
Q

How is the enteric nervous system linked to the CNS?

A
  • It is connected to the CNS by parasympathetic and sympathetic fibers
  • But it can function autonomously without these connections.
1020
Q

What does the enteric nervous system control?

A
  • The myenteric plexus innervates the longitudinal and circular smooth muscle layers and is concerned primarily with motor control * Whereas the submucous plexus innervates the glandular epithelium, intestinal endocrine cells, and submucosal blood vessels and is primarily involved in the control of intestinal secretion.
1021
Q

What are the neurotransmitters and peptides in the enteric nervous system?

A
  • The neurotransmitters in the system include acetylcholine, the amines noradrenaline and serotonin, the amino acid GABA, the purine ATP, the gases NO and CO, and many different peptides and polypeptides
  • Some of these peptides also act in a paracrine fashion, and some enter the bloodstream, becoming hormones
1022
Q

The intestine receives a dual extrinsic innervation from the autonomic nervous system. What are these? What do they cause?

A
  • Parasympathetic cholinergic activity generally increasing the activity of intestinal smooth muscle
  • Sympathetic noradrenergic activity generally decreasing it while causing sphincters to contract
1023
Q

Where do the parasympathetic and sympathetic fibers innervate the intestine?

A
  • The preganglionic parasympathetic fibers consist of about 2000 vagal efferents and other efferents in the sacral nerves. They generally end on cholinergic nerve cells of the myenteric and submucous plexus.
  • The sympathetic fibers are postganglionic, but many of them end on postganglionic cholinergic neurons, where the noradrenaline they secrete inhibits acetylcholine secretion by activating α2 presynaptic receptors. Other sympathetic fibers appear to end directly on intestinal smooth muscle cells
1024
Q

It appears that the intestinal blood vessels have a dual innervation. What are they? What are some examples

A
  • They have extrinsic noradrenergic innervation and intrinsic innervation by fibers of the enteric nervous system
  • VIP and NO are among the mediators in the intrinsic innervation, which seems, among other things, to be responsible for the increase in local blood flow (hyperaemia) that accompanies digestion of food.
1025
Q

What are the cells that help the GI tract with its role in the immune system?

A
  • The intestinal mucosa contains more lymphocytes than are found in the circulation, as well as large numbers of inflammatory cells that are placed to rapidly defend the mucosa if epithelial defences are breached
  • It is likely that immune cells, and their products, also impact the physiologic function of the epithelium, endocrine cells, nerves and smooth muscle, particularly at times of infection and if inappropriate immune responses are perpetuated, such as in IBD
1026
Q

What is special about the gastrointestinal (splanchnic) circulation?

A
  • The blood flow to the stomach, intestines, pancreas and liver is arranged in a series of parallel circuits, with all the blood from the intestines and pancreas draining via the portal vein to the liver.
  • The blood from the intestines, pancreas, and spleen drains via the hepatic portal vein to the liver and from the liver via the hepatic veins to the inferior vena cava.
1027
Q

What percentage of cardiac output of volume of blood does the GI tract and liver receive?

A
  • The viscera and the liver receive about 30% of the cardiac output via the celiac, superior mesenteric and inferior mesenteric arteries.
  • The liver receives about 1300mL/min from the portal vein and 500mL/min from the hepatic artery during fasting, and the portal supply increases still further after meals
1028
Q

The principal dietary carbohydrates are slit into three groups. What are they and what is in each group?

A
  • The principal dietary carbohydrates are polysaccharides, disaccharides, and monosaccharides.
  • Starches (glucose polymers) and their derivatives are the only polysaccharides that are digested to any degree in the human GI tract by human enzymes
  • Amylopectin, which typically constitutes around 75% of dietary starch, is a branched molecule, whereas amylose is a straight chain with only 1:4α linkages
  • The disaccharides lactose and sucrose are also ingested along with monosaccharides fructose and glucose.
1029
Q

How are starches broken down by α-amylase throughout the GI tract? What are the products of this?

A
  • In the mouth, starch is attacked by salivary α-amylase. The optimum pH for this enzyme is 6.7. However it remains partially active even once it moves into the stomach, despite the acidic gastric juice, because the active site is protected in the presence of substrate to some degree
  • In the small intestine, both the salivary and pancreatic α-amylase also act on the ingested polysaccharides
  • Both the salivary and pancreatic α-amylase hydrolyse internal 1:4α linkages but spare 1:6α linkages and terminal 1:4α linkages.
  • Consequently, the end products of α-amylase digestion are oligosaccharides: the disaccharide maltose; the trisaccharide maltotriose; and α-limit dextrins, polymers of glucose containing an average of about eight glucose molecules with 1:6α linkages.
1030
Q

The oligosaccharidases responsible for the further digestion of the starch derivates following α-amylase breakdown are located in the brush border of small intestinal epithelial cells. What are they? How are they created?

A
  • Some of these enzymes have more than one substrate.
  • Isomaltase is mainly responsible for the hydrolysis of 1:6α linkages. Along with maltase and sucrase, it also breaks down maltotriose and maltose
  • Sucrase and isomaltase are initially synthesised as a single glycoprotein chain that is inserted into the brush border membrane. It is then hydrolysed by pancreatic proteases into sucrase and isomaltase subunits.
1031
Q

What is the action of sucrase and lactase?

A
  • Sucrase hydrolyses sucrose into a molecule of glucose and a molecule of fructose.
  • Lactase hydrolyses lactose to glucose and galactose
1032
Q

Deficiency of one or more of the brush border oligosaccharidases may cause what symptoms? Why?

A
  • It may cause diarrhoea, bloating and flatulence after ingestion of sugar
  • The diarrhoea is due to the increased number of osmotically active oligosaccharide molecules that remain in the intestinal lumen, causing the volume of the intestinal contents to increase.
1033
Q

How does the colon further break down oligosaccharides? Why does this cause flatulence?

A
  • In the colon, bacteria break down some of the oligosaccharides, further increasing the number of osmotically active particles
  • The bloating and flatulence are due to the production of gas (CO2 and H2) from disaccharide residues in the lower small intestine and colon.
1034
Q

How and where are sugars absorbed in the intestine?

A
  • Hexoses are rapidly absorbed across the wall of the small intestine
  • Essentially all the hexoses are removed before the remains of a meal reach the terminal part of the ileum
  • The sugar molecules pass from the mucosal cells to the blood in the capillaries draining into the portal vein
1035
Q

What does the transport of glucose and galactose depend on? Why?

A
  • The transport of glucose and galactose depends on Na+ in the intestinal lumen; a high concentration of Na+ on the mucosal surface of the cells facilitates sugar influx into the epithelial cells while a low concentration inhibits sugar influx into the epithelial cells
  • This is because these sugars and Na+ share the same cotransporter, or symport, the sodium-dependent glucose transporter (SGLT)
1036
Q

What are the different members of the SGLT family? What do they? How do they resemble the GLUT transporters?

A
  • The members of this family of transporters, SGLT-1 and SGLT-2, resemble the glucose transporters (GLUTs) responsible for facilitated diffusion in that they cross the cell membrane 12 times and have their -COOH and -NH+terminals on the cytoplasmic side of the membrane.
  • SLGT-1 is responsible for uptake of dietary glucose from the gut
  • SGLT-2 is responsible for glucose transport out of the renal tubule.
1037
Q

How do sodium and glucose get transported into the intestinal cells and into the interstitium and capillaries?

A
  • Because the intracellular N+ concentration is low in intestinal cells, Na+ moves into the cell along its concentration gradient.
  • Glucose moves with the Na+ and is released in the cell
  • The Na+ is transported into the lateral intercellular spaces
  • The glucose is transported by GLUT2 into the interstitium and thence the capillaries.
1038
Q

Glucose transport is an example of secondary active transport. Why? What is the outcome of this?

A
  • The energy for glucose transport is provided indirectly by the active transport of Na+ out of the cell.
  • This maintains the concentration gradient across the luminal border of the cell, so that more Na+ and consequently more glucose enter.
1039
Q

SGLT-1 transports galactose as well as glucose, but fructose utilises a different mechanism. What is this mechanism?

A
  • Its absorption is independent of Na+ or the transport of glucose and galactose
  • It is transported instead by facilitated diffusion from the intestinal lumen into the enterocytes by GLUT5 and out of the enterocytes into the interstitium by GLUT2.
  • Some fructose is converted to glucose in the mucosal cells
1040
Q

What is the effect of insulin on intestinal transport of sugars? Is this similar to the kidney?

A
  • Insulin has little effect on intestinal transport of sugars.
  • In this respect, intestinal absorption resembles glucose reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubules of the kidneys; neither process requires phosphorylation, and both are essentially normal in diabetes but are depressed by the drug phorizin
1041
Q

What is the maximum rate of glucose absorption per hour?

A

The maximal rate of glucose absorption from the intestine is about 120g/.hour

1042
Q

Protein digestion begins in the stomach. What happens there? Where are the proenzymes released? What activates them?

A
  • Pepsins cleave some of the peptide linkages
  • Pepsins are secreted in the form of inactive precursors (proenzymes) and activated in the GI tract.
  • The pepsin precursors are called pepsinogens and are activated by gastric acid
1043
Q

Human gastric mucosa contains a number of related pepsinogens, which can be divided into two immunohistochemically distinct groups. What are they? Where are they found?

A
  • Pepsinogen I and pepsinogen II
  • Pepsinogen I is found only in acid-secreting regions
  • Pepsinogen II is also found in the pyloric region
  • Maximal acid secretion correlated with pepsinogen I levels
1044
Q

What do pepsins do to proteins? When do they get inactivated?

A
  • Pepsins hydrolyse the bonds between aromatic amino acids such as phenylalanine or tyrosine and a second amino acid, so the products of peptic digestion are polypeptides of very diverse sizes.
  • Because pepsins have a pH optimum of 1.6-3.2, their action is terminated when the gastric contents are mixed with the alkaline pancreatic juice in the duodenum and jejunum.
  • The pH of intestinal contents in the duodenal bulb is 3.0-4.0, but rapidly rises, in the rest of the duodenum it is about 6.5
1045
Q

In the small intestine, the polypeptides formed by protein digestion in the stomach are further digested by the powerful proteolytic enzymes of the pancreas and intestinal mucosa. What are some of these enzymes? How do they work?

A
  • Trypsin, the chymotrypsins, and elastase act at interior peptide bones in the peptide molecules and are called endopeptidases
  • The formation of the active endopeptidases from their inactive precursors occurs only when they have reached their site of action, secondary to the action of the brush border hydrolase, enterokinase
  • Trypsinogen is converted to the active enzyme trypsin by enterokinase when the pancreatic juice enters the duodenum.
  • Trypsin converts chymotrypsinogens into chymotrypsins and other proenzymes into active enzymes.
  • Trypsin can also activate trypsinogen; therefore, once some trypsin is formed, there is an auto-catalytic chain reaction.
1046
Q

What stops enterokinase from being digested by the enzymes it creates?

A

It contains 41% polysaccharide, and this high polysaccharide content apparently prevents it from being digested itself before it can exert its effect

1047
Q

The endopepidases only break down the interior peptide bonds from the protein digested in the stomach. Where does the final digestion to amino acids occur?

A
  • The carboxypeptidases of the pancreas are exopeptidases that hydrolyse the amino acids at the carboxyl ends of the polypeptides.
  • Some free amino acids are liberated in the intestinal lumen, but others are liberated at the cell surface by the aminopeptidases, carboxypeptidases, endopeptidases, and dipeptidases in the brush border of the mucosal cells.
  • Some dipeptides and tripeptides are actively transported into the intestinal cells and hydrolysed by intracellular peptidases, with the amino acids entering the bloodstream.
  • Thus, the final digestion to amino acids occurs in three locations: the intestinal lumen, the brush border, and the cytoplasm of the mucosal cells.
1048
Q

At least seven different transport systems transport amino acids into enterocytes. What do these require?

A
  • Five of these require Na+ and cotransport amino acids and Na+ in a fashion similar to the cotransport of Na+ and glucose.
  • Two of these five also require Cl-
  • In two systems, transport is independent of Na+
1049
Q

How are the dipeptides and tripeptides transported into enterocytes? How are they transported out again?

A
  • By a system known as PepT1 (or peptide transporter 1) that requires H+ instead of Na+.
  • There is very little absorption of larger peptides.
  • In the enterocytes, amino acids released from the peptides by intracellular hydrolysis plus the amino acids absorbed from the intestinal lumen and brush border are transported out of the enterocytes along their basolateral borders by at least five transport systems.
  • From there, they enter the hepatic portal blood
1050
Q

Where in the intestine are amino acids absorbed?

A
  • Absorption of amino acids is rapid in the duodenum and jejunum.
  • There is a little absorption in the ileum in health, because the majority of the free amino acids have already been assimilated at that point
1051
Q

Where does most of the digested protein come from? How much doesn’t get absorbed in the small intestine? What happens to it?

A
  • Approximately 50% from ingested food
  • 25% from proteins in digestive juices
  • 25% from desquamated mucosal cells
  • Only 2-5% of the protein in the small intestine escapes digestion and absorption.
  • Some of this is eventually digested by bacterial action in the colon
  • Almost all of the protein in the stools is not of dietary origin but comes from bacteria and cellular debris.
1052
Q

In infants, moderate amounts of undigested proteins are also absorbed. Where from? How does it get absorbed?

A
  • The protein antibodies in maternal colostrum are largely secretory immunoglobulins (IgAs), the production of which is increased in the breast in late pregnancy
  • The cross the mammary epithelium by transcytosis and enter the circulation of the infant from the intestine, providing passive immunity against infections.
  • Absorption is by endocytosis and subsequent exocytosis
1053
Q

How can protein absorption explain food allergies?

A

Foreign proteins that enter the circulation provoke the formation of antibodies, and the antigen-antibody reaction occurring on subsequent entry of more of the same protein may cause allergic symptoms.

1054
Q

Where does absorption of protein antigens take place? How does it happen?

A
  • Absorption of protein antigens, particularly bacterial and viral proteins, takes place in large microfold cells or M cells, specialised intestinal epithelial cells that overlie aggregated of lymphoid tissue (Peyer patches).
  • These cells pass the antigens to the lymphoid cells, and lymphocytes are activated
  • The activated lymphoblasts enter the circulation, but they later return to the intestinal mucosa and other epithelia, where they secrete IgA in response to subsequent exposures to the same antigen.
  • This secretory immunity is an important defence mechanism
1055
Q

How are nucleic acids absorbed in the intestine?

A
  • Nucleic acids are split into nucleotides in the intestine by the pancreatic nucleases, and the nucleotides are split into the nucleosides and phosphoric acid by enzymes that appear to be located on the luminal surfaces of the mucosal cells.
  • The nucleosides are then split into their constituent sugars and purine and pyrimidine bases. The bases are absorbed by active transport.
  • Families of equilibrate (ie, passive) and concentrative (ie, secondary active) nucleoside transporters have recently been identified and are expressed on the apical membrane of enterocytes.
1056
Q

How does fat digestion start in the mouth and stomach?

A
  • A lingual lipase is secreted by Ebner glands on the dorsal surface of the tongue in some species, and the stomach also secretes a lipase.
  • They are of little quantitative significant for lipid digestion other than in the setting of pancreatic insufficiency, but they may generate free fatty acids that signal to most distal parts of the GI tract.
1057
Q

Most fat digestion begins in the duodenum, pancreatic lipase being one of the most important enzymes involved. What does it do?

A
  • This enzyme hydrolyses with 1- and 3- bonds of the triglycerides with relative ease but acts on the 2-bonds at a very low rate, sot eh principal products of its actions are free fatty acids and 2-monoglycerides.
  • It acts on fats that have been emulsified
  • Its activity is facilitated when an amphipathic helix that covers the active site like a lid is bent back.
1058
Q

How does colipase facilitate the activity of lipase? Where is it secreted and activated?

A
  • Colipase is secreted alongside lipase in the pancreatic juice, and when this molecule binds to the -COOH-terminal domain of the pancreatic lipase, opening of the lid is facilitated.
  • Colipase is secreted in an inactive proform and is activated in the intestinal lumen by trypsin.
  • Colipase is also critical for the action of lipase because it allows lipase to remain associated with droplets of dietary lipid even in the presence of bile acids
1059
Q

Another pancreatic lipase that is activated by bile acids has been characterised. How is cholesterol esterase different to pancreatic lipase?

A
  • Cholesterol esterase represents about 4% of the total protein in pancreatic juice
  • In adults, pancreatic lipase is 10-60 times more active, but unlike pancreatic lipase, cholesterol esterase catalyses the hydrolysis of cholesterol esters, esters of fat-soluble vitamins, and phospholipids, as well as triglycerides.
1060
Q

Fats are relatively insoluble, which limits their ability to cross the unstirred layer and reach the surface of the mucosal cells. What happens to help them reach the mucosal cells?

A
  • They are finely emulsified in the small intestine by the detergent action of bile acids, phosphatidylcholine, and monoglycerides.
  • When the concentration of bile acids in the intestine is high, as it is after contraction of the gallbladder, lipids and bile acids interact spontaneously to form micelles.
  • These cylindrical aggregates take up lipids, and although they lipid concentration varies, they generally contain fatty acids, monoglycerides, and cholesterol in their hydrophobic centres
  • Micellar formation further solubilises the lipids and provides a mechanism for their transport to the enterocytes.
  • Thus, the micelles move down their concentration gradient through the unstirred layer to the brush border of the mucosal cells. The lipids diffuse out of the micelles, and a saturated aqueous solution of the lipids is maintained in contact with the brush border of the mucosal cells
1061
Q

Pancreatectomised animals and patients with diseases that destroy the exocrine portion of the pancreas have fatty, bulky, clay-coloured stools (steatorrhea) because of the impaired digestion and absorption of fat. What causes this?

A
  • It is mostly due to lipase deficiency. However, acid inhibits the lipase, and the lack of alkaline secretion from the pancreas also contributes by lowering the pH of the intestine contents
  • In some cases, hypersecretion of gastric acid can cause steatorrhoea
  • Another cause is defective reabsorption of bile acids in teh distal ileum
1062
Q

By which mechanism are lipids absorbed?

A
  • Traditionally, lipids were thought to enter the enterocytes by passive diffusion, but some evidence now suggests that carriers are involved.
  • Inside the cells, the lipids are rapidly esterified, maintaining a favourable concentration gradient from the lumen into the cells.
  • There are also carriers that export certain lipids back into the lumen, thereby limiting their oral availability.
1063
Q

The fate of fatty acids in enterocytes depends on their size. How?

A
  • Fatty acids containing less than 10-12 carbon atoms are water-soluble enough that they pass through the enterocyte unmodified and are actively transported into the portal blood. They circulate as free (unesterified) fatty acids.
  • The fatty acids containing more than 10-12 carbon atoms are too insoluble for this. They are re-esterified to triglycerides in the enterocytes.
  • In addition, some of the absorbed cholesterol is esterified. The triglycerides and cholesterol esters are then coated with a layer of protein, cholesterol and phospholipid to form chylomicrons. These leave the cell and enter the lymphatics, because they are too large to pass through the junctions between capillary endothelial cells.
1064
Q

How do the larger fatty acids get esterified in the mucosal cells of the intestine?

A
  • Most of the triglyceride is formed by the acylation of the absorbed 2-monoglycerides, primarily in the smooth endoplasmic reticulum.
  • However, some of the triglyceride is formed from glycerophosphate, which in turn is a product of glucose catabolism. Glycerophosphate is also converted into glycerophospholipids that participate in chylomicron formation.
  • The acylation of glycerophosphate and the formation of lipoproteins occur in the rough endoplasmic reticulum
  • Carbohydrate moieties are added to the proteins in the Golgi apparatus, and the finished chylomicrons are extruded by exocytosis from the basolateral aspect of the cell
1065
Q

Where is fat ingested in the intestine?

A
  • Absorption of long-chain fatty acids is greatest in the upper parts of the small intestine, but appreciable amounts are also absorbed in the ileum
  • On a moderate fat intake, 95% or more of the ingested fat is absorbed.
1066
Q

What are short-chain fatty acids in the colon?

A
  • Short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs) that are produced in the colon and absorbed from it
  • They are weak acids that have a normal concentration of about 80mmol/L in the lumen
  • About 60% of this total is acetate, 25% propionate, and 5% butyrate
  • They are formed by the action of colonic bacteria on complex carbohydrates, resistant starches and other components of the dietary fiber, that is, the material that escapes digestion in the upper GI tract and enters the colon.
1067
Q

What are short-chain fatty acids in the colon important?

A
  • Absorbed SCFAs are metabolised and make a significant contribution to the total caloric intake
  • In addition, they exert a trophic effect on the colonic epithelial cells; combat inflammation; and are absorbed in part by exchange for H+; helping maintain acid-base equilibrium.
1068
Q

What are vitamins?

A

Vitamins are defined as small molecules that play vital roles in bodily biochemical reactions, and which must be obtained from the diet because they cannot be synthesised endogenously

1069
Q

Which are the fat soluble vitamins? What are some of their properties?

A
  • The fat soluble vitamins A, D, E and K are ingested as esters and must be digested by cholesterol esterase prior to absorption
  • These vitamins are also highly insoluble in the gut, and their absorption is therefore entirely dependent on their incorporation into micelles.
  • Their absorption is deficient if aft absorption is depressed because of lack of pancreatic enzymes or if bile is excluded from the intestine by obstruction of the bile duct.
1070
Q

Where are most vitamins absorbed? Which one isn’t?

A

Most vitamins are absorbed in the upper small intestine, but vitamin B12 is absorbed in the ileum

1071
Q

How is vitamin B12 absorbed?

A

This vitamin binds to intrinsic factor, a protein secreted by the parietal cell of the stomach, and the complex is absorbed across the ileal mucosa

1072
Q

Which water soluble vitamins are Na+ independent?

A

Vitamin B12 absorption and folate absorption at Na+ independent, but all seven of the remaining water-soluble vitamins (thiamin, riboflavin, niacin, pyridoxine, pantothenate, biotin, and ascorbic acid - are absorbed by carriers that are Na+ cotransporters

1073
Q

How are the total body iron stores regulated?

A
  • In adults the amount of iron lost from the body is relatively small.
  • The losses are generally unregulated, and total body stores of iron are regulated by changes in the rate at which it is absorbed from the intestine
1074
Q

What is the average daily intake and loss of iron?

A
  • Men lose about 0.6mg/day, largely in the stools
  • Premenopausal women have a variable, larger loss averaging about twice this value because of the additional iron lost during menstruation
  • The average daily iron intake in the US and Europe is about 20mg, but the amount absorbed is equal only to the losses.
  • Thus the amount of iron absorbed is normally about 3-6% of the amount ingested
1075
Q

What form is most of the iron in the diet and what form is the form that is absorbed? How does this get transformed?

A
  • Most of the iron in the diet is in the Ferric (Fe3+) form, whereas it is the ferrous (Fe2+) form that is absorbed
  • Fe3+ reductase activity is associated with the iron transporter in the brush borders of the enterocytes.
  • Gastric secretions dissolve the iron and permit it to form soluble complexes with ascorbic acid and other substances that aid its reduction to the Fe2+ form.
1076
Q

Almost all iron absorption occurs in the duodenum. How does it happen?

A
  • Transport of Fe2+ into the enterocytes occurs via divalent metal transporter 1 (DMT1)
  • Some is stored in ferritin, and the remainder is transported out of the enterocytes by a basolateral transporter names ferroportin 1
  • A protein called hephaestin (Hp) is associated with ferroportin 1. It is not a transporter itself, but it facilitates basolateral transport.
1077
Q

How is iron transported in the plasma?

A
  • In the plasma, Fe2+ is covered to Fe3+ and bound to the iron transport protein transferrin
  • This protein has two iron-binding sites.
  • Normally, transferrin is about 35% saturated with iron, and the normal plasma iron level is about 130 μg/dL (23 μmol/L) in men and 110 μg/dL (19 μmol/L) in women.
1078
Q

How is heme related to iron absorption?

A
  • Heme binds to an apical transport protein in enterocytes and is carried into the cytoplasm
  • In the cytoplasm, HO-2, a subtype of heme oxygenase, removes Fe2+ from the porphyrin and adds it to the intracellular Fe2+ pool
1079
Q

70% of the iron in the body is in Hb, 3% is in myoglobin and the rest is in ferritin. where is ferritin? What are ferritin aggregates called?

A
  • Ferritin is present not only in enterocytes, but also in many other cells
  • Ferritin molecules in lysosomal membranes may aggregate in deposits that contain as much as 50% iron. These deposits are called hemosiderin
1080
Q

Intestinal absorption of iron is regulated by three factors. What are they?

A
  • Recent dietary intake of iron
  • The state of iron stores in the body
  • The state of erythropoiesis in the bone marrow
1081
Q

The intake of nutrients is under complex control involving signals from both the periphery and the central nervous system. Many of the hormones and other gators that are released coincident with a meal are also involved in the regulation of feeding behaviour. What are some examples of this?

A
  • CCK either produced by I cells in the intestine, or released by nerve endings in the brain, inhibits further food intake and thus is defined as satiety factor
  • Leptin and ghrelin are peripheral factors that act reciprocally on food intake. Both activate their receptors in the hypothalamus that initiate signalling cascades leading to changes in food intake.
1082
Q

Where is leptin produced? How is it linked with adipocytes? What does it do?

A
  • Leptin is produced by adipose tissue, and signals the status of the fat stores therein
  • As adipocytes increase in size, they release greater quantities of leptin and this tends to decrease food intake, in part by increasing the expression of other anorexigenic factors in the hypothalamus such as pro-opiomelanocortin (POMC), cocaine- and amphetamine-regulated transcript (CART), neurotensin, and corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH).
  • Leptin also stimulates the metabolic rate
1083
Q

Where is ghrelin produced? What is its role in regulating food intake?

A
  • It is produced mainly by the stomach, as well as other tissues such as the pancreas and adrenal glands in responses to changes in nutritional status - circulating ghrelin levels increase preprandially, then decrease after a meal
  • It is believed to be involved primary in meal initiation, unlike the longer-term effects of leptin.
  • It increases synthesis and/or release of central orexin, including neuropeptide Y and cannabinoids, and suppresses the ability to stimulate anorexigenic factors
  • Loss of the activity of ghrelin may account in part for the effectiveness of gastric bypass procedures for obesity
  • Its secretion may also be inhibited by leptin, underscoring the reciprocity of these hormones
1084
Q

What is catabolism vs anabolism?

A
  • In the body, oxidation is not a one-step, semi explosive reaction but a complex, slow, stepwise process called catabolism, which liberates energy in small, usable amount
  • Energy can be stored in the body in the form of special energy-rich phosphate compounds and in the form of proteins, fats and complex carbohydrates synthesised from simpler molecules. Formation of these substances by processes that take up rather than livery energy is called anabolism
1085
Q

What makes up the energy output of the body?

A

Energy output = external work + energy storage + heat

1086
Q

The amount of energy liberated per unit time is the metabolic rate. What is the equation for this? What is the peak efficiency for isotonic muscle contractions to perform work?

A
  • Isotonic muscle contractions perform work at a peak efficiency approximating 50%
  • Essentially all of the energy of isometric contractions appears as heat, because little or no external work is done
1087
Q

With this equation, what makes up the heat?

A
  • Essentially all of the energy of isometric contractions appear as heat, because little or no external work is done.
  • Energy is stored by forming energy-rich compounds
  • The amount of energy storage varies, but in fasting individuals it is zero or negative
  • Therefore, in an adult individual who has not eaten recently and who is not moving (or growing, reproducing, or lactating), all of the energy output appears as heat
1088
Q

What is a calorie?

A

The standard unit of heat energy is the calorie, defined as the amount of heat energy necessary to raise the temperature of 1g of water 1°, from 15 to 16°C.

1089
Q

What is the respiratory quotient and the respiratory exchange ratio? What is the difference? What is RQ for carbs, protein and fat?

A
  • The respiratory quotient (RQ) is the ratio in the steady state of the volume of CO2 produced by the volume of O2 consumed per unit time
  • The respiratory exchange ratio (R) is the ratio of CO2 to O2 at any given time whether or not equilibrium has been reached
  • R is affected by factors other than embolism.
  • The RQ of carbohydrate is 1.00, and that of fat is about 0.70. This is because H and O are present in carbohydrate in the same proportions as in water, whereas in various fats, extra O2 is necessary for the formation of H2O. The RQ of protein has an average of 0.82
1090
Q

How does the respiratory quotient and the respiratory exchange ratio change in various conditions?

A
  • During hyperventilation, R rises because CO2 is being blown off
  • During strenuous exercise, R may reach 2.00 because CO2 is being blown off and lactic acid from anaerobic glycolysis is being converted to CO2
  • After exercise, R may fall for a while to 0.50 or less
  • In metabolic acidosis, R rises because respiratory compensation for the acidosis causes the amount of CO2 expired to rise
  • In severe acidosis, R may be greater than 1.00
  • In metabolic alkalosis, F falls
1091
Q

What are some factors that affect the metabolic rate?

A
  • Muscular exertion during or just before measurement
  • Recent ingestion of food
  • High or low environmental temperature
  • Height, weight, and surface area
  • Sex
  • Age
  • Growth
  • Reproduction
  • Lactation
  • Emotional state
  • Body temperature
  • Circulating levels of thyroid hormones
  • Circulating epinephrine and norepinephrine levels
1092
Q

Recently ingested foods also increase the metabolic rate because of their specific dynamic action. What is this?

A
  • The SDA of a food is the obligatory energy expenditure that occurs during its assimilation into the body
  • It takes 30kcal to assimilate the amount of protein sufficiency to raise the metabolic rate 100kcl; 6kcal to assimilate a similar amount of carbohydrate and 5 kcal to assimilate a similar amount of fat.
1093
Q

How does environmental temperature affect metabolic rate?

A
  • The curve relating the metabolic rate to the environmental temperature is U-shaped.
  • When the environmental temperature is lower than body temperature, heat-producing mechanisms such as shivering are activated and the metabolic rate rises.
  • When the temperature is high enough to raise the body temperature, metabolic processes generally accelerate, and the metabolic rate rises about 14% for each degree Celsius of elevation
1094
Q

What is the basal metabolic rate and the maximum metabolic rate?

A
  • The metabolic rate determined at rest in a room at a comfortable temperature in the thermoneutral zone 12-14hours after the last meal is called the basal metabolic rate. The falls about 10% during sleep and up to 40% during prolonged starvation
  • The rate during normal daytime activities is higher than the BMR because of muscular activity and food intake. The maximum metabolic rate reached during exercise is often said to be 10 times the BMR, but trained athletes can increase their metabolic rate as much as 20-fold.
1095
Q

What is the BMR of an average size male?

A

About 2000kcal/day

1096
Q

What vitamins are bound to things in the circulation? What are they bound to?

A
  • Vitamin A and vitamin D are bound to transfer proteins in the circulation
  • The α-tocopherol form of vitamin E is normally bound to chylomicrons. In the liver, it is transferred to VLDLs and distributed to tissues by an α-tocopherol transfer protein
1097
Q

What is peristalsis? What triggers it? How fast does it move?

A
  • Peristalsis is a reflex response that is initiated when the gut wall is stretched by the contents of the lumen, and it occurs in all parts of the GI tract from the oesophagus to the rectum
  • The stretch initiates a circular contraction behind the stimulus and an area of relaxation in front of it
  • The wave of contraction then moves in an oral-to-caudal direction, propelling the contents of the lumen forward at rates that vary from 2-25cm/s.
1098
Q

What can alter peristaltic activity?

A

Peristaltic activity can be increased or decreased by the autonomic input to the gut, but its occurrence is independent of extrinsic innervation

1099
Q

Peristalsis is an excellent example of the integrated activity of the enteric nervous system. What neurons are involved in it?

A
  • It appears that local stretch releases serotonin, which activated sensory neurons that activate the myenteric plexus
  • Cholinergic neurons passing in a retrograde direction in this plexus activate neurons that release substance P and acetylcholine, causing smooth muscle contraction behind the bolus
  • At the same time, cholinergic neurons passing in an anterograde direction activate neurons that secrete NO and vasoactive intestinal polypeptide (VIP), producing the relaxation ahead of the stimulus.
1100
Q

How long is the “pharynx, oesophagus and stomach”, duodenum, ‘jejunum and ileum’ and colon?

A
  • Pharynx, oesophagus and stomach - 65cm
  • Duodenum - 25cm
  • Jejunum and ileum - 260cm
  • Colon 100cm
1101
Q

When the meal is present in the intestinal tract, the enteric nervous system promotes a motility pattern that is related to peristalsis but is designed to retard the movement of the intestinal contents along to length of the intestinal tract to provide time for digestion and absorption. What is this called?How does it happen?

A
  • This motility pattern is known as segmentation, and it provides ample mixing of the intestinal contents (known as chyme) with the digestive juices
  • A segment of bowel contracts at both ends, and then a second contraction occurs in the centre of the segment to force the chyme both backward and forward.
  • Unlike peristalsis, therefore, retrograde movement of the chyme occurs routinely in the setting of segmentation.
  • This mixing pattern persists for as long as nutrients remain in the lumen to be absorbed.
1102
Q

Except in the oesophagus and proximal portion of the sotomach, the smooth muscle of the GI tract has spontaneous rhythmic fluctuations in membrane potential. What values does it fluctuate between? What cells cause it and how?

A
  • The membrane potential fluctuates between about -65mV and -45mV
  • This basis of electrical rhythm (BER) is initiated by the interstitial cells of Cajal, stellate mesenchymal pacemaker cells with smooth muscle-like features that send long multiply branched processes into the intestinal smooth muscle.
  • In the stomach and the small intestine, these cells are located in the outer circular muscle layer near the myenteric plexus
  • In the colon, they are at the submucosal border of the circular muscle layer
  • In the stomach and small intestine, there is a descending gradient in pacemaker frequency, and as in the heart, the pacemaker with the highest frequency usually dominates
1103
Q

The basic electrical rhythm in the GI tract itself rarely causes muscle contraction. What does? How? What neurotransmitters affect it?

A
  • Spike potentials superimposed on the most depolarising portions of the BER waves to increase muscle tension
  • The depolarising portion of each spike is due to Ca2+ influx and the repolarising portion is due to K+ efflux.
  • Acetylcholine increases the number of spikes and the tension of the smooth muscle
  • Adrenaline decreases the number of spikes and the tension
1104
Q

What is the rate of the basic electrical rhythm in the stomach, duodenum, distal ileum and colon?

A
  • 4/min in the stomach
  • 12/min in the duodenum
  • 8/min in the distal ileum
  • 2/min at the cecum
  • 6/min at the sigmoid
1105
Q

What is the function of the basic electrical rhythm in the GI tract? When does it become irregular?

A
  • The function of the BER is to coordinate peristaltic and other motor activity, such as setting the rhythm of segmentation; contractions can occur only during the depolarising of the waves
  • After vagotomy or transection of the stomach wall, peristalsis in the stomach becomes irregular and chaotic
1106
Q

During fasting between periods of digestion, the pattern of electrical and moor activity in the GI smooth muscle becomes modified. How? What are the phases? How quickly do they move?

A
  • Cycles of motor activity migrate from the stomach to the distal ileum.
  • Each cycle, or migrating motor complex (MMC), starts with a quiescent period (phase I), continues with a period of irregular electrical and mechanical activity (phase II), and ends with a burst of regular activity (phase III)
  • The contractions migrate aborally at the rate of about 5cm/min, and also occur at intervals of approximately 100 minutes.
1107
Q

What triggers the migrating motor complexes in the GI tract? How does the level of this change? What else is secreted with the MMCs?

A
  • The MMCs are initiated by motilin.
  • The circulation level of this hormone increases at intervals of approximately 100 min in the interdigestive state, coordinated with the contractile pashes of the MMC
  • Gastric secretion, bile flow, and pancreatic secretion increase during each MMC.
  • They likely serve to clear the stomach and small intestine of luminal contents in preparation for the next meal
1108
Q

What happens to the migrating motor complexes in the GI tract and the level of motilin when a meal is ingested?

A
  • Secretion of motilin is suppressed and the MMC is abolished, until digestion and absorption are complete.
  • Instad, there is a return to peristalsis and the other forms of basic electrical rhythm and spike potentials during this time.
1109
Q

What happens during mastication?

A
  • Chewing (mastication) breaks up large food particles and mixes the food with the secretions of the salivary glands.
  • This wetting and homogenising action aids swallowing and subsequent digestion.
  • Large food particles can be digested, but they cause strong and often painful contractions of the oesophageal musculature
  • Particles that are small tend to disperse in the absence of saliva and also make swallowing difficult because they do not form a bolus.
  • The number of chews that is optimal depends on the food, but usually ranges from 20 to 25.
1110
Q

What nerves cause swallowing?

A
  • Swallowing (deglutition) is a reflex response that is triggered by afferent impulses in the trigeminal, glossopharyngeal, and vagus nerves
  • These impulses are integrated in the nucleus of the tractus solitarious and the nucleus ambiguus
  • The efferent fibers pass to the pharyngeal musculature and the tongue via the trigeminal, facial and hypoglossal nerves.
1111
Q

What is the physical process of swallowing?

A
  • Swallowing is initiated by the voluntary action of collecting the oral contents on the tongue and propelling them backward into the pharynx.
  • This starts a wave of involuntary contraction in the pharyngeal muscles that pushes the material into the oesophagus
  • Inhibition of respiration and glottic closure are part of the reflux response.
  • A peristalsis ring contraction of the oesophageal muscle forms behind the material, which is then swept down the oesophagus at a speed of approximately 4cm/s.
  • When humans are in an upright position, liquids, and semisolid foods generally fall by gravity to the lower oesophagus ahead of the peristaltic wave. However, if any food remains in the oesophagus, it is cleared by a second wave of peristalsis.
1112
Q

What is the action of the lower oesophageal sphincter? When is it active?

A
  • Unlike the rest of the oesophagus, the musculature of the gastroesophageal junction (lower oesophageal sphincter) is tonically active but relaxes on swallowing
  • The tonic activity of the sphincter between meals prevents reflux of gastric contents into the oesophagus.
1113
Q

The lower oesophageal sphincter is made up of three components. What are they?

A
  • The oesophageal smooth muscle is more prominent at the junction with the stomach (intrinsic sphincter).
  • Fibers of the crural portion at the diaphragm, a skeletal muscle, surround the oesophagus at this point (extrinsic sphincter) and exert a pinchcock-like action on the oesophagus.
  • In addition, the oblique or sling fibers of the stomach wall create a flap valve that helps close off the oesophagogastric junction and prevent regurgitation when intragastric pressure rises
1114
Q

What is the neural control of the lower oesophageal sphincter?

A
  • Release of acetylcholine from vagal endings causes the intrinsic sphincter to contract, and the release of nitric oxide and VIP from interneurons innervated by other vagal fibers causes it to relax.
  • Contraction of the crural portion of the diaphragm, which is innervated but the phrenic nerves, is coordinated with respiration and contractions of chest and abdominal muscles.
  • Thus, the intrinsic and extrinsic sphincters operate together to permit orderly flow of food into the stomach and to prevent reflux of gastric contents into the oesophagus
1115
Q

What is aerophagia? What happens to the air? How does it cause flatulence?

A
  • Some air in unavoidably swallowed in the process of eating and drinking (aerophagia)
  • Some of the swallowed air is regurgitated (belching), and some of the gases it contains are absorbed, but much of it passes on to the colon
  • Here, some of the oxygen is absorbed, and hydrogen, hydrogen sulphide, carbon dioxide, and methane formed by the colonic bacteria from carbohydrates and other substrates are added to it
  • It is then expelled as flatus. The smell is largely due to sulphides.
1116
Q

What is the volume of gas normally found in the human GI tract? How much is normally produced?

A
  • The volume of gas normally found in the human GI tract is about 200mL, and the daily production is 500-1500mL
1117
Q

What is receptive relaxation in the stomach? What happens after that?

A
  • When food enters the stomach, the fundus and upper portion of the body relax and accommodate the food with little if any increase in pressure (receptive relaxation)
  • Peristalsis then begins in the, lower portion of the body, mixing and grinding the food and permitting small, semiliquid portions of it to pass through the pylorus and enter the duodenum
1118
Q

What mediates receptive relaxation?

A
  • Receptive relaxation is, in part, vaguely mediated and triggered by movement of pharynx and oesophagus
  • Intrinsic reflexes also lead to relaxation as the stomach wall is stretched
  • Peristaltic waves controlled by the gastric BER begin soon thereafter and sweep toward the pylorus
1119
Q

What is antral systole? How long does it last for? How often does it last?

A
  • The contraction of the distal stomach caused by each wave is sometimes called antral systole and can last up to 10 seconds.
  • Waves occur 3-4 times per minute.
1120
Q

The rate at which the stomach empties into the duodenum depends on the type of food ingested. How? What else does it depend on?

A
  • Food rich in carbohydrate leaves the stomach in a few hours. Protein-rich food leaves more slowly, and emptying is slowest after a meal containing fat
  • The rate of emptying also depends on the osmotic pressure of the material entering the duodenum. Hyperosmolality of the duodenal contents is sensed by “duodenal osmoreceptors” that initiate a decrease in gastric emptying, which is probably neural in origin.
1121
Q

Vomiting is an example of central regulation of gut motility functions. How does it happen?

A
  • Vomiting starts with salivation and the sensation of nausea
  • Reverse peristalsis empties material from the upper part of the small intestine into the stomach
  • The glottis closes, preventing aspiration of vomitus into the trachea. The breath is held in mid inspiration
  • The muscles of the abdominal wall contract, and because the chest is held in a fixed position, the contraction increases intra-abdominal pressure.
  • The lower oesophageal sphincter and the oesophagus relax, and the gastric contents are ejected
1122
Q

Where is the vomiting centre?

A

The “vomiting center” in the reticular formation of the medulla consists of scattered groups of neurons in this region that control the different components of the vomiting acts

1123
Q

Irritation of the mucosa of the upper GI tract is one trigger for vomiting. How does it trigger it? What are some other central causes of vomiting?

A
  • Impulses are relayed from the mucosa to the medulla over visceral afferent pathways in the sympathetic nerves and vagi.
  • Other causes of vomiting can arise centrally. For example, afferents from the vestibular nuclei mediate the nausea and vomiting of motion sickness.
  • Other afferents presumably reach the vomiting control areas from the diencephalon and limbic system, because emetic responses to emotionally charged stimuli also occur
1124
Q

Chemoreceptor cells in the medulla can also initiate vomiting when they are stimulated by certain circulating chemical agents. How?

A
  • The chemoreceptor trigger zone in which these cells are located is in the area postrema, a V-shaped band of tissue on the lateral walls of the fourth ventricle near the obex
  • This structure is one of the circumventricular organs and is not protected by the blood brain barrier.
  • Lesions of the area postrema have little effect on the vomiting response to GI irritation or motion sickness, but abolish the vomiting that follows injection of morphine and a number of other emetic drugs.
1125
Q

How does serotonin cause vomiting?

A
  • Serotonin released from enterochromaffin cells in teh small intestine appears to vitiate impulses via 5-HT3 receptors that trigger vomiting.
  • In addition, there are dopamine D2 receptors and 5-HT3 receptors in the area postrema and adjacent nucleus of the solitary tract
  • 5-HT3 antagonists such as ondansetron and D2 antagonists such as chlorpromazine and haloperidol are effect antiemetic agents
1126
Q

There are three types of smooth muscle contractions in the small intestine. What are they?

A
  • Peristalsis propels the intestinal contents (chyme) towards the large intestines
  • Segmentation contractions, move the chyme to and fro and increase its exposure to the mucosal surfaces. There contracts are initiated by focal increases in Ca2+ influx with waves of Ca2+ concentration spreading from each focus.
  • Tonic contractions are relatively prolonged contractions that in effect isolate one segment of the intestine from another.
1127
Q

The colon serves as a reservoir for the residues of meals that cannot be digested or absorbed. How does the motility of the colon reflect this? How much fluid is removed?

A
  • Motility in this segment is slowed to allow the colon to absorb water, Na+, and other minerals
  • By removing about 90% of the fluid, it converts the 1000-2000mL of isotonic chyme that enters it each day from the ileum to about 200-250mL of semisolid faeces.
1128
Q

What is the function of the ileocecal valve? How does it do this?

A
  • The ileum is linked to the colon by the ileocecal valve, which restricts reflux of colonic contents, and particularly the large numbers of commensal bacteria, into the relatively sterile ileum.
  • The portion of the ileum containing the valve projects slight into the cecum, so that increases in colonic pressure squeeze it shut, whereas increases in ileal pressure open it.
1129
Q

When does the ileocecal valves open and close?

A
  • It is normally closed
  • Each time a peristaltic wave reaches it, it opens briefly, permitting some of the ileal chyme to squirt into the cecum
  • When food leaves the stomach, the cecum relaxes and the passage of chyme through the ileocecal valves increases (gastroileal reflex).
1130
Q

The movements of the colon include segmentation contractions and peristaltic waves like those occurring in the small intestine. What is a third type of contraction that occurs only in the colon? How does it happen?

A
  • The mass action contraction, occurring about 10 times per day, in which there is simultaneous contraction of the smooth muscle over large confluent areas.
  • These contractions move material from one portion of the colon to another. They also move material into the rectum, and rectal distension initiates the defecation reflex.
1131
Q

What is the transit time in the colon?

A
  • The first part of a test meal reaches the cecum in about 4 hours in most individuals, and all the undigested portions have entered the colon in 8 or 9 hours.
  • On average, the first remnants of the meal traverse the first third of the colon in 6 hours, the second third in 9 hours, and reach the terminal part of the colon (the sigmoid colon) in 12 hours.
  • From the sigmoid colon to the anus, transport is much slower.
1132
Q

Distension of the rectum with faces initiates reflex contractions of its musculature and the desire to defecate. How do these reflexes take place?

A
  • In humans, the sympathetic nerve supply to the internal (involuntary) the sphincter is excitatory, whereas the parasympathetic supply is inhibitory. This sphincter relaxes when the rectum is distended.
  • The nerve supply to the external anal sphnicter, a skeletal muscle, comes from the pudendal nerve. The sphincter is maintained in a state of tonic contraction, and moderate distension of the rectum increases the force of its contraction.
1133
Q

At what pressures does the urge to defecate occur and the reflux expulsion of the contents of the rectum occur?

A
  • The urge to defecate first occurs when rectal pressure increases to about 18 mmHg
  • When this pressure reached 55mmHg, the external as well as the internal sphincter relaxes and there is reflex expulsion of the contents of the rectum
  • This is why reflux evacuation of the rectum can occur even in the setting of spinal injury
1134
Q

Before the pressure that relaxes the external anal sphincter is reached, voluntary defecation can be initiated by straining. How does this take place?

A
  • Normally, the angle between the anus and the rectum is approximately 90°, and this plus contraction of the puborectalis muscle inhibits defecation.
  • With straining, the abdominal muscles contract, the pelvic floor is lowered 1-3cm, and the puborectalis muscle relaxes. The anorectal angle is reduced to 15° or less.
  • This is combined with relaxation of the external anal sphincter and defecation occurs
  • Defecation is therefore a spinal reflex that can be voluntarily inhibited by keeping the external sphincter contracted or facilitated by relaxing the sphincter and contracting the abdominal muscles
1135
Q

What is the gastrocolic reflex?

A
  • Distension of the stomach by food initiates contractions of the rectum and, frequently, a desire to defecate
  • The response is called the gastrocolic reflex, and may be amplified by an action of gastrin on the colon.
  • Because of the response defecation after meals is the rule in children.
  • In adults, habit and cultural factors play a large role in determining when defecation occurs
1136
Q

An important function of the liver is to serve as a filter between the blood coming from the GI tract and the blood in the rest of the body. How does it do that?

A
  • Blood from the intestines and other viscera reach the liver via the portal vein. This blood percolates in sinusoids between plates of hepatic cells and eventually drains into the hepatic veins, which enter the inferior vena cava
  • During its passage through the hepatic plates, it is extensively modified chemically. Bile is formed on the other side at each plate. The bile passes to the intestine via the hepatic duct
1137
Q

How does the structure of each hepatic lobule aid in its role?

A
  • In each hepatic lobule, the plates of hepatic cells are usually only one cell thick.
  • Large gaps occur between the endothelial cells, and the plasma is in intimate contact with the cells.
  • Hepatic artery blood also enters the sinusoids.
1138
Q

What is the average transit time for blood across the liver lobule?

A

The average transit time for blood across the liver lobule from the portal venal to the central hepatic vein is about 8.4 seconds.

1139
Q

Where are Kupffer cells in the hepatocytes?

A

Numerous macrophages (Kupffer cells) are anchored to the endothelium of the sinusoids and project into the lumen

1140
Q

Each liver cell is also opposite to several bile canaliculi. How do these drain?

A
  • The canaliculi drain into intralobular bile ducts, and these coalesce via interlobular bile ducts to form the right and left hepatic ducts.
  • These ducts join outside the liver to form the common hepatic duct.
  • The cystic duct drains the gallbladder.
  • The hepatic duct unites with the cystic duct to form the common bile duct.
1141
Q

How does the common bile duct join the duodenum?

A
  • The common bile duct enters the duodenum at the duodenal papilla.
  • Its orifice is surrounded by the sphincter of Oddi, and it usually unites with the main pancreatic duct just before entering the duodenum
  • The sphincter is usually closed, but when the gastric contents enter the duodenum, cholecystokinin (CCK) is released and the GI hormone relaxes the sphincter and makes the gallbladder contract.
1142
Q

What makes up the walls to the extrahepatic biliary ducts and the gallbladder?

A
  • The walls of the extrahepatic ducts and the gallbladder contain fibrous tissue and smooth muscle. They are lined by a layer of columnar cells with scattered mucous glands.
  • In the gallbladder, the surface is extensively folded; this increases its surface area and gives the interior of the gallbladder a honeycombed appearance
  • The cystic duct is also folded to form the so-called spiral valves. This arrangement is believed to increase the turbulence of bile as it flows out of the gallbladder, thereby reducing the risk that it will precipitate and form gallstones.
1143
Q

The functional unit of the liver is the acinus. What is the set-up of this and the oxygenation of it?

A
  • Each acinus is at the end of the vascular stalk, containing terminal branches of portal veins, hepatic arteries, and bile ducts.
  • Blood flows from the centre of this functional unit to the terminal branches of the hepatic veins at the periphery.
  • The central portion of the acinus, zone 1, is well oxygenated. The intermediate zone (zone 2) is moderately well oxygenated. The peripheral zone (zone 3) is least well oxygenated and most susceptible to anoxic injury.
  • The hepatic veins drain into the inferior vena cava.
1144
Q

What is the mean pressure or the portal venous pressure, hepatic venous pressure and the hepatic artery?

A
  • Portal venous pressure is normally about 10mmHg
  • Hepatic venous pressure is approximately 5mmHg.
  • The mean pressure in the hepatic artery branches that converge on the sinusoids is about 90mmHg
  • The pressure in the sinusoids is lower than the portal venous pressure, so a marked pressure drop occurs along the hepatic arterioles.
1145
Q

A marked pressure drop occurs along the hepatic arterioles. Why is this pressure drop adjusted? How does it happen?

A
  • This pressure drop is adjusted so that there is an inverse relationship between hepatic arterial and portal venous blood flow.
  • This inverse relationship may be maintained in part by the rate at which adenosine is removed from the region around the arterioles.
  • Adenosine is produced by metabolism at a constant rate. When portal flow is reduced, it is wash away more slowly, and the local accumulation of adenosine dilates the terminal arterioles.
1146
Q

In the period between meals, many of the hepatic sinusoids are collapsed. How does this change following a meal? How does this cause ascites?

A
  • When portal flow to the liver from the intestine increases considerably, these “reserve” sinusoids are recruited.
  • This arrangement means that portal pressures do not increase linearly with portal flow until all sinusoids have been recruited.
  • This may be important to prevent fluid loss from the highly permeable liver under normal conditions.
  • If hepatic pressure are increased in disease states (cirrhosis), many litres of fluid can accumulate in the peritoneal cavity as ascites
1147
Q

The intrahepatic portal vein radicles have smooth muscle in their walls. What is this innervated by?

A
  • It is innervated by noradrenergic vasoconstrictor nerve fibers reaching the liver via the 3rd to 11th thoracic ventral roots and the splanchnic nerves
  • The vasoconstrictor innervation of the hepatic artery comes from the hepatic sympathetic plexus
  • No known vasodilator fibers reach the liver
1148
Q

How does the portal vein react to a rise and fall in systemic venous pressure?

A
  • When systemic venous pressure rises, the portal vein radicles are dilated passively and the amount of blood in the liver increases.
  • In heart failure, the hepatic venous congestion may be extreme
  • Conversely, when diffuse noradrenergic discharge occurs in response to a drop in systemic blood pressure, the intrahepatic portal radicles constrict, portal pressure rises, and blood flow through the liver is brisk, bypassing most of the organ.
  • Most of the blood in the liver enters the systemic circulation. Constriction of the hepatic arterioles diverts blood from the liver, and constriction of the mesenteric arterioles reduced portal inflow. In severe shock, hepatic blood flow may be reduced to such a degree that patchy necrosis of the liver takes place.
1149
Q

What are the principal functions of the liver?

A

Formation and secretion of bile
Nutrient and vitamin metabolism
Glucose and other sugars
Amino acids
Lipids (fatty acids, cholesterol, lipoproteins)
Fat-soluble vitamins
Water-soluble vitamins
Inactivation of various substances
Toxins, steroids, other hormones
Synthesis of plasma proteins
Acute-phase proteins
Albumin
Clotting factors
Steroid-binding and other hormone-binding proteins
Immunity
Kupffer cells

1150
Q

Most of the bilirubin in the body is formed in the tissues by the break down of haemoglobin. How does this happen?

A
  • The bilirubin is bound to albumin in the circulation. Most of it is tightly bound, but some of it can dissociate in the liver, and free bilirubin enters liver cells via a member of the organic anion transporting polypeptide (OATP) family, and then becomes bound to cytoplasmic proteins
  • It is next conjugated to glucuronic acid in a reaction catalysed by the enzyme glucuronyl transferase. This enzyme is located primarily in the smooth endoplasmic reticulum.
  • Each bilirubin molecule reacts with two uridine diphosphoglucuronic acid molecules to form bilirubin diglucuronide.
  • This glucuronide, which is more water-soluble than the free bilirubin, is then transported against a concentration gradient most likely by an active transporter known as multi drug resistance protein-2 (MRP-2) into the bile canaliculi.
  • A small amount of the bilirubin glucuronide escapes into the blood, where it is found less tightly to albumin that is free bilirubin, and is excreted in the urine.
  • Thus, the total plasma bilirubin normally includes free bilirubin plus a small amount of conjugated bilirubin. Most of the bilirubin glucuronide passes via the bile ducts to the intestine.
1151
Q

The intestinal mucosa is relatively impermeable to conjugated bilirubin but is permeable to unconjugated bilirubin and to urobilinogens, a series of colourless derivates of bilirubin formed by the action of bacteria in the intestine. What are the consequences of this?

A
  • Some of the bile pigments and urobilinogens are reabsorbed in the portal circulation.
  • Some of the reabsorbed substances are again excreted by the liver (via the enterohepatic circulation), but small amounts of urobilinogens enter the general circulation and are excreted in the urine
1152
Q

When free or conjugated bilirubin accumulates in the blood, the skin, scleras, and mucous membranes turn yellow. The yellowness is known as jaundice and is usually detectable when the total plasma bilirubin is greater than 2mg/dL (34 μmol/L). What causes hyperbilirubinaemia?

A

1) Excess production of bilirubin (haemolytic anaemia)
2) Decreased uptake of bilirubin into hepatic cells
3) Disturbed intracellular protein binding or conjugation
4) Disturbed secretion of conjugated bilirubin into the bile canaliculi
5) Intrahepatic or extrahepatic bile duct obstruction

When it is due to 1) - 3), the free bilirubin rises.
When it is due to 4) and 5), bilirubin glucuronide regurgitates into the blood, and it is predominantly the conjugated bilirubin in the plasma that is elevated.

1153
Q

The glucuronyl transferase system in the smooth endoplasmic reticulum catalyses the formation of the glucuronides of a variety of substances in addition to bilirubin. What are some of these? Why is this important?

A
  • The list includes steroids and various drugs
  • These other compounds can compete with bilirubin for the enzyme system when they are present in appreciable amounts.
  • In addition, several barbiturates, antihistamines, anticonvulsants, and other compounds caused marked proliferation of the smooth endoplasmic reticulum in the hepatic cells, with a concurrent increase in hepatic glucuronyl transferase activity
  • Phenobarbital has been used successfully for the treatment of a congenital disease in which there is a relative deficiency of glucuronyl transferase
1154
Q

Why is the liver critical for ammonia handling in the body? Why is this important?

A
  • Ammonia levels must be carefully controlled because it is toxic to the CNS, and freely permeable across the blood-brain barrier.
  • The liver is the only organ in which the complete urea cycle (also known as the Krebs-Henseleit cycle) is expressed.
  • This converts circulating ammonia to urea, which can then be excreted in the urine
1155
Q

What is the life story of ammonia?

A
  • Ammonia in the circulation comes primarily from the colon and kidneys with lesser amounts deriving from the breakdown of red blood cells and from metabolism in the muscles.
  • As it passes through the liver, almost all of the ammonia in the circulation is cleared into the hepatocytes.
  • There, it is converted in the mitochondria to carbamoyl phosphate, which in turn reacts with ornithine to generate citrulline
  • A series of subsequent cytoplasm reactions eventually produce arginine, and this can be hydrated to urea and ornithine.
  • The latter returns to the mitochondria to begin another cycle, and urea, as a small molecule, diffuses readily back out into the sinusoidal blood.
  • It is then filtered in the kidneys and lost from the body in the urine
1156
Q

Bile contains substances that are actively secreted into it across the canalicular membrane. What are some examples of these and how are they transported? Which is most important?

A
  • Bile acids, phosphatidylcholine, conjugated bilirubin, cholesterol, and xenobiotics.
  • Each of these enters the bile by means of a specific canalicular transporter.
  • It is the active secretion of bile acids, however, that is believed to be the primary driving force for the initial formation of canalicular bile.
  • Because they are osmotically active, the canalicular bile is transiently hypertonic
  • However the tight junctions that join adjacent hepatocytes are relatively permeable and thus a number of additional substances passively enter the bile from the plasma by diffusion. These substances include water, glucose, calcium, glutathione, amino acids, and urea.
1157
Q

Phosphatidylcholine that enters the bile forms mixed micelles with the bile acids and cholesterol. How can this form gallstones?

A
  • The ratio of bile acids:phosphatidylcholine:cholesterol in canalicular bile is approximately 10:3:1.
  • Deviations from this ratio may cause cholesterol to precipitate, leading to one type of gallstones
1158
Q

The bile is transferred to progressively larger bile ductules and ducts in the liver, where it undergoes modification of its composition. What are these changes? How does it happen? How does the structure of the liver help this?

A
  • The bile ductules are lined by cholangiocytes, specialised columnar epithelial cells.
  • Their tight junctions are less permeable than those of the hepatocytes, although they remain freely permeable to water and thus bile remains isotonic
  • The ductules scavenge plasma constituents, such as glucose and amino acids, and return them to the circulation by active transport.
  • Glutathione is also hydrolysed to its constituent amino acids by an enzyme, GGT, expressed on the apical membrane of the cholangiocytes
  • Removal of glucose and amino acids is likely important to prevent bacterial overgrowth, particularly during gallbladder storage.
  • The ductules also secrete bicarbonate in response to secretin in the postprandial period, as well as IgA and mucus for protection.
1159
Q

How does the hepatic bile duct compare to the gallbladder bile in regards to percentage of solids, bile acid concentration and pH?

A

Hepatic bile duct - 2-4% solids; 10-20mmol/L bile acids; pH 7.8-8.6
Gallbladder bile - 10-12% solids; 5-200mmol/L bile acids; 7.0-7.4pH

1160
Q

I normal individuals, bile flows into the gallbladder when the sphincter of Oddi is closed (the period in between meals). How does the absorption of water change? What does this to do the concentration of solids?

A
  • In the gallbladder, the bile is concentrated by absorption of water.
  • The degree of this concentration is shown by the increase in concentration of solids; hepatic bile is 97% water, whereas the average water content of gallbladder bike is 89% water.
1161
Q

How does the tonicity and pH of bile change from the hepatic duct to the gallbladder and why?

A
  • Because the bile acids are a micellar solution, when the bile is concentrations, the micelles simply become larger, and since osmolarity is a colligative property, bile remains isotonic
  • However, bile become less alkaline as sodium ions are exchanged for protons (although the overall concentration of sodium ions rises with a concomitant loss of chloride and bicarbonate as the bile is concentrated).
1162
Q

When food enters the mouth, the resistance of the sphincter of Oddi decreases under both neural and hormonal influences. What are these?

A
  • Fatty acids and amino acids in the duodenum release CCK, which causes gallbladder contraction
  • The production of bile increased by stimulation of the vagus nerves and by the hormone secretin, which increases the water and bicarb content of bile.
  • Substances that increase the secretion of bile as known as choleretics. Bile acids themselves are among the most important physiologic choleretics
1163
Q

What is the anatomy of the thyroid?

A
  • The two lobes of the human thyroid are
    connected by a bridge of tissue, the thyroid isthmus, and there is sometimes a pyramidal lobe arising from the isthmus in front of the larynx.
  • The gland is well vascularized, and the thyroid has one of the highest rates of blood flow per gram of tissue of any organ in the body.
1164
Q

What is the anatomy of the thyroid parenchyma? What does each part do? How does it change when the gland is active and inactive?

A
  • The portion of the thyroid concerned with the production of thyroid hormone consists of multiple acini (follicles).
  • Each spherical follicle is surrounded by a single layer of polarized epithelial cells and filled with pink-staining proteinaceous material called colloid. Colloid consists predominantly of the glycoprotein, thyroglobulin.
  • When the gland is inactive, the colloid is abundant, the follicles are large, and the cells lining them are flat.
  • When the gland is active, the follicles are small,
    the cells are cuboid or columnar, and areas where the colloid is being actively reabsorbed into the thyrocytes are visible as “reabsorption lacunae”
1165
Q

What is the cellular microanatomy of the thyroid gland?

A
  • Microvilli project into the colloid from the apexes of the thyroid cells and canaliculi extend into them.
  • The endoplasmic reticulum is prominent, a feature common to most glandular cells, and secretory granules containing thyroglobulin are seen.
  • The individual thyroid cells rest on a basal lamina that separates them from the adjacent capillaries.
  • The capillaries are fenestrated, like those of other endocrine glands
1166
Q

What are the hormones secreted by the thyroid?

A
  • The primary hormone secreted by the thyroid is thyroxine (T4), along with much lesser amounts of triiodothyronine (T3).
  • T3 has much greater biologic activity than T4 and is specifically generated at its site of action in peripheral tissues by deiodination of T4
1167
Q

Dietary iodide is absorbed by the intestine and enters the circulation. How much is needed and what happens to it then?

A
  • The minimum daily iodine intake that will maintain normal thyroid function is 150 μg in adults.
  • The principal organs that take up circulating I- are the thyroid, which uses it to make thyroid
    hormones, and the kidneys, which excrete it in the urine.
  • About 120 μg/day enter the thyroid at normal rates of thyroid hormone synthesis and secretion.
  • The thyroid secretes 80 μg/day in the form of T3 and T4, while 40 μg/day diffuses back into the extracellular fluid (ECF).
  • Circulating T3 and T4 are metabolized in
    the liver and other tissues, with the release of a further 60 μg of I per day into the ECF.
  • Some thyroid hormone derivatives are excreted in the bile, and some of the iodine in them is reabsorbed (enterohepatic circulation), but there is a net loss of I in the stool of approximately 20 μg/day.
  • The total amount of I entering the ECF is thus 500 + 40 + 60, or 600 μg/day; 20% of this I enters the thyroid, whereas 80% is excreted in the urine.
1168
Q

How is iodide transported into the thyrocytes?

A
  • The basolateral membranes of thyrocytes facing the capillaries contain a symporter that transports two Na+ ions and one I ion into the cell with each cycle, against the electrochemical gradient for I.
  • This Na+/I– symporter (NIS) is capable of producing intracellular I concentrations that are 20–40 times as great as the concentration in plasma.
  • The process involved is secondary active transport, with the energy provided by active transport of Na+ out of thyroid cells by Na, K ATPase.
  • NIS is regulated both by transcriptional means and by active trafficking into and out of the thyrocyte basolateral membrane; in particular, thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) induces both NIS expression and the retention of NIS in the basolateral membrane, where it can mediate sustained iodide uptake.
1169
Q

How does iodide exit the thyrocytes?

A
  • Iodide must also exit the thyrocyte across the apical membrane to access the colloid, where the initial steps of thyroid hormone synthesis occur.
  • This transport step is believed to be mediated, at least in part, by a Cl–/I– exchanger known as pendrin.
  • This protein was first identified as the product of the gene responsible for the Pendred syndrome, which causes thyroid dysfunction and deafness.
  • Pendrin (SLC26A4) is one member of the larger family of SLC26 anion exchangers.
1170
Q

How is iodide used to form thyroid hormones and what molecule is used to do it?

A
  • At the interface between the thyrocyte and the colloid, iodide undergoes a process referred to as organification.
  • First, it is oxidized to iodine, and then incorporated into the carbon 3 position of tyrosine residues that are part of the thyroglobulin molecule in the colloid.
  • Thyroglobulin is synthesized in the thyroid cells and secreted into the colloid by exocytosis of granules.
  • The oxidation and reaction of iodide with the secreted thyroglobulin is mediated by thyroid peroxidase, a membrane-bound enzyme found in the thyrocyte apical membrane.
  • The thyroid hormones so produced remain part of the thyroglobulin molecule until needed.
1171
Q

Colloid represents a reservoir of thyroid hormones, and
humans can ingest a diet completely devoid of iodide for up to 2 months before a decline in circulating thyroid hormone levels is seen. What happens when the hormone is required?

A
  • When there is a need for thyroid hormone secretion, colloid is internalized by the thyrocytes by endocytosis, and directed toward lysosomal degradation.
  • Thus, the peptide bonds of thyroglobulin are hydrolyzed, and free T4 and T3 are discharged into cytosol and thence to the capillaries.
1172
Q

Thyrocytes thus have four functions. What are they?

A
  • They collect and transport iodine
  • They synthesize thyroglobulin and secrete it into the colloid
  • They fix iodine to the thyroglobulin to generate thyroid hormones
  • They remove the thyroid hormones from thyroglobulin and secrete them into the circulation.
1173
Q

How much of each thyroid hormone is made per day?

A
  • Most of the T3 and RT3 are formed from T4 deiodination in the tissues and only small amounts are secreted by the thyroid.
  • T4 is also conjugated for subsequent excretion from the body.
1174
Q

What is the difference between free T3/T4 and total T3/T4? What is the function of the protein binding?

A
  • T4 and T3 are relatively lipophilic; thus, their free forms in plasma are in equilibrium with a much larger pool of protein-bound thyroid hormones in plasma and in tissues.
  • Free thyroid hormones are added to the circulating pool by the thyroid.
  • It is the free thyroid hormones in plasma that are physiologically active and that feed back to inhibit pituitary secretion of TSH.
  • The function of protein-binding appears to be the maintenance of a large pool of hormone that can readily be mobilized as needed.
  • In addition, at least for T3, hormone binding prevents excess uptake by the first cells encountered and promotes uniform tissue distribution.
1175
Q

What are the plasma proteins that bind to thyroid hormones?

A
  • The plasma proteins that bind thyroid hormones are
    albumin, a prealbumin called transthyretin (formerly called thyroxine-binding prealbumin), and a globulin known as thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG).
  • Of the three proteins, albumin has the largest capacity to bind T4 (ie, it can bind the most T4 before becoming saturated) and TBG has the smallest capacity.
  • However, the affinities of the proteins for T4 (ie, the avidity with which they bind T4 under physiologic conditions) are such that most of the circulating T4 is bound to TBG, with over a third of the binding sites on the protein occupied.
  • Smaller amounts of T4 are bound to transthyretin and albumin.
  • The half-life of transthyretin is 2 days, that of TBG is 5 days, and that of albumin is 13 days.
1176
Q

How much T4 is normally protein bound? What is its half-life?

A
  • Normally, 99.98% of the T4 in plasma is bound; the free T4 level is only about 2 ng/dL. There is very little T4 in the urine.
  • Its biologic half-life is long (about 6–7 days), and its volume of distribution is less than that of ECF (10 L, or about 15% of body weight).
  • All of these properties are characteristic of a
    substance that is strongly bound to protein.
1177
Q

How much T3 is normally protein bound? What is its half-life?

A
  • T3 is not bound to quite as great an extent; of the
    0.15 μg/dL normally found in plasma, 0.2% (0.3 ng/dL) is
    free.
  • The remaining 99.8% is protein-bound, 46% to TBG and most of the remainder to albumin, with very little binding to transthyretin.
  • The lesser binding of T3 correlates with the facts that T3 has a shorter half-life than T4 and that its action on the tissues is much more rapid.
  • RT3 also binds to TBG.
1178
Q

Where are thyroid hormones metabolised? Why?

A
  • T4 and T3 are deiodinated in the liver, the kidneys, and many other tissues.
  • These deiodination reactions serve not only to catabolize the hormones, but also to provide a local supply specifically of T3, which is believed to be the primary mediator of the physiologic effects of thyroid secretion.
  • One third of the circulating T4 is normally converted to T3 in adult humans, and 45% is converted to RT3.
  • Only about 13% of the circulating T3 is secreted by the thyroid while 87% is formed by deiodination of T4; similarly, only 5% of the circulating RT3 is secreted by the thyroid and 95% is formed by deiodination of T4.
  • It should be noted as well that marked differences in the ratio of T3 to T4 occur in various tissues. Two tissues that have very high T3/T4 ratios are the pituitary and the cerebral cortex, due to the expression of specific deiodinases
1179
Q

Three different deiodinases act on thyroid hormones. What are they? Where are they? and what do they do?

A
  • D1, D2, and D3.
  • All are unique in that they contain the rare amino acid selenocysteine, with selenium in place of sulfur, which is essential for their enzymatic activity.
  • D1 is present in high concentrations in the liver, kidneys, thyroid, and pituitary. It appears primarily to be responsible for maintaining the formation of T3 from T4 in the periphery.
  • D2 is present in the brain, pituitary, and brown fat. It also contributes to the formation of T3.
  • D3 is also present in the brain and in reproductive tissues.
  • Overall, the deiodinases appear to be responsible for maintaining differences in T3/T4 ratios in the various tissues in the body.
1180
Q

Thyroid function is regulated primarily by variations in the circulating level of pituitary TSH. How?

A
  • TSH secretion is increased by the hypothalamic hormone TRH and inhibited in a negative feedback manner by circulating free T4 and T3.
  • The effect of T4 is enhanced by production of T3 in the cytoplasm of the pituitary cells by the 5′-D2 they contain.
  • TSH secretion is also inhibited by stress, and in
    experimental animals it is increased by cold and decreased by warmth.
1181
Q

When the pituitary is removed, thyroid function is depressed and the gland atrophies; when TSH is administered, thyroid function is stimulated. How quickly do the steps take place?

A
  • Within a few minutes after the injection of TSH, there are increases in iodide binding, synthesis of T3, T4, and iodotyrosines, secretion of thyroglobulin into the colloid, and endocytosis of colloid.
  • Iodide trapping is increased in a few hours; blood flow increases;
  • With long-term TSH treatment, the cells hypertrophy and the weight of the gland increases.
1182
Q

What are the effects of thyroid hormones?

A
  • Some of the widespread effects of thyroid hormones in the body are secondary to stimulation of O2 consumption (calorigenic action)
  • Affect growth and development in mammals
  • Help regulate lipid metabolism, and increase the absorption of carbohydrates from the intestine
  • They also increase the dissociation of oxygen from hemoglobin by increasing red cell 2,3-diphosphoglycerate (DPG)
1183
Q

What is the mechanism of action of thyroid hormones?

A
  • Thyroid hormones enter cells and T3 binds to TR in the nuclei. T4 can also bind, but not as avidly.
  • The hormone–receptor complex then binds to DNA via zinc fingers and increases (or in some cases, decreases) the expression of a variety of different genes that code for proteins that regulate cell function.
  • Thus, the nuclear receptors for thyroid hormones are members of the superfamily of hormone-sensitive nuclear transcription factors.
1184
Q

Is T3 or T4 more potent? Why?

A

In most of its actions, T3 acts more rapidly and is three to five times more potent than T4. This is because T3 is less tightly bound to plasma proteins than is T4, but binds more avidly to thyroid hormone receptors.

1185
Q

Which organs do thyroid hormones increase the catabolic action of? How quickly?

A
  • T4 and T3 increase the O2 consumption of almost all metabolically active tissues.
  • The exceptions are the adult brain, testes, uterus, lymph nodes, spleen, and anterior pituitary.
  • T4 actually depresses the O2 consumption of the anterior pituitary, presumably because it inhibits TSH secretion.
  • The increase in metabolic rate produced by a single dose of T4 becomes measurable after a latent period of several hours and lasts 6 days or more.
1186
Q

The adrenal medulla, which constitutes 28% of the mass of the adrenal gland, is made up of interlacing cords of densely innervated granule-containing cells that abut on venous sinuses. Two cell types can be distinguished morphologically. What are they and which one is there more of?

A
  • An epinephrine-secreting type that has larger, less dense granules
  • A norepinephrine-secreting type in which smaller, very dense granules fail to fill the vesicles in which they are contained.
  • In humans, 90% of the cells are the epinephrine-secreting type and 10% are the norepinephrine-secreting type.
1187
Q

How are noradrenaline and adrenaline formed?

A
  • Norepinephrine is formed by
    hydroxylation and decarboxylation of tyrosine
  • Epinephrine is formed by methylation of norepinephrine.
  • Phenylethanolamine-N-methyltransferase (PNMT), the enzyme that catalyzes the formation of epinephrine from norepinephrine, is found in appreciable quantities only in the brain and the adrenal medulla.
  • Adrenal medullary PNMT is induced by glucocorticoids. Although relatively large amounts are required, the glucocorticoid concentration is high in the blood draining from the cortex to the medulla.
1188
Q

The catecholamines have a half-life of about 2 min in the circulation. How are they metabolised and eliminated?

A
  • For the most part, they are methoxylated and then
    oxidized to 3-methoxy-4-hydroxymandelic acid (vanillylmandelic acid [VMA]).
  • About 50% of the secreted
    catecholamines appear in the urine as free or conjugated metanephrine and normetanephrine, and 35% as VMA.
  • Only small amounts of free norepinephrine and epinephrine are excreted.
  • In normal humans, about 30 μg of norepinephrine, 6 μg of epinephrine, and 700 μg of VMA are excreted per day.
1189
Q

What are the effects of noradrenalin and adrenalin?

A

In addition to mimicking the effects of noradrenergic nervous discharge, norepinephrine and epinephrine exert metabolic effects that include glycogenolysis in liver and skeletal muscle, mobilization of free fatty acids (FFA), increased plasma lactate, and stimulation of the metabolic rate.

1190
Q

What is the action of ACTH?

A
  • ACTH binds to high-affinity receptors on the plasma membrane of adrenocortical cells.
  • This activates adenylyl cyclase via Gs.
  • The resulting reactions lead to a prompt increase in the formation of pregnenolone and its derivatives, with secretion of the latter.
  • Over longer periods, ACTH also increases the synthesis of the P450s involved in the synthesis of glucocorticoids.
1191
Q

Three hormones are primarily concerned with the regulation of calcium homeostasis. What are they?

A
  • Parathyroid hormone (PTH) is secreted
    by the parathyroid glands. Its main action is to mobilize
    calcium from bone and increase urinary phosphate excretion.
  • 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol is a steroid hormone formed from vitamin D by successive hydroxylations in the liver and kidneys. Its primary action is to increase calcium absorption
    from the intestine.
  • Calcitonin, a calcium-lowering hormone that
    in mammals is secreted primarily by cells in the thyroid gland, inhibits bone resorption.
1192
Q

What are the severe complications of hypocalcaemia?

A
  • It is the free, ionized calcium (Ca2+) in the body fluids that is a vital second messenger and is necessary for blood coagulation, muscle contraction, and nerve function.
  • A decrease in extracellular Ca2+ exerts a net excitatory effect on nerve and muscle cells in vivo.
  • The result is hypocalcemic tetany, which is characterized by extensive spasms of skeletal muscle,
    involving especially the muscles of the extremities and the larynx.
  • Laryngospasm can become so severe that the airway is obstructed and fatal asphyxia is produced.
  • Ca2+ also plays an important role in blood clotting, but in vivo, fatal tetany would occur before compromising the clotting reaction.
1193
Q

How does the pH affect calcium levels?

A
  • Symptoms of tetany appear at higher total calcium levels if the patient hyperventilates, thereby increasing plasma pH.
  • Plasma proteins are more ionized when the pH is high, providing more protein anions to bind with Ca2+
1194
Q

The calcium in bone is of two types. What are they and how are they regulated?

A
  • A readily exchangeable reservoir and a much larger pool of stable calcium that is only slowly exchangeable. * Two independent but interacting homeostatic systems affect the calcium in bone.
  • One is the system that regulates plasma Ca2+, providing for the movement of about 500 mmol of Ca2+ per day into and out of the readily exchangeable pool in the bone.
  • The other system involves bone remodeling by the constant interplay of bone resorption and deposition.
  • However, the Ca2+ interchange between plasma and this stable pool of bone calcium is only about 7.5 mmol/d.
1195
Q

How is calcium absorbed?

A
  • Ca2+ is transported across the brush border of intestinal epithelial cells via channels known as transient receptor potential vanilloid type 6 (TRPV6) and binds to an intracellular protein known as calbindin-D9k.
  • Calbindin-D9k sequesters the absorbed calcium so that it does not disturb epithelial signaling processes that involve calcium.
  • The absorbed Ca2+ is thereby delivered to the basolateral membrane of the epithelial cell, from where it can be transported into the bloodstream by either a Na+/Ca2+ exchanger (NCX1) or a Ca2+-dependent ATPase.
  • The overall transport process is regulated by 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. As Ca2+ uptake rises, moreover, 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol levels fall in response to increased plasma Ca2+
1196
Q

How is calcium excreted?

A
  • Plasma Ca2+ is filtered in the kidneys, but 98–99% of the filtered Ca2+ is reabsorbed.
  • About 60% of the reabsorption occurs in the proximal tubules and the remainder in the ascending limb of the loop of Henle and the distal tubule.
  • Distal tubular reabsorption depends on the TRPV5 channel, which is related to TRPV6 discussed previously, and whose expression is regulated by PTH.
1197
Q

How is phosphate controlled by the kidney?

A
  • PI in the plasma is filtered in the glomeruli, and 85–90% of the filtered PI is reabsorbed.
  • Active transport in the proximal tubule accounts for most of the reabsorption and involves two related sodium-dependent PI cotransporters, NaPi-IIa and NaPi-IIc.
  • NaPi-IIa is powerfully inhibited by PTH, which causes its internalization and degradation and thus a reduction in renal Pi reabsorption
1198
Q

The active transport of Ca2+ and PO4
3- from the intestine is increased by a metabolite of vitamin D. How does the body receive vitamin D?

A
  • Vitamin D3, which is also called cholecalciferol, is produced in the skin of mammals from 7-dehydrocholesterol by the action of sunlight.
  • The reaction involves the rapid formation of previtamin D3, which is then converted more slowly to vitamin D3.
  • Vitamin D3 and its hydroxylated derivatives are transported in the plasma bound to a globulin, vitamin D-binding protein (DBP).
  • Vitamin D3 is also ingested in the diet.
1199
Q

How is vitamin D metabolised?

A
  • Vitamin D3 is metabolized by enzymes that are members of the cytochrome P450 (CYP) superfamily.
  • In the liver, vitamin D3 is converted to 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (calcidiol, 25-OHD3).
  • The 25-hydroxycholecalciferol is converted in the cells of the proximal tubules of the kidneys to the more active metabolite 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, which is also called calcitriol or 1,25-(OH)2D3.
  • 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol is also made in the placenta, in keratinocytes in the skin, and in macrophages.
  • The normal plasma level of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol is about 30 ng/mL, and that of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol is about 0.03 ng/mL (approximately 100 pmol/L).
  • The less active metabolite 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol is also formed in the kidneys.
1200
Q

How does vitamin D exert its effect on calcium?

A
  • 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol stimulates the expression of a number of gene products involved in Ca2+ transport and handling via its receptor, which acts as a transcriptional regulator in its ligand-bound form.
  • One group is the family of calbindin-D proteins. These are members of the troponin C superfamily of Ca2+-binding proteins that also includes calmodulin.
  • 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol also increases the number of Ca2+–ATPase and TRPV6 molecules in the intestinal cells, and thus, the overall capacity for absorption of dietary calcium.
  • 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol facilitates Ca2+ reabsorption in the kidneys via increased TRPV5 expression in the proximal tubules, increases the synthetic activity of osteoblasts, and is necessary for normal calcification of matrix.
  • The stimulation of osteoblasts brings about a secondary increase in the activity of osteoclasts
1201
Q

The formation of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol does not appear to be stringently regulated. However, the formation of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in the kidneys, which is catalyzed by the renal 1α-hydroxylase, is regulated in a feedback manner by plasma Ca2+ and PO43+. How does this happen?

A
  • When the plasma Ca2+ level is high, little 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol is produced, and the kidneys produce the relatively inactive metabolite 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol instead.
  • This effect of Ca2+ on production of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol is the mechanism that brings about adaptation of Ca2+ absorption from the intestine.
  • Conversely, expression of 1α-hydroxylase is stimulated by PTH, and when the plasma Ca2+ level is low, PTH secretion is increased.
  • The production of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol is also increased by low plasma PO43– levels and inhibited by high plasma PO4
    3– levels, by a direct inhibitory effect of PO43– on the 1α-hydroxylase.
  • Additional control of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol formation results from a direct negative feedback effect of the metabolite on 1α-hydroxylase, a positive feedback action on the formation of 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, and a direct action on the parathyroid gland to inhibit PTH expression.
1202
Q

What are the different cell types in the parathyroid gland? What do they do?

A
  • The abundant chief cells, which contain a prominent Golgi apparatus plus endoplasmic reticulum and secretory granules, synthesize and secrete PTH.
  • The less abundant and larger oxyphil cells contain oxyphil granules and large numbers of mitochondria in their cytoplasm.
1203
Q

What is the normal level of PTH? What is its half-life? How is it inactivated?

A
  • The normal plasma level of intact PTH is 10–55 pg/mL.
  • The half-life of PTH is approximately 10 min, and the secreted polypeptide is rapidly cleaved by the Kupffer cells in the liver into fragments that are probably biologically inactive.
  • PTH and these fragments are then cleared by the kidneys.
1204
Q

What are the actions of PTH?

A
  • PTH acts directly on bone to increase bone resorption and mobilize Ca2+.
  • In addition to increasing plasma Ca2+, PTH increases phosphate excretion in the urine and thereby depresses plasma phosphate levels.
  • This phosphaturic action is due to a decrease in reabsorption of phosphate via effects on NaPi-IIa in the proximal tubules.
  • PTH also increases reabsorption of Ca<sup2+</sup> in the distal tubules, although Ca2+ excretion in the urine is often increased in hyperparathyroidism because the increase in the load of filtered calcium overwhelms the effect on reabsorption.
  • PTH also increases the formation of
    1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, and this increases Ca2+ absorption from the intestine.
  • On a longer time scale, PTH stimulates both osteoblasts and osteoclasts.
1205
Q

What is pseudohypoparathyroidism?

A
  • The signs and symptoms of hypoparathyroidism develop but the circulating level of PTH is normal or even elevated.
  • Because tissues fail to respond to the hormone, this is a receptor disease.
  • There are two forms. In the more common form, a congenital 50% reduction of the activity of Gs occurs and PTH fails to produce a normal increase in cAMP concentration. In a different, less common form, the cAMP response is normal but the phosphaturic action of the hormone is defective.
1206
Q

How is the PTH secretion regulated?

A
  • Circulating Ca2+ acts directly on the parathyroid glands in a negative feedback manner to regulate the secretion of PTH.
  • The key to this regulation is a cell membrane Ca2+ sensing receptor, CaSR. Activation of this G-protein–coupled receptor in the parathyroid inhibits PTH secretion.
  • In this way, when the plasma Ca2+ level is high, PTH secretion is inhibited and Ca2+ is deposited in the bones. When it is low, secretion is increased and Ca2+ is mobilized from the bones.
  • 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol acts directly on the parathyroid glands to decrease preproPTH mRNA.
  • Increased plasma phosphate stimulates PTH secretion by lowering plasma levels of free Ca2+ and inhibiting the formation of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol.
1207
Q

Where is calcitonin produced?

A

In mammals, calcitonin is produced by the parafollicular cells of the thyroid gland, which are also known as the clear or C cells.

1208
Q

What stimulates the release of calcitonin?

A
  • Its secretion is increased when the thyroid gland is exposed to a plasma calcium level of approximately 9.5 mg/dL.
  • Above this level, plasma calcitonin is directly proportional to plasma calcium.
  • β-Adrenergic agonists, dopamine, and oestrogens also stimulate calcitonin secretion. Gastrin, cholecystokinin (CCK), glucagon, and secretin have also been reported to stimulate calcitonin secretion, with gastrin being the most potent stimulus
1209
Q

What is the action of calcitonin?

A
  • Receptors for calcitonin are found in bones and the kidneys.
  • Calcitonin lowers circulating calcium and phosphate levels.
  • It exerts its calcium-lowering effect by inhibiting bone resorption. This action is direct, and calcitonin inhibits the activity of osteoclasts in vitro.
  • It also increases Ca2+ excretion in the urine.
1210
Q

Calcium metabolism is affected by various hormones in addition to 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, PTH, and calcitonin. What are some of these?

A
  • Glucocorticoids lower plasma Ca2+ levels by inhibiting osteoclast formation and activity, but over long periods they cause osteoporosis by decreasing bone formation and increasing bone resorption. They decrease bone formation by inhibiting protein synthesis in osteoblasts. They also decrease the absorption of Ca2+ and PO43– from the intestine and increase the renal excretion of these ions. The decrease in plasma Ca2+ concentration also increases the secretion of PTH, and bone resorption is facilitated.
  • Growth hormone increases Ca2+ excretion in the urine, but it also increases intestinal absorption of Ca2+ and this effect may be greater than the effect on excretion, with a resultant positive calcium balance.
  • Thyroid hormones may cause hypercalcemia, hypercalciuria, and, in some instances, osteoporosis
  • Oestrogens prevent osteoporosis by inhibiting the stimulatory effects of certain cytokines on
    osteoclasts.
  • Insulin increases bone formation, and there is significant bone loss in untreated diabetes.
1211
Q

What are the naturally occurring oestrogens? Where are they secreted?

A
  • The naturally occurring estrogens are 17β-estradiol, estrone, and estriol.
  • They are secreted primarily by the granulosa cells of the ovarian follicles, the corpus luteum, and the placenta.
1212
Q

At least four polypeptides with regulatory activity are
secreted by the islets of Langerhans in the pancreas. What are they and what do they do?

A
  • Two of these, insulin and glucagon, are hormones and have important functions in the regulation of the intermediary metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats.
  • The third polypeptide, somatostatin, plays a role in the regulation of islet cell secretion
  • The fourth, pancreatic polypeptide, is probably concerned primarily with the regulation of ion
    transport in the intestine.
  • Glucagon, somatostatin, and possibly pancreatic polypeptide are also secreted by cells in the mucosa of the gastrointestinal tract.
1213
Q

How are insulin and glucagon linked?

A
  • Insulin is anabolic, increasing the storage of glucose,
    fatty acids, and amino acids.
  • Glucagon is catabolic, mobilizing glucose, fatty acids, and the amino acids from stores into the bloodstream.
  • The two hormones are thus reciprocal in their overall action and are reciprocally secreted in most circumstances.
  • Insulin excess causes hypoglycemia, which leads to convulsions and coma. Insulin deficiency, either absolute or relative, causes diabetes mellitus (chronic
    elevated blood glucose), a complex and debilitating disease that if untreated is eventually fatal.
  • Glucagon deficiency can cause hypoglycemia, and glucagon excess makes diabetes worse.
  • Excess pancreatic production of somatostatin causes
    hyperglycemia and other manifestations of diabetes.
1214
Q

The cells in the islets can be divided into types on the
basis of their staining properties and morphology. Humans have at least four distinct cell types: A, B, D, and F cells. What do they secrete? Where are they within the pancreas?

A
  • The A cells secrete glucagon, the B cells secrete insulin, the D cells secrete somatostatin, and the F cells secrete pancreatic polypeptide.
  • The B cells, which are the most common and account for 60–75% of the cells in the islets, are generally located in the center of each islet.
  • They tend to be surrounded by the A cells, which make up 20% of the total, and the less common D and F cells.
  • The islets in the tail, the body, and the anterior and superior part of the head of the human pancreas have many A cells and few if any F cells in the outer rim, whereas the islets in the posterior part of the head of the pancreas have a relatively large number of F cells and few A cells.
1215
Q

Where is insulin secreted?

A
  • Insulin is synthesized in the rough endoplasmic reticulum of the B cells.
  • It is then transported to the Golgi apparatus, where it is packaged into membrane-bound granules.
  • These granules move to the plasma membrane by a process involving microtubules, and their contents are expelled by exocytosis.
  • The insulin then crosses the basal lamina of the B cell and a neighboring capillary and the fenestrated endothelium of the capillary to reach the bloodstream.
1216
Q

How is insulin produced?

A
  • Like other polypeptide hormones and related proteins
    that enter the endoplasmic reticulum, insulin is synthesized as part of a larger preprohormone
  • Preproinsulin originates from the endoplasmic reticulum.
  • The remainder of the molecule is then folded, and the disulfide bonds are formed to make proinsulin.
  • The peptide segment connecting the A and B chains, the connecting peptide (C peptide), facilitates the folding and then is detached in the granules before secretion.
  • Two proteases are involved in processing the proinsulin.
  • Normally, 90–97% of the product released from the B cells is insulin along with equimolar amounts of C peptide. The rest is mostly proinsulin.
  • C peptide can be measured by radioimmunoassay, and its level in blood provides an index of B cell function in patients receiving exogenous insulin.
1217
Q

What is insulin-like activity and what does it?

A
  • Plasma contains a number of substances with insulin-like activity in addition to insulin. The activity that is not suppressed by anti-insulin antibodies has been called non-suppressible insulin-like activity (NSILA).
  • Most, if not all, of this activity persists after pancreatectomy and is due to the insulin-like growth factors IGF-I and IGF-II.
  • These IGFs are polypeptides. Small amounts are free in the plasma (low-molecular-weight fraction), but large amounts are bound to proteins (high-molecular-weight fraction).
1218
Q

How is insulin metabolised? What is its half-life?

A
  • The half-life of insulin in the circulation in humans is about 5 min.
  • Insulin binds to insulin receptors, and some is internalized.
  • It is destroyed by proteases in the endosomes formed by the endocytotic process.
1219
Q

What are the rapid, intermediate and delayed actions of insulin?

A

Rapid
Increased transport of glucose, amino acids, and K+ into insulin-sensitive cells
Intermediate
Stimulation of protein synthesis
Inhibition of protein degradation
Activation of glycolytic enzymes and glycogen synthase
Inhibition of phosphorylase and gluconeogenic enzymes
Delayed
Increase in mRNAs for lipogenic and other enzymes

1220
Q

What are the actions of insulin in different tissues?

A

Adipose tissue
Increased glucose entry, fatty acid synthesis, glycerol phosphate synthesis, triglyceride deposition, K+ uptake
Activation of lipoprotein lipase
Inhibition of hormone-sensitive lipase
Muscle
Increased glucose entry, glycogen synthesis, amino acid uptake, protein synthesis in ribosomes, ketone uptake, K+ uptake
Decreased protein catabolism and release of gluconeogenic amino acids
Liver
Decreased ketogenesis, glucose output due to decreased gluconeogenesis
Increased glycogen synthesis, and increased glycolysis, protein synthesis, lipid synthesis

1221
Q

Glucose enters cells by facilitated diffusion or, in the intestine and kidneys, by secondary active transport with Na+. How does insulin affect this?

A

In muscle, adipose, and some other tissues,
insulin stimulates glucose entry into cells by increasing
the number of glucose transporters (GLUTs) in the cell
membranes.

1222
Q

GLUT-4 is very insulin sensitive. How is it affected by it?

A
  • GLUT-4 is the transporter in muscle and adipose tissue that is stimulated by insulin.
  • A pool of GLUT-4 molecules is maintained within vesicles in the cytoplasm of insulin-sensitive cells.
  • When the insulin receptors of these cells are activated, the vesicles move rapidly to the cell membrane and fuse with it, inserting the transporters into the cell membrane.
  • When insulin action ceases, the transporter-containing patches of membrane are endocytosed and the vesicles are ready for the next exposure to insulin.
  • Activation of the insulin receptor brings about the movement of the vesicles to the cell membrane by activating phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase.
1223
Q

In the tissues in which insulin increases the number of
GLUTs in cell membranes, the rate of phosphorylation of the glucose, once it has entered the cells, is regulated by other hormones. Which ones? When is the transport the limiting step and when is the phosphorylation?

A
  • Growth hormone and cortisol both inhibit phosphorylation in certain tissues.
  • Transport is normally so rapid that it is not a rate-limiting step in glucose metabolism.
  • However, it is rate-limiting in B cells.
1224
Q

Insulin also increases the entry of glucose into liver
cells, but it does not exert this effect by increasing the number of GLUT-4 transporters in the cell membranes. How does it do it?

A

Instead, it induces glucokinase, and this increases the phosphorylation of glucose, so that the intracellular free glucose concentration stays low, facilitating the entry of glucose into the cell.

1225
Q

How does exercise affect blood sugar? How?

A
  • Insulin-sensitive tissues also contain a population
    of GLUT-4 vesicles that move into the cell membrane in
    response to exercise, a process that occurs independent of the action of insulin. This is why exercise lowers blood sugar.
  • A 5’-adenosine monophosphate (AMP)–activated kinase may trigger the insertion of these vesicles into the cell membrane.
1226
Q

When does iatrogenic insulin start to have its effect?

A
  • The maximal decline in plasma glucose occurs 30 min
    after intravenous injection of insulin.
  • After subcutaneous administration, the maximal fall occurs in 2–3 h.
1227
Q

How does insulin relate to potassium?

A
  • Insulin causes K+ to enter cells, with a resultant lowering of the extracellular K+ concentration.
  • Infusions of insulin and glucose significantly lower the plasma K+ level in normal individuals and are very effective for the temporary relief of hyperkalemia in patients with renal failure.
  • Hypokalemia often develops when patients with diabetic acidosis are treated with insulin.
  • The reason for the intracellular migration of K+ is still uncertain. However, insulin increases the activity of Na, K ATPase in cell membranes, so that more K+ is pumped into cells.
1228
Q

What is the affect of insulin on glycogen?

A
  • The action on glycogen synthase fosters glycogen storage, and the actions on glycolytic enzymes favour glucose metabolism to two carbon fragments, with resulting promotion of lipogenesis.
  • Stimulation of protein synthesis from amino acids entering the cells and inhibition of protein degradation foster growth.
1229
Q

In an insulin receptor, the α subunits bind insulin and are extracellular, whereas the β subunits span the membrane. The intracellular portions of the β subunits have tyrosine kinase activity. What does activation of this do?

A
  • Binding of insulin triggers the tyrosine kinase activity of the β subunits, producing autophosphorylation of the β subunits on tyrosine residues.
  • The autophosphorylation, which is necessary for insulin to exert its biologic effects, triggers phosphorylation of some cytoplasmic proteins and dephosphorylation of others, mostly on serine and threonine residues.
    Insulin receptor substrate (IRS-1) mediates some of the effects in humans but there are other effector systems as well.
1230
Q

What normally happens to glucose in your body? What happens in diabetes?

A
  • Fifty percent of an ingested glucose load is normally
    burned to CO2 and H2O; 5% is converted to glycogen; and 30–40% is converted to fat in the fat depots.
  • In diabetes, less than 5% of ingested glucose is converted to fat, despite a decrease in the amount burned to CO2 and H2O, and no change in the amount converted to glycogen.
  • Therefore, glucose accumulates in the bloodstream and spills over into the urine.
1231
Q

How does glucose intake trigger an initial spike of insulin secretion?

A
  • Glucose enters the B cells via GLUT-2 transporters and
    is phosphorylated by glucokinase then metabolized to pyruvate in the cytoplasm.
  • The pyruvate enters the mitochondria and is metabolized to CO2 and H2O via the citric acid cycle with the formation of ATP by oxidative phosphorylation.
  • The ATP enters the cytoplasm, where it inhibits ATP-sensitive K+ channels, reducing K+ efflux.
  • This depolarizes the B cell, and Ca2+ enters the cell via voltage-gated Ca2+ channels.
  • The Ca2+ influx causes exocytosis of a readily releasable pool of insulin-containing secretory granules, producing the initial spike of insulin secretion.
1232
Q

How does glucose cause a more long-lasting increase in insulin?

A
  • Metabolism of pyruvate via the citric acid cycle also
    causes an increase in intracellular glutamate.
  • The glutamate appears to act on a second pool of secretory granules, committing them to the releasable form.
  • The action of glutamate may be to decrease the pH in the secretory granules, a necessary step in their maturation.
  • The release of these granules then produces the prolonged second phase of the insulin response to glucose.
  • Thus, glutamate appears to act as an intracellular second messenger that primes secretory granules for secretion.
1233
Q

How do amino acids trigger the release of insulin secretion?

A
  • Insulin stimulates the incorporation of amino acids into proteins and combats the fat catabolism that produces the β-keto acids.
  • Therefore, it is not surprising that arginine, leucine, and certain other amino acids stimulate insulin secretion, as do β–keto acids such as acetoacetate.
  • Like glucose, these compounds generate ATP when metabolized, and this closes ATP-sensitive K+ channels in the B cells.
  • In addition, L-arginine is the precursor of NO, and NO stimulates insulin secretion.
1234
Q

How do catecholamines affect insulin secretion?

A
  • Catecholamines have a dual effect on insulin secretion; they inhibit insulin secretion via α2-adrenergic receptors and stimulate insulin secretion via β-adrenergic receptors.
  • The net effect of epinephrine and norepinephrine is usually inhibition.
  • However, if catecholamines are infused after administration of α-adrenergic blocking drugs, the inhibition is converted to stimulation
1235
Q

How does innervation of the vagus nerve affect insulin secretion?

A
  • Branches of the right vagus nerve innervate the pancreatic islets, and stimulation of this parasympathetic pathway causes increased insulin secretion via M4 receptors
  • Atropine blocks the response and acetylcholine stimulates insulin secretion.
  • The effect of acetylcholine, like that of glucose, is due to increased cytoplasmic Ca2+, but acetylcholine activates phospholipase C, with the released IP3 releasing the Ca2+ from the endoplasmic reticulum.
1236
Q

How does stimulation of sympathetic nerves affect insulin secretion?

A
  • Stimulation of the sympathetic nerves to the pancreas
    inhibits insulin secretion. The inhibition is produced by
    released norepinephrine acting on α2-adrenergic receptors.
  • However, if α-adrenergic receptors are blocked, stimulation of the sympathetic nerves causes increased insulin secretion mediated by β2-adrenergic receptors.
1237
Q

The magnitude of the insulin response to a given stimulus is determined in part by the secretory history of the B cells. Individuals fed a high-carbohydrate diet for several weeks not only have higher fasting plasma insulin levels but also show a greater secretory response to a glucose load than individuals fed an isocaloric low-carbohydrate diet. Why?

A
  • Although B cells respond to stimulation with hypertrophy like other endocrine cells, they become exhausted and stop secreting (B cell exhaustion) when the stimulation is marked or prolonged.
  • For example, diabetes can be produced in animals with limited pancreatic reserves by anterior pituitary extracts, growth hormone, thyroid hormones, or the prolonged continuous infusion of glucose alone. The diabetes precipitated by hormones in animals is at first reversible, but with prolonged treatment it becomes permanent.
1238
Q

Preproglucagon is the product of a single mRNA,
but it is processed differently in different tissues. How? Where?

A
  • In pancreatic A cells, it is processed primarily to glucagon and major proglucagon fragment (MPGF).
  • In lower intestinal and brain L cells, it is processed primarily to glicentin, a polypeptide that consists of glucagon extended by additional amino acid residues at either end, plus glucagon-like polypeptides 1 and 2 (GLP-1 and GLP-2).
  • Some oxyntomodulin is also formed, and in both A and L cells, residual glicentin-related polypeptide (GRPP) is left.
  • Glicentin has some glucagon activity. GLP-1 and GLP-2 have no definite biologic activity by themselves.
  • However, GLP-1 is processed further by removal of its amino-terminal amino acid residues and the product, GLP-1 (7–36), is a potent stimulator of insulin secretion that also increases glucose utilization.
1239
Q

What is the action of glucagon and how does it do it? (on a cellular level)

A
  • Glucagon is glycogenolytic, gluconeogenic, lipolytic, and ketogenic.
  • In the liver, it acts via Gs to activate adenylyl cyclase and increase intracellular cAMP. This leads via protein kinase A to activation of phosphorylase and therefore to increased breakdown of glycogen and an increase in plasma glucose.
  • However, glucagon acts on different glucagon receptors located on the same hepatic cells to activate phospholipase C, and the resulting increase in cytoplasmic Ca2+ also stimulates glycogenolysis.
  • Protein kinase A also decreases the metabolism of glucose-6-phosphate by inhibiting the conversion of phosphoenolpyruvate to pyruvate.
  • It also decreases the concentration of fructose 2,6-diphosphate and this in turn inhibits the conversion of fructose 6-phosphate to fructose 1,6-diphosphate.
  • The resultant buildup of glucose-6-phosphate leads to increased glucose synthesis and release.
1240
Q

Glucagon does not cause glycogenolysis in muscle. How does it increase glucose levels?

A
  • It increases gluconeogenesis from available amino acids in the liver and elevates the metabolic rate.
  • It increases ketone body formation by decreasing malonyl-CoA levels in the liver.
  • It has lipolytic activity, leads in turn to increased ketogenesis
  • The calorigenic action of glucagon is not due to the hyperglycemia per se but probably to the increased hepatic deamination of amino acids.
1241
Q

How is glucagon metabolised?

A
  • Glucagon has a half-life in the circulation of 5–10 min. * It is degraded by many tissues but particularly by the liver. Because glucagon is secreted into the portal vein and reaches the liver before it reaches the peripheral circulation, peripheral blood levels are relatively low.
  • The rise in peripheral blood glucagon levels produced by excitatory stimuli is exaggerated in patients with cirrhosis, presumably because of decreased hepatic degradation of the hormone.
1242
Q

How does hypoglycaemia cause the secretion of glucagon?

A
  • Secretion is increased by hypoglycemia and decreased by a rise in plasma glucose.
  • Pancreatic B cells contain GABA, and evidence suggests that coincident with the increased insulin secretion produced by hyperglycemia, GABA is released and acts on the A cells to inhibit glucagon secretion by activating GABAA receptors.
  • The GABAA receptors are Cl channels, and the resulting Cl influx hyperpolarizes the A cells.